Section A - Technical Specification (Mvac Installation)

PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AT
NO.16-24, SHA TSUI ROAD TSUEN WAN, N.T

GTWW BUILDING 1 AND BUILDNG 3
BUILDING SERVICES INSTALLATION
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION A - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

(MVAC INSTALLATION)
TS-AC/1
MVAC INSTALLATION
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
SECTION 2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
SECTION 3 FANS
SECTION 4 DUCTWORK AND AIR DISTRIBUTION
SECTION 5 PIPEWORK
SECTION 6 VALVES AND FITTINGS
SECTION 7 AIR FILTERS AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 8 ACOUSTIC TREATMENT
SECTION 9 VIBRATION CONTROL
SECTION 10 SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
SECTION 11 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME (VRV)
SECTION 12 INSULATION
SECTION 13 MISCELLANEOUS MVAC EQUIPMENT
SECTION 14 PAINTING AND LABELLING
SECTION 15 MOTORS
SECTION 16 (NOT USE)
SECTION 17 LOCAL MOTOR CONTROL PANELS (LMCPS)
SECTION 18 LV CABLING
SECTION 19 ELECTRICAL WIRING IN CONDUITS AND TRUNKINGS
SECTION 20 EARTHING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 21 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 22 PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS ON TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

OF ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 23 FREE MAINTENANCE & SPARES PARTS
TS-AC/2
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 1 - SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
1.1 NOTES OF SPECIFICATION
a) This Specification sets out in general the standard requirements of the Mechanical
Ventilation & Air-Conditioning (MVAC) installation of this Contract and is to be read
in conjunction with the Schedule of Equipment and Drawings. Without prejudice to
the Provisions of this Contract, deviations from the standard requirements stipulated
in this specification or additional requirements on the installation will be stipulated in
the Schedule of Equipment which shall override this Specification.
b) In case of conflicts between the Provisions of the Preliminaries of this Contract and
the Provisions of this Specification, the Provisions of the Preliminaries shall prevail.
c) Definitions of words are stipulated in the Preliminaries of this Contract. For the
purpose of terminology used solely for this technical specification, the following
words are defined:
i) The terms "The Contractor", "This Contractor" and "The Mechanical Ventilation
& Air-Conditioning (MVAC) Contractor " shall mean "Domestic Sub-Contractor"
under Main Contractor defined in the Preliminaries of this Contract.
ii) The term "The Builder" and "The Main Contractor" shall mean "The Main
Contractor" defined in the Preliminaries of this Contract.
iii) The term "The Consulting Engineer" and “The Building Services Engineer”
shall mean "Sunland.AL (International) Co., Limited" defined in the
Preliminaries of this Contract.
iv) The term "work(s)" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with
the Contract.
v) The terms "The Contract" and "The Contractor" shall mean "The Mechanical
Ventilation & Air-Conditioning (MVAC) Contract".
vi) The terms "The Contract Drawings" shall mean " The Mechanical Ventilation
& Air-Conditioning (MVAC) Drawings".
vii) The terms "The Government of Hong Kong" shall mean "The Government of
the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region".
d) In all cases where any equipment or device or part thereof is referred to in the
Specification in the singular number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to
as many as called for in the Specification and drawings and required to complete the
works. The Works to be carried out under this Sub-Contract are as described in the
Specifications and / or indicated on the Drawings. Any unspecified, undesigned and
non-indicated works that are necessary in the course of works to complete the
installations are deemed to be included.
e) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall fully understand that the Drawings only indicate
the design intents of the Works and act as a guideline to show the minimum
requirement on the installations. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall explore the
concept and carry out detailed design on the services provisions in order to satisfy
the actual site conditions and design intents. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall
TS-AC/3
MVAC INSTALLATION
be deemed to have allowed in the tender sum of costs for such an arrangement
and no additional claim will be considered at any circumstance.
f) The Domestic Sub-Contractor is deemed to have carried out site investigation and
fully acquaint himself with the existing site conditions before the submission of this
Tender. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be deemed to allow in his Tender sum
all costs for the MVAC installation and the associated builder’s works including
opening forming, backfilling, pipe sleeves, and alike.
g) This Specification covers the design, manufacture, supply, installation,

coordination with other Sub-Contracts and designated Sub-Contracts, testing,
commissioning and maintenance of the Mechanical Ventilation & Air-Conditioning
(MVAC) installation as described herein and shown on the Drawings. The intent of
this Sub-Contract is to provide for the construction and completion in every detail
of the Work.
h) The Works to be carried out under this Sub-Contract are as described in the
Specifications and / or indicated on the Drawings. Any unspecified, undersigned
and non-indicated work that are necessary in the course of work to complete the
1.2 PROVISION OF EVERYTHING NECESSARY
a) Tenders shall be in the form of a lump sum price and shall be submitted in accordance
with the Conditions of Tendering. The tenderer shall allow in his lump sum tender for
providing all necessary materials, labor and expertise for completing the whole
installation as called for whether implicitly or explicitly in either or both of the
Specification and Drawings, which are mutually explanatory and are to be used jointly
in the Contract, in so far as they are necessary for effecting an efficiently operational
and functional system and for fulfilling the design intent, guarantees and requirements
of the system under the Contract. Such lump sum shall allow for all costs incurred in
adjusting or modifying, within reasonable limits as decided by the Architect, ductwork,
pipework, conduit/trunking runs (including wiring), etc. for coping with actual conditions
and for minor co-ordination with other services installation on site, subject to the
condition that such adjustments or modifications do not arise from change of basic
design.
b) The Contract sum is deemed to have included for all works and facilities necessary,
but not stated in this Specification to be done or provided by others, or not so stated
prior to acceptance of tender.
c) In case of inconsistencies between drawings with respect to the work to be carried out
by the Contractor, the Contractor shall seek advice from the Architect well in advance
of construction work and carry out the work fully in accordance with the Architect's
clarification and instruction based on anyone or all of the drawings in question at the
Architect's discretion without any further charge to the Employer nor any claim for
extension of time. Cost of any abortive work due to the Contractor's failure in
clarifying inconsistencies with the Architect in a timely manner shall be borne by the
Contractor himself.
TS-AC/4
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.3 SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF VARIATIONS
a) The Schedule of Rates shall provide rates for each and every item necessary for the
proper assessment of variations and shall be used for that purpose only.
b) The Schedule shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the Architect. The Total of the
Schedule as prepared and completed by the Tenderer shall be equal to the lump sum
price of the tender and the successful Tenderer's completed Schedule shall form part of
the Contract.
c) All unit rates quoted and accepted shall be deemed to have included all materials, labor,
supervision, freight charges, profits, etc. for the particular works stated and any future
authorized variation shall be assessed on the basis of the unit rates without any other
further charge.
d) No such variation shall be permitted to the Contract Price unless the scope of the Works
or basic requirements of the same are varied on the instructions of the Employer or his
authorized representative. That is to say payment for variations will not be allowed in
respect of items which the Contractor should have included in his tender and which may
be necessary for the due performance of the Works to the Architect's satisfaction.
e) Where the assessment of the value of any authorized variation involves items for which
rates do not appear in the Schedule of Rates, such rates shall be assessed at the basic
rates for labor and the net cost of materials plus the same Establishment Charges and
Profit as were included in the original tender.
e) The quantities stated by the Tenderer in the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed as
indicative for tender evaluation purpose only and shall not be deemed to have any
contractual bearing on the actual quantity of work to be carried out under the Contract.
TS-AC/5
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.4 DRAWINGS & CONTRACTOR'S SUBMISSIONS
a) The Contract Drawings are to be regarded as diagrammatic and approximate only, and
where runs of piping, ducts, cables, conduits etc. are shown in the scales of 1:100 or
1:200 they do not necessarily indicate exact positions.
b) The Contractor shall, well before the relevant work proceeds, prepare and submit for
approval detailed installation drawings based on the Contract Drawings, taking into
account any modifications which may have taken place or may become necessary.
The actual items of plant, equipment and fittings shall be correctly located mutually and
with respect to the building and associated works and services. The Contractor shall
similarly prepare all necessary equipment schedules, internal wiring diagrams for items
of electrical equipment, and diagrams showing the interconnections between different
items. The Contractor's installation drawings are to be prepared to a scale of 1:50 or
1:25 for all areas unless specifically stated otherwise in the specification or otherwise
approved by the Architect. After approval, adequate copies of all such approved
drawings or schedules are to be supplied by the Contractor for distribution.
c) The Contractor shall submit for approval drawings and schedules showing details of
Builder's work required in connection with the installation. In cases where preliminary
builder's work information has already been given on the Contract Drawings, such
information is to be checked and verified by the Contractor and incorporated on his own
drawings. After approval, adequate copies of all such approved drawings or schedules
are to be supplied by the Contractor for distribution.
d) Prior to the commencement of any site work, samples of the materials shall be submitted
for approval.
e) The Contractor's submittal will be reviewed for design concept, type of system and
contents as outlined in the Contract documents. Notwithstanding any endorsement
given by the Architect or Consulting Engineer on the submittal, it is the full responsibility
of the Contractor to verify all dimensions, details and quantities and to comply with all
applicable local ordinance and by-laws in carrying out the associated work on site.
TS-AC/6
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS
a) The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and requirements of all authorities
having jurisdiction over the installation including those of the Government of Hong Kong,
such as the Fire Services Department, Marine Department, the Buildings Department,
Water Supplies Department, the Electricity Supply Company etc. and shall be
responsible for giving notifications to the appropriate authorities and for paying all fees
levied; such fees shall be included in the Tender Price. All subsequent modifications to
installed works required by the Authorities to meet the requirements of established
regulations at the time shall be undertaken by the Contractor at his own expense.
b) The Contractor is to ensure that wherever his work is to be performed outside the
boundaries of the Site, he shall apply for and obtain at his own expense, authorization
from the appropriate Authorities to enable him to execute all such work in accordance
with the programme for completion.
c) All electrical equipment and installations shall comply with local regulations and shall be
generally in accordance with the Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Buildings
of the Institution of Electrical Engineers, U.K. or with comparable and acceptable
regulations of similar competent bodies.
d) The Contractor shall at all times comply with the relevant laws of the Government of
Hong Kong, in particular the Factories and Industrial undertaking Ordinance Cap. 59 of
Hong Kong revised Edition 1973 (including the subsidiary legislation thereto) as
currently amended.
e) The Contractor shall accept the risk of any impending legislation, new provisions,
amendments to existing regulations and requirements, and all other conditions which
may alter his obligations as no claims or compensation whatsoever will be allowed in
this respect.
1.6 CLIMATIC AND OTHER CONDITIONS
a) Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor is assumed to warrant that all materials
supplied are suitable for use in the climatic conditions of Hong Kong up to such extremes
as 40oC and 100% relative humidity during summer and 0oC and 35% relative humidity
in winter.
b) The Contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that in order to comply with the
programme, it may be necessary to work intermittently and in parts of the building which
may not at the time be covered in and weatherproof. He shall allow in his tender such
sum as he considers necessary to compensate for any additional expense which may
be incurred and any time which may be lost due to inclement weather conditions and no
claim for this reason will be accepted subsequently by the Employer.
TS-AC/7
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.7 MAKES AND TYPES OF EQUIPMENT
a) The Contract Documents have been drawn up in such a manner as to allow firms
tendering to submit proposals incorporating their particular types of equipment and
installation techniques; while at the same time ensuring that the installations comply fully
with the basic requirements and fit into the building, having regard to the architectural
planning, operational and maintenance requirements and to the ducts, holes
and other provisions which are being arranged in the structure for the accommodation
of the installations. The Employer reserves the right to reject any proposal which in his
opinion disregards the basic requirements or intentions of this contract, or which seeks
to vary the scope of the Works, the Conditions of Contract, the terms of payment or any
other requirements thereof.
b) In selecting makes and types of equipment the Contractor is deemed to have

ascertained that facilities for proper maintenance, repair and replacement can be
provided without such a delay as could cause inconvenience or loss to the Employer.
1.8 PATENT RIGHTS
a) The Contractor shall include in his Tender sums in respect of any royalties or other
charges which may be payable in regard to any patent rights, design trade marks or
name, or other protected rights in respect of any plant or equipment, method or material
used for or in connection with the works.
b) The Contractor when being awarded the Contract shall be deemed to indemnify the
Employer, the Architect and the Consulting Engineer against all claims and proceedings
for or on account of any infringement of any such rights and against all claims, damages,
proceedings or expense whatsoever in relation thereto.
1.9 SILENCE OF OPERATION
a) The system as installed shall be reasonably silent in operation under the conditions
which they will be called upon to operate, and, in any cases, shall be such that no undue
noise or vibration is discernible outside the plant rooms or similar space in which the
equipment is housed. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensure that the
equipment supplied by him is silent as described above and shall include in his Tender
for such sound-absorbing or anti-vibration, material or devices as necessary to ensure
a satisfactory degree of silence and absence of vibration in the structure of the building.
The Architect's decision as to what constitutes satisfaction in this respect shall be final.
b) If on completion, the system is not sufficiently silent the Contractor shall without
additional charge, carry out such modifications or additions as may be required until the
system is made silent to the Architect's satisfaction.
TS-AC/8
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.10 GUARANTEE
a) The Contractor in quoting for a specific piece of equipment or machinery, whether

specified herein by name or whether of a make selected by the Contractor, shall be
deemed to warrant its satisfactory performance under all working conditions which may
be encountered.
b) The Contractor shall be responsible for any defects which may arise during the Defects
Liability Period.
1.11 RESPONSIBILITY
a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper working of the installation to produce
the specified design conditions to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and shall be
responsible for compliance with all tests called for herein or required by the Architect.
b) In the event of anything described in the Specification or shown in the Drawings being,
in the Contractor's opinion, unsuitable or inconsistent with his guarantees and
responsibilities, the Contractor shall draw attention of the Architect to these matters at
the time of tendering.
1.12 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD
a) The Contractor shall guarantee the complete installation of the Contract works from
inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of 12 months from the date of
practical completion of the Main Contract works or specified in condition of contract
certified by the Architect. During the Defects Liability Period the Contractor shall at his
own cost remedy and make good with all possible speed any faults or defects arising in
the Plant or Works due to faulty materials, workmanship or design and shall indemnify
the Employer and/or the Builder against any damage or injury to the building contents
and/or occupants arising as a result of such faults or defects. The Contractor shall not
be liable under this Clause for defects arising as a result of fair wear and tear or improper
operation by the Employer after the Certified Date of Practical Completion and the
Contractor shall have the right of access at all reasonable times, at his own risk and
responsibility, for the purpose of inspecting the working of the installations and of making
notes or records thereof.
b) If it is necessary for the Contractor to carry out any remedial measures during the
Defects Liability Period, the Provisions hereof may, at the Employer's discretion, be
applied to the affected portion of the works for a further period of six months from the
satisfactory completion of such remedial measures.
c) If the Contractor fails to remedy such faults or defects within a reasonable time the
Employer may proceed to do so at the risk and expense of the Contractor and without
prejudice to such other rights as the Employer may have under the Contract.
TS-AC/9
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.13 ORDERING
a) Immediately on his appointment, the Contractor shall obtain approval of all particulars
and details necessary for the placing of orders and thereafter shall, as soon as possible,
place orders for all plant, equipment and materials.
b) The Contractor shall on request provide the Architect with copies in duplicate of orders
so placed, together with the approximate cost thereof.
c) In placing such orders it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that his
suppliers are fully acquainted with, and work strictly to, the requirements, and time limits
of the Contract.
1.14 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTRACTOR
a) The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all aspects of the work by his suppliers
and Contractors and he shall duly progress such work, off-site manufacture and
preparation in every way and shall make such contractual arrangements with his
suppliers and Contractors as shall secure all rights of the Employer and Builder under
the Contract.
1.15 SETTING OUT THE WORKS
a) The Contractor shall set out the works and shall be responsible for the accuracy of same,
including the positioning of all mains, plant and plant bases.
b) The Contractor shall at his own cost rectify any errors arising from inaccurate setting-out
unless the Architect on behalf of the Employer shall decide otherwise.
c) The checking of any setting-out by the Architect or their Representative shall not in any
way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof and the
Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all benchmarks, sight-rails, pegs and
other things used in setting out the Works.
1.16 BUILDING PROVISION
a) Certain provisions have been made in the Building for the accommodation of the MVAC
installations. These provisions include space allocation and openings through the walls,
slabs and beams. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall check on-site to ensure the
provisions are suitable for their installations.
b) Before proceeding with the Works, The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall confirm in writing
that the provisions are satisfactory for the Works, and where necessary, he shall provide
additional information requiring additional provisions, openings, plinth, supports etc.
c) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall within 30 days after receipt of the Sub-Contract
Drawings confirm to the Architect all details that could affect the shape or strength of
main structures, including access requirements. If at any time after confirmation of the
details referred to above, The Domestic Sub-Contractor finds that variations to the same
TS-AC/10
MVAC INSTALLATION
cannot be avoided, he shall immediately submit full information concerning such

variations to the Architect.
d) It is The Domestic Sub-Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all builder’s works,

holes, openings, plinths, etc. are provided and correctly located during the construction
of the building. Any additional building provisions after the confirmation shall be at The
Domestic Sub-Contractor’s own cost.
1.17 COORDINATION & COOPERATION WITH OTHER PARTIES
a) Make all necessary preparations, documentation and arrangements for liaising with Main
Contractor, other Contractors / Domestic Sub-Contractors, Employer’s representative,
Architect and Building Services Engineer and for rendering complete cooperation in the
areas of interface between Sub-Contracts.
b) Prior to the commencement of actual installations, ensure the works of all trades are well
coordinated with his installation works and ensure satisfactory completion of the project.
The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall also provide all materials, equipment and labour to
ensure the satisfactory operation at the interface of the installation and the proper
sequencing of the works for which he is responsible. During all stages of the works, the
interfaces shall be discussed, coordinated and agreed between The Domestic Sub-
Contractor and other Domestic Sub-Contractors.
c) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide drawings showing detailed setting out of
penetrations prior to the Main Contractor carrying out that part of construction works or
provisions of openings. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall ensure all the openings are
suitable for his installation. Penetrations missed out or incorrectly positioned because of
this Sub-Contactor’s failure to check the works or providing details in time shall be
performed by the Main Contractor at The Domestic Sub-Contractor’s expense.
d) In view of the fast track nature of this project, this Domestic Sub-Contractor shall employ
a Coordinator responsible for the overall coordination of all MVAC installation. This
Coordinator shall take a leading role in coordinating with respective Domestic Sub-
Contractors of other development packages, Main Contractor / Builder for all builder’s
work construction, submission and preparation of combined services drawing &
combined builders works drawing for approval and coordination with all utilities
companies. This Coordinator shall hold a Higher Certificate or above in Building Services,
or Mechanical Engineering or Electrical Engineering with at least 6 years of site
experiences in projects of similar nature and scale. The resume of the proposed
Coordinator shall be submitted in the tender return as part of the tender assessment. In
order to meet the project programme, the proposed Coordinator shall be on-board within
two months upon the award of the Contract.
TS-AC/11
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.18 COORDINATION WORKS & RELATED WORK BY OTHERS
a) Works by Main Contractor
i) All patching and making good of the building structure and ceilings for the
installation of ductwork, air terminal fittings, piping and conduits provided for this
Sub-Contract installation will take place in accordance with the programme.
Where these are not carried out in accordance with the programme due to this
Domestic Sub-Contractor’s delay, then all associated costs shall be borne by
this Domestic Sub-Contractor.
ii) Underflashed penetration with kerbs in the roof slab for ventilation discharges.
iii) Removable tile ceilings, access panels in fixed ceilings and access openings in
walls and at other positions as required for adjustment and maintenance access.
Locations shall be nominated by this Domestic Sub-Contractor prior to work
commencing. Details of all access provisions shall be subject to the Architect's
Approval.
iv) Provision of required high concrete plinths complete with reinforcement in the
plant rooms graded and shaped to this Domestic Sub-Contractor's details. Metal
formwork for all plinths and inertia blocks for pumps by this Domestic Sub-
Contractor.
v) All building works including allowing holes through wall and floor slabs for ducts
and pipes, etc. and making good afterwards. The MVAC Domestic Sub-
Contractor shall however be responsible for providing pipe sleeves and puddle
flanges, marking and setting out all holes required on site to ensure conformity
with installation requirements. Checking of all the holes shall be the sole
responsibility of the MVAC Contractor. The MVAC Contractor shall also be
responsible to fill and seal up all gaps between his services and the sleeves
through which the services pass to the same fire resistance as the relevant walls
and slabs where they are installed, and externally with waterproof mastic sealant
to prevent water ingress.
vi) Provision of plant room floor topping properly graded to floor drain.
vii) Building-in of this Domestic Sub-Contractor's sleeves, conduits, puddle flanges,

pipes and brackets where necessary to details submitted by this Domestic Sub-
Contractor and approved by the Architect.
viii) Provision of door grilles, undercut doors, etc., for relief air as shown on the
Drawings.
ix) Provision of all external weatherproof louvers except where specifically

designated as being provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor.
TS-AC/12
MVAC INSTALLATION
x) Provision of 100mm high concrete kerbs at all slabs penetration in plant rooms.
xi) All handling of ceiling tiles during plant commissioning provided that the
commissioning is carried out within the Main Contractor's programme.
xii) Provision of load bearing support piers for equipment and pipeline. Mounting
steelwork shall be provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor.
xiii) Clear openings through the building structure for the passage of ductwork, pipes,
trunkings, cables, etc. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide detailed
drawing setting out penetrations prior to the Main Contractor carrying out that
part of the works. Penetrations missed out because of this Domestic Sub-
Contractor's failure to provide details in time shall be performed by the Main
Contractor at this Sub- Contractor's expense.
xiv) Provision of fire rated masonry shafts through the building complete with airtight
fire rated access doors where shown for vertical distribution of ductwork and
pipework. Penetrations for ducts and pipes in these shafts shall be sealed airtight
by this Domestic Sub-Contractor after installation of equipment. The Main
Contractor shall supply and install fire rated materials in between all pipe sleeves
and openings.
xv) Normal making good after this Domestic Sub-Contractor's installation of his
works.
xvi) Provision of fire-rated ceiling /enclosure for M&E services within protected areas
and other specific locations except where specifically designated as being
provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall
coordinate with the Main Contractor for the locations of the fire-rated ceiling/
enclosure provided by the Main Contractor.
xvii) Provision of any concrete services trench complete with steel cover. Details shall
be submitted by this Domestic Sub-Contractor to Architect for approval.
xviii) Provision of fire-rated protection enclosure of airduct / pipework to suit the FSD’s
requirements.
xix) Provision of adequate temporary power supply for Testing and Commissioning
Works and installation works.
xx) Site temporary works as stated in the Contract Preliminaries.
xxi) Evacuation, rock cutting, trenching and backfilling for underground pipe laying
work.
xxii) Coordination with all Domestic Sub-Contractors for preparation of Combined

Services Drawings, Combined Builder’s Works Drawing for approval.
TS-AC/13
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Interface with Fire Services Domestic Sub-Contractor
i) FS Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide a volt-free contact in G/F FS control

room for the cut-off of all AC / mechanical ventilation equipment completed
with VAC control and other specially called equipment upon a summary fire
alarm. The power supply required to trip the MVAC equipment shall be
provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor, if required. The interfacing relay
box of the volt-free contracts shall be provided by FS Domestic Sub-Contractor.
The location of the interfacing relay box shall be located at FS Control Room.
This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide necessary control cables and
conduit facilities between the manual override control panel and the
interfacing relay box. Terminations of the cables to the interfacing relay box
shall be done by FS Domestic Sub-Contractor.
ii) FS Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide necessary 24V electrical contacts

adjacent to each fuel tank room and each fire shutter and for actuation of
electro thermal link (ETL) fire dampers. The interfacing box of the electrical
contacts, which shall be similar to that of volt-free contacts, shall be provided
by FS Domestic Sub-Contractor. The interfacing box shall be complete with
terminal block housed in a covered galvanized steel or stored enamel steel
box not less than 110mmx100mmx50mm. The terminal shall be labelled
clearly by means of silk screened or engraved lettering in metal or plastic plate.
The location of the interfacing box shall be adjacent to the ETL fire damper
provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor. In case of more than one ETL fire
damper at one location (e.g. two ETL fire dampers installed at the top of a fire
shutter), a group control box, which shall be used to trip all the ETL fire
dampers at the same time upon receiving 24V DC, shall be provided by this
Domestic Sub-Contractor and FS Domestic Sub-Contractor shall locate the
interfacing box adjacent to the group control box. This Domestic Sub-
Contractor shall provide necessary control cables and conduit facilities from
and the fire dampers to the interfacing box. Terminations of the cables to the
interfacing box shall be done by FS Domestic Sub-Contractor.
iii) Exact location of interfacing with the MVAC Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be
coordinated and agreed on site.
iv) Sprinkler head shall be provided by the FS Domestic Sub-Contractor below

the main air duct. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be responsible to
coordinate proactively with FS Domestic Sub-Contractor for the ducting and
equipment layout to facilitate their installations in accordance with the FSD’s
requirements.
c) Interface with Plumbing and Drainage (P&D) Domestic Sub-Contractor
i) The Plumbing and Drainage Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide water

meter position for future cold-water supply pipe terminating with a control valve
adjacent to the A/C make-up water tank at basement level for future tenant as
shown on the Drawings. The application of water meter and the pipework
beyond the water meter room shall be responsible by future tenant.
TS-AC/14
MVAC INSTALLATION
ii) The Plumbing & Drainage Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide the water points
and drain points at the MVAC plant rooms for maintenance. This Domestic Sub-
Contractor shall be responsible to verify the adequacy of the water and drainage
points in early construction stage before commencement of P&D installation.
iii) The Plumbing & Drainage Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide all necessary
tee-off for the connection of condensate pipework for the MVAC system. This Sub-
contractor shall coordinate with the P&D Domestic Sub-Contractor as indicated on
the drawings.
d) Interface with Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor
i) For major MVAC equipment, Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide

electric supply to the MVAC installation and shall terminate at the main
isolation switch of each Local Motor Control Panel (LMCP) or Motor Control
Center (MCC) provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor, unless otherwise
stated. Beyond the terminations, this Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be
responsible for complete design and installation for all downstream equipment
to suit the MVAC installations, including cabling, electric motors, starters,
actuators, controls, cable containment, etc. The Domestic Sub-Contractor’s
design shall comply with Supply Rule and other relevant regulations.
ii) The electrical power supply for the VRV / spilt A/C system shall be provided
and terminated at the main isolation switch as specified in drawings. The
starter cubicles for A/C units shall be supplied and positioned by this Domestic
Sub-Contractor for the installation. Outgoing electrical wiring from the A/C
units starters cubicles to each motor including terminating work is included in
this Sub-contract.
iii) The electrical power supply to all control equipment shall be provided and
terminated by this Domestic Sub-Contractor.
iv) For the small power MVAC equipment, such as ventilation fans, etc., Electrical
Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide with fused spur units or isolating switch
terminated adjacent to these equipment or each relay box of these equipment
or provided in the local motor control panel as indicated on the Drawings. This
Domestic Sub-Contractor shall extend the power cables in conduits therein.
The double pole switches for on/off control including electrical wiring and
conduit shall be provided by Electrical Sub- Contractor for the single phase
motor fans. The relay box shall be provided by this Domestic Sub-Contractor
for on/off control and BMS control and monitoring interface.
v) The electrical power supply provided and terminated with appropriate isolator
to all A/C equipment e.g. VRV a/c units, split a/c units, mechanical ventilation
as shown on drawings the local motor control panel, outgoing cable, isolators,
emergency stop bottoms, etc shall be included in this Sub-contract.
TS-AC/15
MVAC INSTALLATION
vi) Provision of power supply terminated with appropriate isolator to the points
adjacent to the starter panels of the equipment unless otherwise stated.
vii) Electrical power supply for split type units shall be provided by electrical
Domestic Sub-Contractor terminating in a fuse connection unit located
adjacent to each fan coil units, split type units. Besides, electrical power supply
for VRV A/C unit shall be provided by electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor
terminating in a fuse spur unit or isolator located adjuvant to each VRV A/C
unit. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide the necessary electrical and
control wiring between the thermostat / speed switch and VRV/split type indoor
and outdoor unit, including junction box and the conduit for the above wiring.
viii) Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor shall connect their signal cables in conduit
from their equipment or local motor controls panels to the signal interfacing
box nearby or inside plantroom that are provided by this Domestic Sub-
Contractor and complete the wiring connection for BMS interfaces
ix) The Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide the earthing terminal
together with the power supply as described above for connection of
equipment earthing system and equal-potential bonding provided by this Sub-
Contractor.
x) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the

Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor for the exact position of electrical power
interfacing, connection unit, LMCP, location and so on before the proceeding
of any works including concealed conduits. No extra cost will be entertained
due to failure in their coordination works.
xi) Beyond the electrical terminations by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor as

specified, this Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for complete
design and installation for all downstream equipment to suit the MVAC
installations as specified. The Domestic Sub-Contractor’s design shall comply
with Supply Rule and other relevant regulations, including preparation and
submission of form WR1A to the Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor.
xii) The sizes of incoming cables, terminals and rating of main circuit breaker must
be submitted by shop drawing submission before construction against the
approved drawings of the Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor in terms of cable
sizes and switchgear ratings. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall also provide
all necessary information and coordinate with the Electrical Domestic Sub-
Contractor to ensure that the electrical characteristics of the switchgear
provided by the Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor shall match with the
starting and running characteristics of the motor-driven equipment.
TS-AC/16
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Interface with Lift and Escalator Systems
i) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall liaise with various lift system contractors
to confirm the heat dissipation of each lift machine and the exact locations of
the air duct for effective cooling of ventilation of the lift and escalator systems.
f) Interface with Interior Fitting-out Domestic Sub-Contractors
i) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall liaise various interior fitting-out Domestic

Sub-Contractors to ensure that this Domestic Sub-Contractor’s installation of
the air distribution equipment and the air supply plenum are full coordinated
with the ceiling and the finishes installed by the fitting-out Domestic Sub-
Contractors in order to comply the technical performance as specified and
other architectural requirements.
ii) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall prepare the shop drawings incorporating
with the maintenance access requirements for entire MVAC system and
submit the Main Contractor for consolidation and further coordination with the
Architect.
g) Co-ordination with Other Sub-Contracts
i) This Domestic Sub-Contractor is required to co-ordinate with other services

provided under other Sub-Contracts. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall
provide all materials, equipment and labour to ensure the satisfactory
operation at the interface of the installation and the proper sequencing of the
works for which he is responsible. During all stages of the work, the interfaces
shall be discussed, coordinated and agreed between this Domestic Sub-
Contractor and other sub- contractors / contractors.
Any further interfaces which may be identified during detailed design shall be
incorporated in these discussions.
ii) It is the responsibility of this Domestic Sub-Contractor to ensure that the Main
Contractor is informed of all holes, penetrations and recesses required in the
structural and non-structural elements of the building. Where additional holes
and accesses are required after the construction of these building elements,
they shall be provided at this Domestic Sub-Contractor's expense, unless they
are covered on a duty authorized basis by the Variation Order issued by the
Architect.
iii) It is also the responsibility of this Domestic Sub-Contractor to ensure that all
builder's works, holes, openings, etc. are provided and correctly located during
the construction of the building.
iv) Notwithstanding the above, all necessary co-ordination, provision of shop

drawings and other information necessary for the satisfactory execution of the
TS-AC/17
MVAC INSTALLATION
Works shall be carried out and furnished at the correct time and in the
prescribed manner by this Domestic Sub-Contractor.
h) Co-ordination Meetings
i) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall attend all site meetings to be chaired by

the Architect and any other coordination meetings called for by the Architect,
Employer, Engineer or Main Contractor.
ii) The coordination meetings shall be held at regular interval or ad-hoc basis as
informed by the Architect.
iii) The Sub-Contract’s representatives at any one of the above meetings shall be
fully authorised to represent and commit as the Domestic Sub-Contractor in
respect of programmes and coordination with Main Contractor, other
contractors or Domestic Sub-Contractors employed by the Employer.
1.19 ENERGY SAVING MEASURES
a) Use of refrigerant of ‘zero’ ozone depletion potential in VRV units i.e. R-134a, R-410A,
R-407C as specified in equipment schedule.
b) Use of frequency invertors in fans / pumps to reduce the energy use during off peak
periods.
c) Use of high efficiency motors for pumps and ventilation fans.
d) Make use of natural ventilation for carpark and loading/ unloading area by taking
benefit of wall opening on sides.
1.20 WEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT
a) The Contractor is to provide full details of the weights of all equipment for purposes of
determining floor loading etc., within fourteen (14) days of being advised by Letter of
Intent with respect to letting the Contract.
1.21 VESTING OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
a) All materials, plant and equipment supplied for the Contract shall become the property
of the Employer as soon as delivered to the Site, or as soon as any payment has been
made in respect thereof whichever is earlier time.
b) No materials, plant or equipment shall be removed from the site without the written
consent of the Employer or the Architect.
TS-AC/18
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.22 PACKING, STORAGE & PROTECTION
a) All plant, equipment, machinery, materials and parts shall be delivered to the Site in a
new condition, properly packed and protected against damage due to handling, adverse
weather or other circumstances and, as far as practicable, they shall be kept in the
packing cases or under protective coverings until required for use.
b) Any items suffering damage in transmit or on Site shall be rejected and replaced without
extra cost to the Builder nor Employer. No item so rejected will be considered as a
reason for failure to meet the Completion Date of the Main Contract.
c) In the case of items of equipment and materials which originate outside Hong Kong:-
i) All items of equipment and materials shall be adequately and securely packed for
safe transportation with due regard to the climatic conditions encountered in
transmit and on arrival.
ii) The Contractor shall, at the time of shipping each consignment of equipment,
provide to the Architect, in triplicate, packing lists and Bills of Lading which shall
contain full statements of the packages consigned, with particulars of the
dimensions, weights, contents, shipping, marks and approximate value of each
package.
iii) British Standard 1133 and Supplements, or other comparable and acceptable
code, shall be used as a guide for the standard of packing and package required.
All bright, polished or plated parts shall be treated with suitable rust preventative.
1.23 PROTECTION OF THE WORKS
a) The Contractor shall suitably protect, encases, cover up etc. as may be appropriate, all
plant and equipment, instruments, pipe-work, insulation, etc. installed by him against
damage due to building operations, adverse weather or other causes up to the Date of
Completion of the Main Contract and shall make good any damage and hand over the
entire installation in a new and perfect condition.
b) During the progress of the Works all open ends of pipes, conduits, ducts etc. shall be
suitably capped to prevent the ingress of foreign matter.
1.24 SETTING TO WORK
a) As soon as practicable after the completion of any section of the installation, the
Contractor shall, when so authorised by the Architect, give notice to the Builder that it is
required to operate this section and shall request the Builder to clean out all plant
spaces, remove all rubbish under his control and generally leave the particular portion
of the installation to work, adjust all regulators, controls etc. and set and adjust the
system so that it complies with the specification requirements.
b) In case where the overall building programme is such that the Contractor will need to
return, for the purposes of regulation, adjustment etc. to portions of the building which
by that time may be in the occupation of the Employer, the Contractor shall allow in his
tender accordingly and shall take all necessary precautions against damage when
working in such areas.
TS-AC/19
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.25 TESTING
a) The Contractor having set to work, adjusted and himself tested the installation or any
part thereof, shall then demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and Architect
that the installation, or part thereof, which has been so set to work complies with the
specification requirements as set out herein.
b) The Contractor shall give the Architect due notice of such testing and shall provide all
facilities for the Architect, or their representatives, to witness, and check all tests, but
this shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for checking the tests and
satisfying himself thereof.
c) Before the final tests are carried out the plant shall have been in use for a reasonable
time so as to allow for any necessary adjustment and regulation. The precise method of
carrying out tests shall be agreed with the Architect, and the Contractor shall make
complete records of the tests as carried out and when the tests have been successfully
completed he shall provide the Architect test records and reports in duplicate in a form
to be agreed upon.
1.26 RESULTS OF TESTS
a) If the test results show that the plant and equipment are not functioning in a satisfactory
manner or providing the requirements of this Specification, the Architect shall decide
whether this is due to incorrect or faulty work by the Contractor and if this is the case,
the Contractor shall, when called upon, carry out at his own expense such alterations,
replacements and adjustments as may be required, to the Architect's complete
satisfaction.
b) The Architect's decision as to what constitutes a satisfactory test shall be final.
1.27 OPERATION OF THE PLANT
a) The Contractor shall if called upon to do so provide the necessary supervision and labour
for operating the installations or any part thereof for the benefit of the Employer provided
that such operation does not prejudice the Contractor's responsibilities and obligations
under the Contract.
b) In the event of the Contractor being so called upon he shall be reimbursed in respect of
the cost of all such supervision and labour properly employed by him for that purpose.
1.28 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & RECORD DRAWING
a) Precedent to the handover of the installation, the Contractor shall, in collaboration with
the Architect, prepare complete Maintenance and Operating Instructions, for all the
installations. When these Instructions have been agreed in detail, the Contractor shall
submit to the Architect five copies thereof suitably bound. The Maintenance and
Operating Instructions must be handed over before the Date of Completion.
b) Before the Date of Completion of the Works, the Contractor shall prepare and supply to
the Architect, Record Drawings of the whole of the Works as installed, including the
following: -
TS-AC/20
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) General arrangements of all services to a scale of not less than 1:100.

ii) Detailed layouts of all plantrooms, switchrooms and similar spaces to a scale of
1:50.
iii) Schedules of all equipment, switches, valve etc. (printed in both English and
Chinese).
1.29 SPARE PARTS LIST
a) The Contractor shall prepare and supply to the Architect, for forwarding to the Employer,
five copies of the Manufacturers' Spare Parts Lists.
1.30 SITE FACILITIES
a) Contractor will be allowed the free use of any scaffolding, working platform, hoisting
facilities and reasonable space for storage, etc. already erected on site. Should the
Contractor require any other special site facilities, provision must be allowed in his
tender for such. And should the Contractor by reason of failure to proceed with his
work with due speed cause any site facilities to remain erected for an unreasonable
period, the excess costs arising shall be chargeable to the Contractor.
b) The Contractor shall at his own expense provide any necessary material and labour for
connecting temporary supplies of electricity and water from the builder's intake point
required for his works.
c) Only approved screws, bolts or other metal fixing devices shall be used to secure
frames, panels and other equipment in position. Wooden plugs will not be permitted.
d) Structural members shall not be cut nor drilled without prior approval having been
obtained from the Architect.
1.31 CLEARING UP
a) The Contractor is to clear away from time to time temporary plants, materials and rubbish
generated from his installation and to make good or reimburse the Builder for any
damage caused to the building fabric or services during the execution of his works, and
exhaustively upon completion of the work.
b) This clearing up and reinstating of damage to the Builder's or other specialist's works
shall be carried out as required to co-ordinate with other contracts, failing which, the
Architect may authorize such clearing up and reinstatement work to be carried out by
others to the Contractor's account.
1.32 INSTRUCTING EMPLOYER'S STAFF
The Contractor shall allow in his Tender for the Services of one Chinese/English
speaking skilled man, during ordinary working hours, for the purpose of instructing the
Employer's staff in the operation of the plant for a period of 2 weeks.
TS-AC/21
MVAC INSTALLATION
1.33 REJECTION OF UNSUITABLE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS
a) The Architect/Engineer shall be at liberty to reject any plant, materials and workmanship
not complying with the requirements of this Specification or in any way unsuitable for
the Works and to order their removal and replacement. at the cost of this Contractor.
b) The Architect/Engineer‟s decision as to what constitutes compliance with requirements

and suitability shall be final and binding. The true intent and meaning of this Contract
is that the whole of the Contract Works shall be completed to the satisfaction of the
Architect/Engineer.
c) No rejection of any equipment material shall be considered as a reason for failure to

meet the completion date of the project.
1.34 (NOT USE)
1.35 SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR TENANT WORK
a) Tenant Work will not form a part of the basic Contract Work. The Tenderer shall
however, complete the attached Schedule of Rates for Tenant Work for the Consulting
Engineer’s consideration in tender evaluation.
b) The successful Tenderer shall be required, at the Employer’s complete option which
shall be effective at any time before the completion date of the defects liability period, to
carry out the whole or any Tenant Work prescribed by the Employer with work
instructions issued by the Architect/Consulting Engineer in accordance with conditions
stipulated hereinafter.
c) Should the Employer select to employ the successful Tenderer to carry the whole or any
part of the Tenant Work at any time during the effective period, all charges of the
authorized work shall be in full accordance with the Schedule of Rates for Tenant Works.
d) Tenant Work is defined for the purpose of this Contract, as any additional or modification
work on the installation of this Contract due to requirements of individual organizations
or parties who have officially signed respective tenancy agreements with the Employer
for legal occupations of any lettable spaces in
. Unless otherwise advised and confirmed in writing by the

Architect/Consulting Engineer, Tenant Work will only commence after the relevant
practical completion date(s), and the quoted and accepted unit rates for tenant work
shall be effective and binding throughout a full year period in phase with the 1-year
defects liability period.
e) Tenders submitted without the completed Schedule of Rates for Tenant Work shall NOT
be considered.
TS-AC/22
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 – DESCRIPTION OF WORK
2.1 DEFINITIONS
a) For the purpose of this Specification, all definitions contained hereinafter shall be
applicable.
b) "Specification" shall mean the Specification for the Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning (MVAC) Installation.
c) "Drawings" shall mean the drawings attached with the Specification.
d) "Furnish" or "Provide" shall mean to design, supply, install and connect up,
complete and ready for safe and regular operation of particular work referred to
unless specifically otherwise noted.
e) "Install" shall mean to erect, mount and connect complete with related
accessories, test and commission.
f) "Supply" shall mean to purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with
related accessories.
g) "Similar" or "Equal" shall mean equal in materials, weight, size, design, and
efficiency of specified product.
h) "This Contractor" or “This Domestic Sub-Contractor” referred to in the

Specification shall mean "the Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (MVAC)
Installation Domestic Sub-Contractor".
i) "Architect/Engineer" or “Engineer” referred to in the Specification, shall mean

“Project Architect/Engineer” or Building Services "Engineer".
j) "This Contract" or “This Sub-Contract” referred to in this Specification shall mean

"The Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (MVAC) Installation Sub-contract".
TS-AC/23
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.2 ABBREVIATIONS
For the purpose of the Specification, abbreviations shall be as follows:
ASSC - Alternating Current
A/C - Air-Conditioning
ACB - Air Circuit Breaker
ACMV - Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation ADC - Air Diffuser Council (USA)
AHU - Air Handling Unit
AMCA - Air Moving and Conditioning Association (USA)
ANSI - American National Standards Institute
ARI - American Refrigeration Institute
ARPA - Advanced Research Project Agency (USA)
ASCII - American Standard Code of Information Interchange ASD
ASD - Architectural Services Department (HK)
ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers

(USA)
ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers (USA)
ASTA - Association of Short-circuit Testing Authorities ASTM
BASEC - British Approvals Service for Electric Cables (UK)
TS-AC/24
MVAC INSTALLATION
BD - Buildings Department (HK)
BS - British Standard
BSB - Building Services Branch (HK)
BSCP - British Standard Code of Practice (UK)
BSEN - British Standard – European Standard
BSI - British Standard Institution (UK)
CAV - Constant Air Volume
CCMS - Central Control and Monitoring System
CIBSE - Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (UK)
CPU - Central Processing Unit
CSD - Combined Services Drawing
CT - Current Transformer
Db - Decibel
DC - Direct Current
DIN - Deutsch Industrie Normale (German Industrial Standards).
DOL - Direct-on-Line
DFT - Dry film thickness of paint
E&M - Electrical and Mechanical
TS-AC/25
MVAC INSTALLATION
EMSD - Electrical and Mechanical Services Department (HK)
EN - European Standard
EPD - Environmental Protection Department (HK)
ERW - Electrical Resistance Welded
ETL - Electro – Thermal Link
FAT - Factory Acceptance Test
FBA - Factory-Built Assemblies
FCU - Fan Coil Unit
FDS - Functional Design Specification
FOC - Fire Office's Committee
FEHD - Food & Environmental Hygiene Department
FS - Fire Services
FSD - Fire Services Department (Hong Kong)
HRC - High Rupturing Capacity
HV - High Voltage
HVCA - Heating and Ventilation Contractors Association (UK)
IDMT - Inverse Definite Minimum Time
IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission (Geneva, Switzerland)
TS-AC/26
MVAC INSTALLATION
IEE - Institution of Electrical Engineers (UK)
IEEE- Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (USA)
IP - Index of Protection
ISO - International Organization for Standardization. JIS - Japanese Industrial

Standards (Japan)
kPa - KiloPascal
KW - Kilowatt.
LMCP - Local Motor Control Panel
L/S, l/s - Liters per second
LV - Low Voltage
MCB - Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCC- Motor Control Centre
MCCB - Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
MDF - Main Distribution Frame
MF - Medium Frequency
NBS - National Bureau of Standards (USA)
NC - Noise Criteria
NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (USA)
TS-AC/27
MVAC INSTALLATION
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association (USA)
O&M - Operating and Maintenance
PA - Public Address
PABX - Private Automatic Branch Exchange
PAU - Primary Handling Unit
PMG - Postmaster General (HK)
PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride
R - Red Phase
RH - Relative Humidity
RV - Reduced Voltage
SAT - Site Acceptance Test
SCPD - Short Circuit Protection Device
SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc.
(USA)
SPL - Sound Pressure Level
SWA - Steel Wire Armoured
TEFC - Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
UL - Underwriters Laboratories (USA)
UPS - Uninterruptible Power Supply

TS-AC/28
MVAC INSTALLATION
USSG - United States Standard Gauge
VAV -Variable Air Volume
VDU - Visual Display Unit
WSD - Water Supplies Department (HK)
Y - Yellow Phase
TS-AC/29
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS
All works and materials shall comply with the latest edition of statutory obligations,
Regulations, Specifications and Codes of Practice including but not be limited to the
following:-
a) The Building (Ventilating System) Regulation under Buildings Ordinance (Hong

Kong).
b) Code of Practice for Minimum Fire Service Installations and Equipment and
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Installations and Equipment plus all relevant
current Fire Services Department circulars.
c) General Specification for Air Conditioning, Refrigeration, Ventilation and Central

Monitoring and Control System Installation in Government Building of the Hong
Kong Special Administration Region (HKSAR), BSB, ASD.
d) The IEE Wiring Regulations
e) General Specification for Building by Architectural Office, BDD, Hong Kong
f) General Specification for Electrical Installation in Government Building, Hong Kong,

BSB, EMSD.
g) Electricity Ordinance and other subsidiary legislation made under the Ordinance.
h) Code of Practice for the Electricity (Wiring) Regulations, EMSD.
i) The Supply Rules and other requirements issued by the relevant power company.
j) The Noise Control Ordinance.
k) Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance.
l) Air Pollution Control Ordinance.
m) Ozone Layer Protection Ordinance.
n) Water Pollution Control Ordinance.
o) EMSD Code of Practice for Energy Efficiency of Building Services Installation of the
latest edition together with any amendments made thereto.
p) EMSD Code of Practice for Building Energy Audit of the latest edition together with
any amendments made thereto.
q) The internationally recognized standards and „Codes of Practice‟ such as :- ISO,

BS, IEC, EN, ICE, CEN, CENELEC, JIS, ANSI, DIN, NFPA, FOC, UL, SMACNA,
ASME, ASTM, EIA, IEEE, ARI, ADC, AMCA.
TS-AC/30
MVAC INSTALLATION
r) The installations shall comply with all regulations on safety aspects issued by the
Works Bureau, the Labour Department and other Authorities from time to time.
These include but are not limited to the following.:
s) Public Works Programme Construction Site Safety Manual
t) Factories and Industrial Undertakings (Electricity) Ordinance, its subsidiary

Regulations and its Codes of Practice
u) Fire Services Ordinance.
v) Electricity Ordinance
w) Dangerous Goods Ordinance
x) Waste Disposal Ordinance
y) Boilers and Pressure Vessels Ordinance
z) Gas Safety Ordinance
aa) Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance
In the event of conflict between any of the technical requirements of the above
standards and the provision of this Specification, this shall be referred to the
Architect/Engineer who shall decide as to which requirements shall be followed.
TS-AC/31
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
General
Considerations should be given to achieve a comfort internal environment with an

acceptable control on the impacts from the external environment. All engineering
equipment should be designed or selected such that air, noise, waste and vibration
emissions at various operating modes will comply with the requirements laid down by
the relevant Authorities and good codes of practice.
The following information on climatic conditions in Hong Kong shall be taken into
account in the design of all plant and equipment specified hereinafter.
a) Temperature :
Average daily range 5°C (most months)
Average maximum shade temperature 32.8°C (July, August,
September)
Average minimum shade temperature 8°C
Minimum shade temperature 0°C (January)
Maximum shade temperature 36.1°C (August)
b) Rainfall :
Minimum annual 900mm
Maximum annual 3000mm
Average annual 2200mm
Maximum recorded intensity 320mm/h for a
duration of 20 min
TS-AC/32
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Wind :
For For
Structural Operational
Purposes Purposes
Maximum hourly wind 155km/h 133km/h
speed
Maximum design gust 230km/h 160km/h

speed
d) Sunshine :
Average daily duration of

bright sunshine
Minimum 3 hours (March)
Maximum 7 hours (July-October)
e) Relative Humidity :
Minimum average 60% at 1230 hours

(November)
Maximum average 87% at 0630 hours
(summer month)
TS-AC/33
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.5 Ambient Conditions for Equipment Rating and Design
a) The ambient conditions under which equipment will be required to function at the
rated level and on which type tests will be based, unless otherwise stated in the
Specification hereinafter, are :
Temperature 40°C
Relative Humidity 99%
b) Certain equipment will need to be rated at more onerous conditions as required in

this Specification, and all equipment may be required to operate at higher
temperature and humidity under short-term abnormal conditions.
2.6 ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
a) Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, all electrical equipment and installation shall be
rated at the voltage level stated below :
Voltage: 380V for 3-phase equipment
220V for single phase equipment
Frequency: 50 Hz.
b) In addition to the above, the electrical equipment shall also be suitable for operation with
limits stated below without compromising its performance :
Voltage fluctuation : ± 10% of nominal value
Frequency fluctuation : ± 2% of nominal value
TS-AC/34
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.7 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION WITH UTILITY COMPANIES AND

GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES
a) This Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary co-ordination with the BD, FSD, WSD,
power supply company, EPD, DSD, FEHD, EMSD and the relevant Government Authorities
and utility companies.
b) This Contractor shall prepare the following information including drawing submission for the
above-mentioned parties' approval as necessary:
i. Submit forms/drawings/document to FSD including the fuel tank room ventilation

system to fulfill minimum OP requirement, VAC control system, etc. and obtain the
approval and relevant certificates from FSD.
ii. Submit forms/drawings to WSD regarding the use of FS / potable / flushing water for
and associated system.
iii. Obtain necessary approvals from EPD regarding ventilation and equipment
installation.
iv. Obtain necessary approvals from power supply company on electrical installation of
this Contract.
v. Obtain necessary approvals from FEHD regarding ventilation and equipment

installation for schedule premises.
vi. This Contractor shall bear the cost of any dismantling, modification etc. of any work
being installed due to lack of coordination with utility companies and Government
Authorities.
TS-AC/35
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.8 EXTENT OF WORKS
The Site is proposed industrial development at No.16-24 and No.8-14 Sha Tsui
Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories for Building 1 and Building 3 respectively.
This Sub-Contract shall include design, supply and installation of Works described
herein and shown on the Drawings. These Works shall be fully commissioned, tested
and handed over in running order and shall include, inter alias, the following, together
with all necessary ancillary equipment. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall furnish
all labour, superintendence, materials, tools, equipment storage, certificates,
drawings, temporary work, inspection, testing, insurance and incidentals necessary
to complete the Works in a proper, thorough and skilful manner.
The Works to be carried out under this Sub-Contract are as described in the
Specifications and / or indicated on the Drawings. Any unspecified, undersigned and
non-indicated works that are necessary in the course of works to complete the
The Sub-Contractor shall fully understand that the Drawings only indicate the design
intents of the Works and act as a guideline to show the minimum requirement on the
installations. The Sub-Contractor shall explore the concept and carry out detailed
design on the services provisions in order to satisfy the actual site conditions and
design intents. The Sub-Contractor shall be deemed to have allowed in the tender
sum of costs for such an arrangement and no additional claim will be considered at
any circumstance.
The Sub-Contractor is deemed to have carried out site investigation and fully
acquaint himself with the existing site conditions before the submission of this
Tender. The Sub-Contractor shall be deemed to allow in his Tender sum all costs for
the MVAC Installations and the associated builder’s works including opening forming,
backfilling, pipe sleeves, and alike.
In addition to the requirements called for in the Specification Preliminaries, this Sub-
Contract shall include but not be limited to providing the Works described hereunder.
a) Complete air conditioning system for other air conditioning areas as shown on the
drawings.
b) Complete mechanical ventilation installation including ventilation fans, air ducting, air
dampers, air balancing devices, air diffusers, grilles and louvers, air filters, etc for the
entire development, including toilets, pump rooms, transformer rooms, generator
rooms, refuse rooms and other electrical and mechanical plant rooms as shown in
the drawings and described elsewhere in this specification.
c) For VRV and split type air-conditioners, it shall include thermal insulation, refrigerant
pipe & fittings, power and control metal conduit & wiring between outdoor and indoor
units completed with electrical isolators, hanger and support frameworks, providing
refrigerant charge to the a/c machine up to factory standard, wired remote thermostat
& fan speed switch, ductwork, condensate collection piping and any necessary
accessories.
d) Supervisory panel with manual override switches for MVAC Installation inside FS
control room for status indication and control of certain equipment by FSD officer and
TS-AC/36
MVAC INSTALLATION
where specified. It shall complete with all necessary accessories as specified,

including manual override to MVAC equipment operation.
e) Complete VAC control with the tripping method as approved by the Fire Services
Department, which shall include but not limited to complete wiring & conduits
accessories, probe type duct mounted smoke detectors, manual override in F.S.
control room, interfacing with FS system, power supply, control instrumentation to
achieve fail-safe operation, etc.
f) Complete air distribution accessories, including air ducting and air flow balancing
control devices, air curtain, fire & smoke dampers, access panels, splitter dampers,
volume control dampers, motorized control dampers, air filtration equipment, supply
and return air diffusers, grilles and louvers, air plenums/boots, motorized dampers,
etc to form a complete system. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall ensure that the
equipment selected shall meet all operational and energy code requirements and
shall be fully coordinated.
g) Complete thermal insulation for the A/C system, condensate drainage system, chilled
air distribution system, refrigeration system, A/C equipment, associated valve and
damper accessories, conditioned supply air system, the toilet transfer/exhaust air
system, drain pan, and all other installation which is subject to condensation risk.
Aluminum cladding enclosure shall be provided for the applications in plant rooms,
areas exposed to view, and other locations as specified.
h) Complete condensate drainage system and completed with thermal insulation.
i) Complete electrical supply for the MVAC installation including starters, switch gears,
cables, conduits, trunkings and all necessary accessories from the power source
provided by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor up to and terminated onto incoming
switch within the motor control centre of the isolator of the MVAC equipment, or
adjacent to the equipment as specified.
j) Complete power supply for VRV / spilt-AC units and motorized dampers connecting
from single sources provided by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor or the LMCP of
the corresponding system.
k) Complete automatic control system including all necessary control valves, valve and
damper actuators, sensors, indicators, computerized based controllers, etc for an
accurate and effective control of the entire MVAC installation.
l) Complete all necessary wirings, conduits and accessories for control system
including termination onto all control devices, sensors and dry terminals etc.
m) Power supply with conduit & wiring and control wiring by the MVAC Domestic Sub-
Contractor for the followings:
i) Between the outdoor units and indoor units for the VRV systems and connection
& termination from the outdoor units to the power supply with weatherproof
isolator provided by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor.
ii) Mechanical ventilation from motor control panel.
iii) Ventilation fans from specified interface location (adjacent to equipment) to

respective equipment.
TS-AC/37
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv) Between the outdoor units and indoor units for the split type AC units and
connection and termination from indoor units to the power supply with
connection unit provided by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor.
n) Complete acoustic treatment and vibration isolation system including all necessary
sound estimators, vibration isolators for the entire air conditioning and mechanical
ventilation services installations to achieve the specified acoustic performance both
internally and externally subject to approval by Architect. Special attention shall be
paid to ensure that the noise control requirements of Environmental Protection
Department are complied with.
o) Supply and installation of fire dampers c/w fusible link at compartment walls. The fire
damper for fuel tank room or across fire shutter shall be complete with electro-thermal
link system, including all necessary power supply and control. Fire signal contact
shall be provided by Fire Services Domestic Sub-Contractor.
p) Supply and Installation of the mechanical Ventilation System for Refuse Storage,
including air-conditioners / bio-oxygen generator / air purifier and associated
installation as stipulated in BD’s PNAP.
q) Blank-off any unused parts of lovure / grilles openings in related to MVAC system by
galvanized steel sheet and matt black painting.
r) Provide baked matt black architectural cover for dummy diffuser.
s) Design and construct thermal expansion joints for the A/C pipework to avoid
excessive pipe stress due to thermal expansion.
t) Supply and installation of movement joints for the pipework running across the
building movement joints, no matter if they are shown or not on the drawings.
u) Supply and Installation of the hot-dipped galvanized anchor fixing, hanger, support
and steel support framework for all equipment and all systems components complete
with thermal insulation, and etc.
v) Provision of G.I. sleeves through structural and masonry floors and walls or steel
sleeves through fire compartment and subsequent wiring for correct size and
locations of holes opening or boxing out by Main Contractor before concrete casting.
w) Provision of grouting / sealing to gap inside sleeves, chase, recesses, etc after fixing
of sleeves and installation work.
x) Supply and install fire rated sealant between pipework/ductwork and sleeve.
y) Construct the steel frame of pump inertia block(s). Coordinate with Main Contractor
for provision of plinth, reinforcement and concrete for inertia block, and floating slabs
as required.
z) Design and provide all necessary mounting details of the MVAC installation. The
mounting details together with the structural calculation and the stress calculation
shall be endorsed by Registered Structural Engineer and shall be further submitted
to the Architect and the Structural engineer for approval before commencement of
the works.
TS-AC/38
MVAC INSTALLATION
aa) Provision of lifting eye bolts at the top of the access openings and pumps necessary
for the delivery of pumps and MVAC equipment during maintenance. The locations
of these access openings shall include but not limited to MVAC plantroom floors.
Loading details shall be submitted for approval.
bb) Provision of equipotential bonding for all metallic parts.
cc) Provision of minimum mechanical ventilation equipment to suit for OP inspection

purpose.
dd) Providing refrigerant and charging refrigerant to the air-conditioning system and their
units up to factory standard, which are using refrigerate as heat transfer media.
ee) Paint all exposed installation of MVAC equipment, conduits, cable trays, trunking,
pipework whether insulated or not, etc. and all exposed steel works and labeling all
pipeworks, ductworks and equipment inside and outside plant rooms in connection
with the installations equipment under this Sub-Contract.
ff) Provide labeling marking & directional arrow etc. to entire installation equipment.
gg) Sample floor and mock up for any part of the installation and sample board
submission as per the contract preliminary.
hh) Submit the access and maintenance proposals for the MVAC system and coordinate
with the Main Contractor for provision of maintenance facilities such as access panel,
maintenance platform, I-beam and eye bolts as necessary. This Domestic Sub-
Contractor shall be responsible to submit the location and size, and weight for the
maintenance facilities for approval.
ii) Coordination with all other Domestic Sub-Contractors related to this Sub-contract
Work.
jj) Full load test for entire air conditioning plant when building load is available.
kk) Coordinate with the Main Contractor for their installation of complete fire-rated
enclosure to suit the requirements of various Authorities for all pipework, ductwork,
and equipment inside the protected lobby outside the pipe duct and other location as
specified in the drawings and the specification.
ll) Provision of the fire-rated enclosure as specified in the drawing.
mm) Proper provisions shall be allowed in the equipment and switch gears of the MVAC
installation for interfacing with the other Domestic Sub-Contractors including
electrical, fire services and BMS, etc.
nn) Coordinate with Main Contractor and other relevant Domestic Sub-Contractor for the
T&C works and invite Architects, Engineers, Employer’s Representative and
commissioning Authority to witness the test. Submit the T&C procedure for approval
prior to the test and submit the proper testing and commissioning report in the
approved format after the test.
oo) Complete testing and commissioning to be carried out in a professional way for all
the equipment and system installed under this Sub-Contract. This Domestic Sub-
TS-AC/39
MVAC INSTALLATION
Contractor shall coordinate with the Commissioning Authority (engaged separately

by the Employer and subject to LEED consultant scope) to perform the T&C works
to the satisfactory of the Commissioning Authority if required.
pp) Balancing, Testing and commissioning of all equipment and system and training to
the management company staff. Carrying out performance evaluation of
equipment/systems supplied/installed.
qq) Coordinate with Commissioning Authority for all T&C aspects to meet the T&C
requirements, which include but not limited to vetting T&C documentations, witness
of site test, review T&C results and commissioning program, training arrangements,
format and content of O&M manual, etc.
rr) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, devices, efforts,
temporary measures and prepare reports with required details such as calculation,
modeling, site measurement results, drawings, catalogues, technical information in
order to comply with LEED’s particular specifications (under Sustainability
Consultant).
ss) Provide 100% air leakage test for ventilation exhaust duct and provide air leakage
test for 25% selected ductwork with operating static pressure over 750Pa in
accordance with the Building Energy Code.
tt) Provide necessary information to facilitate LEED certification and other relevant
environmental certification submission. The systems’ unit power density, offered
equipment efficiency (such as VRV units/ ventilation fan) shall comply with Building
Energy Code (BEC) and LEED requirements.
uu) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall fully complete and submit the relevant
submission forms for the BEC submission to EMSD and office the approval.
vv) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall employ a Registered Energy Assessor (REA) to
certify the MVAC installation being complied with the Building Energy Code (BEC)
and to submit all necessary documents to EMSD to get the Certificate of Compliance
Registration (COCR).
ww) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for all relevant submissions to
Authorities and attendance to authorities/utilities inspections including power
company’s inspections, EMSD inspection, F.S. inspections, F.S. inspections and
T.O.P. / O.P. inspections, water authority’s inspections, etc.
xx) Coordinate and arrange rehearsal for statutory inspections for MVAC systems, such
as ventilation air-conditioning (VAC) system, ventilation for DG rooms to suit
minimum OP inspection, etc.
yy) Operation and providing attendance as specified, and to FSD/O.P. inspection.
zz) Submission of working drawings, as-built drawings, equipment calculation,

programme, schedule, samples, sample boards, method of statement, technical
proposal, etc., for approval prior to the installations.
aaa) Preparation of and sign all submission documents, forms and drawings to the Fire
Services Department, Environmental Protection Department, Electrical and
Mechanical Services Department, Water Supplies Department, Labour Department,
TS-AC/40
MVAC INSTALLATION
Buildings Department, Food and Environmental Hygiene Department and Lands

Department and other government departments required for satisfactory completion
of the project for approval and endorsement. The drawings shall include but not
limited to T&C records, method of statement, water sampling test, the ventilation and
air-conditioning control system (VAC), dangerous good stores ventilation system,
cooling tower system, water supply system for the A/C system, etc. All submission
shall be in accordance with the format as agreed by the Architect and in accordance
with the requirements issued by the relevant authorities.
bbb) Submissions to the Government Authorities and utility companies, and arranging the
Government Authorities and utility companies for inspection and connections.
Qualified personnel shall be engaged to sign all the relevant forms, documents and/or
drawings as and required by the Architect for the submission to the relevant
Authorities and utility companies.
ccc) Liaise with Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor for submission of WR1 and WR1A
form after completion of electrical work.
ddd) The Contractor shall employ approved specialist to conduct an external noise test for
E&M system as per EPDs TM to demonstrate the compliance with the specified
requirements after completion of work:-
eee) Include all costs for early sectional completion, handover and occupation permit as
requested by the Architect.
fff) Supply and delivery of spares and special tools as stipulated in this specification to
any designed location in HK as advised by the Architect.
ggg) Submit full sets of as-fitted drawings and O & M manuals both in hard copy &
electronic format before handover. Format and content shall comply with the
requirements of LEED Certification.
hhh) Training and instructing the Employer's staff including training in the software houses
or control companies so that the Employer’s staff is competent and familiar all the
control and operation of the entire MVAC systems and installations.
iii) Free maintenance of the Works during the Defects Liability Period (DLP). (The DLP
is stated in the Form of Tender and Condition of Sub-Contract.)
jjj) Attendance of statutory inspections and assist the tenants to obtain relevant FS
certificates during the DLP if so required by the Architect.
kkk) Attendance of site visit, site inspection and on-site measurement during DLP for any
certifications, assessment schemes, and completions in related to the building design
and construction.
lll) Renewal of all relevant certificates such as FS system certificates, DG certificate,

ventilation certificates, etc. before the end of the DLP.
mmm) Submission of all relevant certificates and statutory documentation at the time for
project handover.
TS-AC/41
MVAC INSTALLATION
nnn) Design and provision of hot dipped galvanised maintenance platform and access,
including high level ventilation equipment, valves, panels, etc., to comply the
maintenance requirements. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall coordinate with the
Main Contractor to develop the design details and structural calculation to comply the
functional requirements, statutory requirements, and safety requirements of Labour
Department and EMSD. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall employ Registered
Structural Engineer and certified Safety Officer and endorse the platform design.
Details shall be submitted to the Architect / Engineer for approval.
ooo) Coordination, preparation, submissions and provision of full dimensioned Combined

Services Drawings (CSD) and Combined Builder's Work Drawings (CBWD) for
Architect/Engineer’s approval. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall coordinate with
Main Contractor and other Domestic Sub-Contractor for the preparation and
submissions of CSD and CBWD.
ppp) Supply and delivery of spares and special tools as stipulated in this Specification to
any designated location in HK as advised by the Architect.
qqq) Free maintenance of the Works during the Defects Liability Period (DLP).
rrr) A flat monthly maintenance rate for the entire plant and MVAC installations after the
DLP shall be submitted in the Tender.
sss) Renewal of all relevant certificates such as FS system certificates, ventilation

certificates, etc. before the end of the DLP.
ttt) Supply and install fire rated sealant between pipework/ ductwork and sleeve.
uuu) Coordinate with Main Contractor for provision of plinth, inertia blocks and floating
slabs as shown on the drawings.
vvv) All plant room or other exhausts shall be properly located to avoid causing nuisance
to the public and occupants of the development.
www) All outdoor condenser units shall be supported on structural platform. Proper access
provisions shall be allowed for replacement or maintenance of the outdoor units.
xxx) Exposed pipework and bracket shall be of corrosion proof material. All internal
pipework, electrical conduits, ductwork and the like shall be concealed in public areas.
Surface mounting shall only be applied in plant rooms and service areas. The material
of MVAC systems shall be selected for good durability and ease of maintenance.
Good accessibility shall be maintained for services installed within the ceiling.
yyy) All common MVAC systems shall be routed through and serviceable from the public
and common areas. Special access for servicing equipment and items requiring
routine or adjusting shall be provided.
zzz) All exposed conduits shall be metallic. Concealed conduits shall be PVC.
aaaa) Whether shown or not shown on drawings, additional stainless steel drip trays with
proper drainage provision and insulation shall be provided for the indoor air
TS-AC/42
MVAC INSTALLATION
conditioning units in switch rooms, lift machine rooms, TBE room and elect meter
room. No water pipes shall run above switchboards and switchgears.
bbbb) Sleeves, bolts, dowels, nuts, washers and shafts of water pump shall be made of
stainless steel grade 316.
cccc) Chilled refrigerant shall be of HCFC & CFC free with ozone depletion potential.
dddd) All split type shall be provided with remote control.
eeee) Axial fan impeller shall be of die cast steel or aluminum and aerofoil type with
adjustable pitch angle.
ffff) Brake power of centrifugal fans exceeding 15kW shall be of backward curved/
aerofoil non-overloading type.
gggg) Condensate drain pipe / refrigerant pipe shall be provided with CFC free phenolic
foam or closed cell elastomeric thermal insulation according to the Specification.
hhhh) Ductworks shall be constructed of galvanized or stainless-steel sheet in compliance

with DW144.
iiii) Access panels shall be provided as follows for ductwork cleaning:
i) Within 600mm from elbow
ii) At end of duct run
iii) Every 15m of straight duct run
jjjj) All valve set shall be of silent non-slam type.
kkkk) Double regulating valves shall have separate metering station for flow measurement.
llll) Valves above 50mm dia. shall be of cast iron body with internal and external epoxy
coating. Valves up to 50mm dia. shall be of bronze body.
mmmm) All pipework and ductworks connected to the vibrating equipment shall be mounted/
supported on minimum 25mm static deflection spring hangers of supports within the
plant room.
nnnn) All LMCP shall be of Form 3b to BS EN 60439-1 and type tested and ASTA certified.
oooo) Incomer protection device of the LMCP shall be equipped with supply healthy lamp,
voltmeter and ammeter.
pppp) All indication lamps shall be equipped with lamp test button.
qqqq) All insulated busduct shall be of class B to BS 2757.
TS-AC/43
MVAC INSTALLATION
rrrr) Degree of protection of the busduct shall be of IP65 and IP54 for sprinklered areas
and non-sprinklered areas respectively. Busduct shall not be installed at outdoor area.
ssss) All motors shall have efficiency no less than the values stated in the Code of Practice
for Energy Efficiency for Electrical Installation.
tttt) Cable conduits shall be of galvanized steel to BS4568 with class 4 protection. PVC
conduits shall be embedded in concrete.
uuuu) Metal cable trays shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel to BS1449: Part 1, ISO 1459,
ISO 1460, ISO 1461 and with returned flange.
vvvv) All cables shall be of BASEC approval type.
wwww) The air circuit breakers shall be trip free, metal clad and horizontal drawn out pattern.
The breakers shall be ASTA certified.
xxxx) Harmonic filter shall be provided for each of the variable frequency/ speed driving
equipment.
yyyy) The BMS shall monitor and control the MVAC system to match with head load and
operation requirement.
zzzz) The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall comply with the VOC Regulation issued by EPD
in April 2007 under the Air Pollution Control Ordinance to control the VOC content in
architectural paint/ coating, printing ink and selected consumer products. Volatile
organic compounds (VOCs) are found in a wide variety of products such as solvent-
based paint, printing ink, organic solvents petroleum products, sealants, and many
consumer products. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall minimize the use of VOC
products and any paint products with VOCs. The Domestic Sub-Contractor shall:
i) Adopt water-based or low VOC content instead of solvent-based paint;
ii) Apply paint with hand brushes or rollers instead of sprayers on site to reduce the
use of thinner;
iii) Avoid using VOC-containing products such as organic cleaning solvents;
iv) Store VOC-containing products in air-tight containers;
v) Maximize the use of prefabricated items instead of coating the items;
TS-AC/44
MVAC INSTALLATION
vi) For metal works, provide no or low-VOC paint such as water-based paint or the
use of off-site power-coated components;
vii) Select primer and topcoat compatible with the paint
The Works shall also fully comply with all statutory ordinances, regulations,
standards, codes of practice, circular letters relevant to the above MVAC
installation and Systems together with any amendments made thereto as
required by the relevant Authorities for the safe and proper operation of the
Works. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall arrange for all submissions and
allow for all costs relating to all statutory inspections and certificates and for
sectional completion as appropriate and as necessary.
2.9 (NOT USE)
2.10 DRAWINGS
a. Tender Drawings
i. The Drawings issued at the time of Tender are only for the guidance of this Contractor
in producing his design for the equipment and systems.
ii. The Drawings show the basic principles on which this Contractor's design is to be
prepared. The Drawings indicate an acceptable method of laying out the equipment
and how the various items of equipment are related to each other.
iii. This Contractor shall develop the detailed design of the equipment and shall produce
all working drawings together with design calculations, detailed commentary and
specification.
b. Contractor's Design and Drawing Submissions
i. General
This Contractor shall submit for approval his designs and proposals for plant and
equipment progressively throughout various stages of the
Works. This Contractor shall ensure that all his designs and drawings including all
calculations, proposals, documentation and information necessary are submitted in
a timely and logical manner to ensure that he is able to obtain the
Architect/Engineer's approval to proceed. Due allowance shall be made for the
Drawings, calculations, proposals, documentation and information to be checked,
and the time taken by this Contractor to correct mistakes and errors for resubmission.
ii. Standards Compliance
This Contractor shall submit complete catalogue information, shop drawings and
certificates for all materials, plant, and equipment to be supplied under this Contract.
TS-AC/45
MVAC INSTALLATION
Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to requirements of British

Standard Specifications or the standards of organizations such as EMSD, FSD,
ANSI, ASME, UL and IEE, evidence of such conformance shall be submitted for
record purposes. Such evidence shall include written certificate and full testing report
from an approved recognized testing organization, adequately equipped and
competent to perform such services, stating that the items have been tested and
that the units conform to the specified standard. All data and information submitted
shall be printed in metric (S.I) units and English.
iii. Designs and Shop Drawings
1. Installation working drawings shall be submitted for approval for all areas
within the scope of this Contract showing all equipment, piping, electrical
wiring, ductwork and appurtenances required. These drawings shall include
plans, elevations and sections showing locations of accessories, lifting hooks,
inserts, cutouts, penetrations, interface with other building services
installation and other details necessary for a complete installation.
2. Notwithstanding the requirements stated elsewhere in this Specification, this

Contractor shall prepare such drawings for the submission to the
Architect/Engineer for approval well before the commencement of the
installation of the works on site using Autocad CADD (Computer aided design
and drafting) system. The latest architectural background layout plans shall
be used for the preparation of shop drawings. Should the shop drawings be
found using out-dated architectural layouts at the time of submission, these
shall not be considered and be rejected without further assessment by the
Architect/Engineer.
3. Continual updating during the course of the installation period shall be

performed diligently such that at the request of the Architect/Engineer at any
time during the period, the updated shop drawings can easily be reproduced
and printed out readily for use without delay.
4. All CADD data shall be submitted on CD-ROM disk with complete CADD
design in proper format.
5. This Contractor shall submit his printed copies of the drawings together with
CD-ROM disk once per 2 months by showing all revisions thereafter. All
versions of submission shall be labelled with revision number and date.
6. All drawings shall be titled, numbered uniquely and dated in an approved

manner and, where applicable, shall incorporate a graphical scale. When
schematics or diagrams are submitted, they shall be accompanied by all
necessary supplementary information to describe the function and operation
of the equipment. These drawings will generally be Approved only in principle
at the time of submission and shall be subject to final acceptance after
satisfactory testing and commissioning.
TS-AC/46
MVAC INSTALLATION
7. Should any drawing or part of a drawing not be approved, this Contractor

shall amend the drawing according to the comments made on the
disapproved drawing and shall re-submit it until it is approved. This Contractor
shall then supply the required number of prints as indicated in this Section of
the Specification.
8. In addition to shop drawings, submissions shall be made for all plant,

equipment, materials and appurtenances proposed. The following
information shall be included on each submission for identification purposes:
- Contract name and number
- Contractor's name
- Drawing and/or Specification reference by Clause.
- Description of submission
For easy handling and processing, similar equipment should be submitted

together. Individual submissions should cover only one type of product or
equipment.
9. Each submission of design or drawings shall be accompanied by a request

for approval form giving such information as :
- The drawing number including current revision letter or number,
- The drawing title,
- The data of submission,
- A brief description of the latest revision.
10. Approval of this Contractor's design, drawing, plant, or equipment shall not
relieve this Contractor of any of his obligations nor liabilities under this
Contract, nor of his responsibility for ensuring that the work is satisfactory and
that all operational requirements are met.
11. This Contractor's design and drawings submission shall include, but not be
limited to, the following general requirements together with any other
particular requirements given in other sections of the Specification:
- Major plant and equipment proposed, justification of equipment selection,

rating, size, performance, surface treatment, maintenance and
replacement, installation method etc.
- Schematics on interconnection between items of plant and interfacing

requirements between various building services installations.
TS-AC/47
MVAC INSTALLATION
- All builder's work requirements, including locations and size of openings,

sleeves, pipes, chases, foundations etc.
- Routes for delivery of major items of plant.
- Power requirements of major items of plant.
- Cabling requirements.
- Fixing details of plant and equipment onto structures.
12. The scale of the drawings, the number of prints required for
submission/resubmission and distribution after approval shall be in
accordance with this Specification.
13. This Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the checking of his shop
drawings by the Architect/Engineer and shall therefore ensure that his
submissions are in good timing. In general the following time scale shall be
allowed.
Initial submission to be commented by Architect/Engineer 4 weeks
Subsequent resubmission to be commented by 2 weeks

Architect/Engineer
Submission for formal approval by Architect/Engineer to 2 weeks

Main Contractor
It is this Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that each of his submission has

been properly prepared and thoroughly checked by himself and is in right and
good order for submission.
In the event that this Contractor‟s submissions are found to be sub- standard
or poorly presented and have hence been rejected three times by the
Architect/Engineer, then further submissions for Approval will have to be
reviewed by the Architect/Engineer at the cost of this Contractor. All costs
incurred by the Architect/Engineer arising from such further review shall be
determined on a time-charge basis and shall either be reimbursed by this
Contractor to the Architect/Engineer or be deducted from the Contract sum.
14. Furnish to the Architect/Engineer for approval the drawings and schedules
showing details of builder‟s work required in connection with the Works of this
Contract. In cases where preliminary builder‟s work information has already
been given on the Contract Drawings, such information shall be Checked by
this Contractor and incorporated into his own drawings. It is the intention that
all holes, chases, etc. shall be set in the structural building works as the works
progress and not cut out subsequently, except in so far as may be necessary
due to subsequently authorized variations to the scheme. Prepare the
Builder‟s Work Drawings in such order and at such times as to enable them
TS-AC/48
MVAC INSTALLATION
to be checked and approved and subsequently issued well before the actual
construction takes place.
15. If directed, this Contractor shall without extra charge, make reasonable
modifications to the layout as needed to prevent conflict with works of other
trades or for proper execution of work.
16. Follow the Drawings in laying out work and checked drawings of other trades
to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maximum headroom and
space condition shall be maintained at all locations.
17. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, the

Architect/Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with installation.
c. Obtaining Approvals
This Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary approvals, certificates
and the like as may be required for the equipment supplied under this Contract. The
costs of any fees, tests etc. associated with obtaining such approvals/certificates shall
be deemed to be included in the tender price. No claim for extension of time or
additional costs will be entertained in respect of this Contractor not having obtained
the necessary approvals/certificates.
d. As Built Drawings
i. No later than the commencement of the Defects Liability Period, "As Built" record
drawings prepared during the progress of the Works shall be supplied for the complete
Works. All drawings shall be listed in a cross-referenced index for ease of
interpretation which shall form part of the O&M manuals described in this Section of
the Specification.
ii. “As Built" Drawings shall be prepared using Autocad and printed on tracing film and
shall be in accordance with BS308, BS376, BS3939 and BS5070. All symbols used
shall be strictly in accordance with the relevant British Standard for "Graphical
Symbols". The drawings shall be of A0, A1, A2, A3 or A4 as agreed by the
Architect/Engineer. The top and left hand border shall be clearly marked at not greater
that 100mm intervals and each division shall be lettered horizontally and numbered
vertically for ease of reference. Every drawing shall have a title block, which will be
subject to the Approval.
iii. The updated shop drawings during the construction stage shall be used at the time of
completion of installation work as a basis for the production of “As Built” drawings.
iv. “As Built" Drawings shall show all plant and equipment and shall include all
cable/conduit/pipe runs, as appropriate. They shall include contact analysis charts of
all relays, contactors and other switching devices, and operational sequence charts
showing clearly the sequence of all contacts and other components for every form of
TS-AC/49
MVAC INSTALLATION
main plant operation. Any other information shall be indicated which may be useful in
the operation, maintenance or subsequent modification or extension to the installation,
even if previously shown on working drawings. Reference numbers or letters for
controls, equipment items or any parts thereof, corresponding to the lettering,
numbering or any other identification fixed to the equipment, shall be quoted.
v. “As-Built” schematic system diagrams, properly framed, shall also be provided and
mounted on the wall inside each plant room.
vi. The Contractor shall submit the required number of copies of drawings according to
this Specification.
vii. In addition to the above, all CADD data submitted shall be supplied on CD-ROM disks
with complete CADD design in a proper format for transmission to the Employer for
retention.
viii. This Contractor shall note that retention monies will not be released upon the
completion of the Period of Maintenance until the "As-built Drawings" together with the
operation and maintenance manuals have been submitted and Approved by the
Architect/Engineer.
TS-AC/50
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.11 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
a) Quality Assurance
i. Qualification of Manufacturers
All materials and equipment to be provided under this Contract shall be of proven design
and furnished by manufacturers who can show evidence of having furnished such materials
and equipment that have been in successful operation for a period of at least five years,
unless otherwise approved.
ii. Applicable Codes and Standards and Local Ordinances
1. Codes and standards listed in the Specification shall be the latest revision at the
time of award of this contract.
2. Where no standards are stated in the Specification, all details, materials,

equipment and workmanship shall be in accordance with the relevant British
Standards.
3. Alternatively, international recognized standards such as IEC, ASTM, NEMA

and JIS may be approved for manufacture of equipment provided that all
parameters specified in the Specification can be met. Documentation indicating
the deviations between the proposed and the specified standards shall be
submitted for approval prior to equipment ordering.
4. The Works shall conform with IEE Wiring Regulations and all Statutory
Ordinances, Orders or Regulations having the force of law. Where the design or
choice of plant, materials or equipment is affected by the Ordinances, Orders or
Regulations, the plant, materials or equipment supplied shall comply with all
relevant sections of such Ordinances, Orders or Regulations, even though no
particular reference may be mentioned in the Specification.
TS-AC/51
MVAC INSTALLATION
5. In the event of conflict between any of the technical requirements of the above,
the order of precedence shall be:
- Local Ordinances, Orders and Regulations; and Codes of Practice:
- Codes of Practice of Utility Companies
- The Specification and Drawings;
- British Standards;
- IEE Wiring Regulations
- Approved Standards.
b) Makes and Types of Equipment
i. This Contract Document has been drawn up in such a manner as to allow firm tendering to
submit proposals incorporating their particular types of equipment and installation
techniques while at the same time ensuring that the building services comply fully with the
basic requirements and fit into the Building, having regard to the architectural and planning
requirements and to the provisions which are being arranged in the structure for the
accommodation of the Works.
ii. The Employer reserves the right to reject any tender which in his opinion disregards the
basic requirements or intentions of this Contract, or which seeks to vary the scope of this
Contract Works, the Contract Conditions or any other requirements of the Tender
Documents.
iii. In selecting makes and types of equipment, this Contractor shall ascertain that facilities for
proper maintenance, repair and replacement can be provided without such a delay as could
cause inconvenience or loss to the Employer.
TS-AC/52
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Design Data Submission
i. The submission of design data, equipment and materials shall include all supporting design
calculations, equipment catalogue and manufacturer‟s technical literature for all equipments,
systems and items of plant.
ii. The submission shall include but not limit to the following:
1. Calculations of fan pressure
2. Fan curves for all ventilation fans
3. Acoustic calculation
4. Acoustic performance of all silencers, acoustic panels and lining
5. Characteristics curves of equipment
6. Performance data, electrical data, noise level and physical data for all item
TS-AC/53
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Guarantee
i. This Contractor in providing a specific piece of equipment or apparatus, whether specified

herein by name or whether of a make selected by this Contractor, shall be deemed to
warrant its satisfactory performance under all working conditions which may be
encountered.
ii. Unless otherwise specified in this Specification, this Contractor's guarantee for the Works
shall extend for a period of one year from the Date of Certified Completion of the Works.
iii. In case there is anything described in the Specification or shown on the Drawings being, in
this Contractor's opinion, unsuitable or inconsistent with his guarantee or responsibilities,
this Contractor shall draw attention thereto at the time of tendering.
iv. The Contractor shall assign all manufacturers' guarantees which are still within their term
of validity at the Date of certified Completion for the Works, guarantees shall to the
Employer. All subsequent rights and liabilities under the manufacturers' guarantees shall
belong to the Employer.
v. Neither the time limit imposed on the Contractor's guarantees, nor the Maintenance
Certificate issued by the Architect/Engineer, nor the acceptance of the installation by the
Employer, nor the approval by the Architect/Engineer of any material or method shall in
any way absolve this Contractor from his responsibility for any latent defects in this Contract
Works which may become apparent in the future and which are, in the opinion of the
Architect/Engineer, due to this Contractor's failure to use materials and methods which
comply with this Specification and Drawings.
TS-AC/54
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Equipment Deviations
i. Subsequent to the award of this Contract, and only in exceptional circumstances where it
is demonstrated in writing by the Contractor that the original equipment offered cannot then
be obtained, the Architect/Engineer may consider and accept, in writing, alternative
equipment and materials proposed by the Contractor provided always that these are fully
in compliance with the relevant Specifications and Drawings and do not impose any
additional contractual or financial liabilities onto the Employer.
ii. This Contractor shall keep in mind that the submission of alternatives usually causes delay
in that they require additional approvals by the Architect/Engineer which will take time. The
consequence of such delay if they arise will normally be held to be the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Architect/Engineer's determination in these matters shall be final.
iii. Subject to the Architect/Engineer's Approval, this Contractor proposes to use items of
equipment other than those specified and/or dimensionally detailed in the Tender
Drawings, the installation of which items requires any redesign of the structure, partitions,
foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural
layout, then drawings showing the layout of the proposed equipment and any redesign
involved shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own expense.
iv. Where the equipment deviation involves significant changes to the building, this will unlikely
be agreed unless this Contractor can submit full justification and agrees to pay for the
building alterations involved.
v. Where such approved deviation necessitates a different quantity and arrangement of

piping, wiring, conduit and equipment from that originally specified or indicated in the
Tender Drawings, this Contractor shall provide such piping, structural supports, insulation,
controls, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduits, and any other additional materials
together with all necessary accessories required by the system at no additional cost to the
Employer.
TS-AC/55
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Rejection of Unsuitable Equipment or Materials
i. The Architect/Engineer shall be at liberty to reject any plant, materials and workmanship
not complying with the requirements of this Specification or in any way unsuitable for the
Works and to order their removal and replacement. at the cost of this Contractor.
ii. The Architect/Engineer‟s decision as to what constitutes compliance with requirements and
suitability shall be final and binding. The true intent and meaning of this Contract is that the
whole of the Contract Works shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer.
iii. No rejection of any equipment material shall be considered as a reason for failure to meet
the completion date of the project.
g) Packing and Protection of the Works
i. All equipment shall be delivered to the Site in a new condition, properly packed and
protected against damage due to handling, adverse weather or other circumstances and,
as far as practicable, shall be kept in packing cases and/or under protective coverings until
required for use.
ii. Any items suffering damage in transit or on the Site shall be rejected and replaced at no
extra cost to the Employer. No rejection of such items will be considered as a ground for
claiming an extension of time for completion.
h) Vesting of Plant and Equipment
i. This Contractor shall be responsible for any damages, loss, etc., of material, plant or
equipment to be incorporated in the completed part of the building during the progress of
the Works.
ii. All materials, plant and equipment supplied for this Contract Works shall become the
property of the Employer as soon as they are delivered to the Site.
iii. No materials, plant or equipment shall be removed from the Site without the written consent
of the Architect/Engineer.
TS-AC/56
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Sizes of Plant and Access to Equipment
i. Physical sizes of all plant and equipment to be provided shall be suitable for the space
allocated to accommodate them, with due allowances for access and maintenance
purposes. This Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating with the Main Contractor
for all access panel requirements.
ii. This Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer dimensional details and working
drawings of all equipment offered and shall be responsible for any modifications and
expense incurred as a result of dimensional variations of his equipment from that shown on
the Drawings.
j) Samples to be Approved
i. This Contractor shall, on request or where specified elsewhere, submit a `sample-board' for
approval within four weeks of award of the Contract. The board shall contain samples of
all `compact' (compact shall mean any item that will fit into a 300mm cube) sized materials
and accessories to be used on the work. Written approval of all samples shall be obtained
from the Architect/Engineer before commencement of any installation work for which these
materials are required.
ii. Such samples will subsequently be retained by the Architect/Engineer as the standard of
the workmanship or material to be provided and any items not so compliant may forthwith
be rejected by the Architect/Engineer and shall be replaced by this Contractor at his own
cost.
iii. A label in English bearing the name of the Contractor, the title of the Contract, the name of
the Manufacturer and the specific service for which the material or accessory is to be used,
shall be attached adjacent to each item. The sample boards shall be displayed in the
Employer's Site office during the whole contract period.
iv. Additionally, this Contractor shall supply sufficient samples of materials as required in this
Specification for testing purposes. This, where required and stated, shall mean testing to
destruction.
TS-AC/57
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Guards
i. Temporary Guards
During the execution of the work, this Contractor shall ensure that all moving parts are
adequately guarded by temporary guards. Where not provided by a Main Contractor under
the Main Contract, this Contractor shall provide his own adequate temporary guard rails
etc. around dangerous floor/wall openings in the vicinity of his work for the protection of
his employees and others.
ii. Permanent Guards
This Contractor shall provide removable guards or railing for protection from moving or
rotating parts. The design and construction of safety guards for moving parts such as fan
and belt drives shall conform to the requirements laid down in the Factories & Industrial
Undertakings (Guarding and Operation of Machinery) Regulations.
TS-AC/58
MVAC INSTALLATION
l) Materials and Workmanship
i. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Specification, all equipment, material and
articles incorporated in the Works covered by the Specification shall be new, standard line,
catalogued products and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended. Unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Specification, reference to any equipment, material,
article, or patented process by trade name, make or catalogue number shall be regarded
as establishing a standard of quality only and shall not be construed as limiting competition.
ii. All equipment and material of the same type shall be the products of the same manufacturer.
iii. All similar items of plant and their component parts shall be completely interchangeable.
Spare parts shall be manufactured from materials similar to the originals and shall fit all
similar items of plant. Where machining may be needed before fitting renewable parts, the
machining fits with their tolerance shall be shown on the drawings accompanying the
instruction manuals.
iv. All revolving parts shall be truly balanced both statically and dynamically and with minimum
noise level so that when running at normal speeds and any load up to the maximum there
shall be no significant vibration and noise. Should the noise or vibration level be excessive
and not within normal acceptable standards set under this Specification and/or the local
authority, this Contractor shall provide additional/adequate vibration isolators and sound
attenuator to the satisfaction of Architect/Engineer without additional cost.
v. All parts which can be worn or damaged by dust shall be totally enclosed in dustproof
housings.
vi. As far as practicable the use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact with one another
shall be avoided. Where it is unavoidable, these metals shall be so selected that the electro-
chemical potential difference between them does not exceed 250mV. If this is not possible,
the contact surfaces of one or both of the metals shall be electroplated or otherwise finished
in such a manner that the potential difference is reduced to the required limits or the two
metals shall be insulated from one other by an Approved method.
vii. All Works under this Contract shall be performed in a skillful and workmanlike manner, in
accordance with best workshop practice. This Contractor shall employ Registered Electrical
Contractors and Workers in accordance with the Electricity Ordinance for undertaking all
electrical works in the Contract.
viii. All components shall be easily accessible for easy maintenance/ replacement.
TS-AC/59
MVAC INSTALLATION
m) Noise Assurance Plan Submission
i. A detailed Noise Assurance Plan shall be submitted for Approval to demonstrate how the
restrictions on noise levels and the acceptable noise limits defined in the Specification will
be achieved. The Noise Assurance Plan shall be deemed to include, but not be limited to:
1. A review of the Drawings to identify the noise sources and transmission paths,
which shall include but not be limited to:
- Fans;
- Compressors;
- Pumps;
- VRV / Spilt A/C Units;
- Valves;
- Ductwork;
- Pipework; etc
2. For each noise source and transmission path, preliminary predictions of noise
shall be made to verify that the reduction measures incorporated into the shop
drawings and equipment schedules will achieve the noise criteria.
3. The checking of all Site construction details to determine the extent and location
of vibration isolation measures shall be executed.
4. To devise and recommend the solutions to eliminate any possible areas where
the noise reduction measures shown on the Drawings will not achieve the
required noise reduction. Should alterations or modifications to the specified
measures be deemed necessary then the proposal shall be submitted together
with all calculations and other design data to demonstrate that the entire systems
will achieve the acceptable noise limits. Works shall not be proceeded until those
parts of the works has been resolved and Approved.
5. All fixed noise sources shall be located and designed in the way that noise level
at the façade of the nearest Noise Sensitive Receiver (NSR) shall be below the
prevailing background noise level or 5 dB(A) lower than the Acceptable Noise
Levels (ANL) stated in the Technical Memorandum on the Noise From Places
other than Domestic Premises, Public Places or Construction Sites and the
Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines, whichever is the lowest.
TS-AC/60
MVAC INSTALLATION
6. In addition to the noise level requirement specified in (e) above, the total noise
level resulting from the simultaneous operation of all systems, including
regenerated noise, breakout noise, structure-borne noise shall generally meet
the Hong Kong Planning Standards Guidelines and Noise Control Ordinance.
ii. Measurements on noise levels shall be taken both internally and externally during
commissioning of the Works, and by submitting a follow up report to demonstrate that the
alternative selection of noise reduction measures are acceptable. The report shall contain the
endorsement of a Corporate Member of the Institute of Acoustics or Hong Kong Institute of
Acoustics. The method of noise measurement shall follow ISO 3746 – BS 4196
iii. Should the installed noise reduction measures fail to achieve the noise specification, further
adjustments or modifications of the acoustic treatment/plant as required to achieve acceptable
noise limits shall be executed at the own cost of this Contractor.
TS-AC/61
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.12 PROGRAMME
a. This Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer for approval a detailed programme for the
Works, within two weeks after awarding of this Contract.
b. This Contractor's programme shall be co-ordinated with the programme for the Main Contract's
works and shall comply with the phasing of the Main Contract works at no extra cost to the
Employer. The programme shall be suitably itemised in detail to show the intended progress of
different activities. The following activities shall be indicated in this Contractor's programme.
i. Submission for approval of all designs samples and equipment;
ii. Ordering of equipment;
iii. Manufacture of equipment;
iv. Origin of equipment;
v. Delivery of equipment;
vi. Installation of equipment indicating methods, sequencing, and duration of each

activity;
vii. Testing and commissioning shall be carried out in full load condition.
viii. Hand over.
c. This Contractor shall carry out the relevant works in accordance with a programme prepared by
the Contractor himself and accepted by the Main Contractor. Such accepted programme will
be incorporated in a master programme for the whole project.
d. This Contractor shall commence the Works immediately he is called upon to do so and shall
proceed with the same at full speed and in such a manner and in such order as to conform to the
Construction Programme of the Main Contractor. This Contractor is notified that the speed is of
prime importance and that he will be required to adhere strictly to the programme laid down by
the Main Contractor
e. No undertaking is given that this Contractor will necessarily be able to proceed continuously with
the Works and no claim will be entertained for discontinuity of work due to the necessity to
conform to the Construction programme.
f. This Contractor shall collaborate at all stages with the Main Contractor and with other Domestic
Sub-Contractors and specialist contractors, and shall prepare and update a detailed programme
and time schedules for all portions of the Works, taking into account of the requirements of other
Domestic Sub-Contractors and specialist contractors as made known to him from time to time.
TS-AC/62
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.13 INSPECTION AND TESTING
a. General
i. Inspection and testing shall be carried out as specified herein and relevant sections of the
Specification.
ii. The inspections and tests will be divided into four basic stages:
1. Type Tests
2. Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT), carried out before delivery of plant and equipment.
3. This Contractor's initial on-site testing and commissioning.
4. Site Acceptance Tests (SAT) carried out after delivery, installation and initial
commissioning of the plant, equipment and systems.
iii. The full cost of providing all facilities, labour, consumable stores and appliances required
in connection with all inspection and testing shall be deemed to be included in the tender
price.
iv. The inspection and passing of work or equipment by the Architect/Engineer shall not
relieve this Contractor from liability to complete the Works in accordance with this Contract
nor relieve him of any of his obligations under this Contract.
b. Type Tests
i. All plant and equipment shall be subjected to inspection and the witnessing of tests by
the Architect/Engineer. This requirement will be waived provided that sufficient
documentation can be furnished to the Architect/Engineer that the plant and equipment
in question has been satisfactorily type tested.
ii. The scope of type tests for each major item of equipment or sub-assembly shall be in
accordance with the test procedures of relevant standards, the Specification or the test
procedures submitted by this Contractor and Approved by the Architect/Engineer.
iii. Nothing in the Specification shall prevent the Architect/Engineer calling for extra tests
should he deem it necessary and/or should be find the test results being not to his
satisfaction.
TS-AC/63
MVAC INSTALLATION
c. Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)
i. This Contractor shall submit a detailed list of all tests and general descriptions of each
of the tests indicating the way in which these will be conducted and the estimated testing
time required for each of these tests. Such time estimates shall not limit in any way this
Contractor's obligations to complete each and all tests as specified and necessary to
demonstrate the satisfactory performance of the system. No deviations shall be allowed
without the prior Approval.
ii. This Contractor shall submit for Approval all detailed test procedures and final schedules
for the tests at least eight weeks prior to the scheduled commencement of Factory
Acceptance Tests.
iii. This Contractor shall group tests to minimize travel expenses should the
Architect/Engineer wishes to witness or participate in any of the tests.
iv. Factory Acceptance Tests shall be conducted under the direction of an approved
qualified engineer employed by this Contractor.
v. This Contractor shall be responsible for undertaking and recording the tests. Four
copies of typed or printed formal test certificates and charts shall be supplied for the
Architect/Engineer's approval within 14 days after completion of the tests. If required by
the Architect/Engineer, a manuscript copy of the test record shall be made at the time of
the test and given to the Architect/Engineer at the time or at the earliest opportunity if
the test has not been witnessed. When the Architect/Engineer has received the results
and is satisfied that the plant has passed the tests, he shall write to this Contractor to
that effect and this Contractor may then ship the plant.
vi. Should a defect be found during one of the tests, the nature of the defect shall be
explained in detail to the Architect/Engineer who shall decide what portion of the test or
tests must be re-run after the fault has been rectified.
vii. All expenses and costs incurred by the Architect/Engineer and his representatives
arising from such re-test shall be deducted from the tender price and shall be borne by
this Contractor.
viii. If the Architect/Engineer decides that the plant is not in accordance with this Contract,
he may reject the plant, and he shall inform this Contractor of the reasons in writing
within a reasonable time.
TS-AC/64
MVAC INSTALLATION
d. On-Site Testing and Commissioning
i. Testing of the complete equipment and all ancillaries properly installed and connected
in final working arrangements shall be made at Site. These tests shall be arranged to
prove that equipment has been properly installed and adjusted. Testing may be
proceeded in stages as the work allows, but check of testing of the full equipment in
operational mode shall be made to show that work subsequent to stage testing has not
affected the performance of previous work. In the event of any part of the equipment
failing these tests, further tests shall be made after rectification of the fault, over at least
two successive and separate periods with no further fault occurring. All expenses and
costs incurred by the Architect/Engineer and his representatives arising from such
further tests shall be deducted from the tender price.
ii. Suitable test equipment, instruments and layout for the purpose of the tests or
rectification of faults found during testing shall be provided by this Contractor and shall
be deemed to be covered by the tender price. All instruments shall be to the Approval of
the Architect/Engineer and, if required by the Architect/Engineer, they shall be calibrated
before and after tests. If required, their accuracy shall be tested and certified by an
approved laboratory.
iii. All consumable parts, replacements, etc., required during the tests shall be supplied and
fitted by this Contractor.
iv. At least six weeks in advance of any particular Site testing, this Contractor shall submit
for Approval his details of the test equipment he proposes to use for that testing. He shall
at all times, during the execution of the Works on Site, provide for the exclusive use of
the Architect/Engineer's staff on Site and in sound working order, one of each type of
suitable instruments for the checking of current, voltage, resistance and insulation within
the ranges and impedance levels required for the safe testing of the equipment.
v. All tests for statutory requirements and insurances including arrangements for such tests,
inspections by authorized bodies, persons or insurers, as may be necessary and the
provision of certificates in the prescribed and approved forms necessary to enable plant
and equipment to be put into service, shall be made by this Contractor.
e. Site Acceptance Test (SAT)
i. The Site Acceptance Tests shall be conducted under the direction of the
Architect/Engineer and shall begin after all on-site commissioning tests have been
satisfactorily completed and all defects found during the tests have been rectified to the
satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. The purpose of the SAT is to demonstrate that the
complete installation is fully compliant with the technical and operational requirements
specified.
ii. The requirements set out in this Section of the Specification shall also apply to the Site
Acceptance Tests.
TS-AC/65
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.14 TRAINING
a) This Contractor shall provide training facilities and training courses as described herein to
ensure that the Employer's staff associated with the project may acquire full knowledge and
appreciation of all aspects of the design, day to day operation, breakdown and routine
maintenance, and fault diagnosis of all plant, equipment, and systems supplied under this
Contract.
b) Training shall be held as appropriate at this Contractor's or manufacturer's premises and

on site. A detailed syllabus for each of the training courses specified or proposed and the
timing of the courses shall be submitted for Approval. This Contract shall recommend the
desirable qualifications and experience of the trainees who will optimally benefit from the
courses.
c) This Contractor shall nominate qualified instructors for each of the training courses and the
instructor's and their qualifications shall be subject to the prior Approval.
d) The Employer will nominate members of his staff, who will attend the training courses, and
this contractor shall allow them reasonable access to design information, and draft
documentation as it becomes available and shall explain this information and
documentation to allow them to become fully conversant with all aspects of the system.
e) This Contractor may use, as may be agreed, plant and equipment being erected tested or
commissioned for the training of the Employer's staff. In general he shall not use spare parts
for this purpose. This Contractor shall provide such written or printed matter functional
equipment, samples, models, cut-away equipment, slides, films and other instructional
material as may be necessary for training. Such equipment and material shall remain the
property of the Employer and shall be sufficient both for the persons trained by this
Contractor and for those to be subsequently trained by the Employer's instructors.
f) This Contractor shall be deemed to have included in his tender price the cost of providing
training facilities as specified. However, incidentals such as airfare and hotel
accommodation for the trainees shall be excluded from the tender price.
TS-AC/66
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.15 SPARE AND TOOLS
a) This Contractor shall supply and arrange to make available for prompt delivery to site before
the commencement of the Defects Liability Period (DLP) such spares and replacements as
specified but not limited to this Section of the Specification to ensure continued satisfactory
operation of the equipment without degradation of performance or reliability.
b) Spare Parts
i. In addition to those for use in DLP and the requirements called elsewhere, the spare parts
as listed in specification shall be provided.
ii. This Contractor shall also put forward a spare parts list complete with unit prices. These
spares may be wholly or partly purchased at the discretion of the Employer.
iii. In addition to the above, this Contractor shall submit a list describing such other spares and
special tools, their number, price and where appropriate the anticipated frequency of
replacement as soon as is practicable. The list shall be sent in sufficient time for the
Architect/Engineer to consider and instruct this Contractor to provide all or part of such spares
and special tools to be available on Site before the commencement of the Defects Liability
Period. The Architect/Engineer will instruct this Contractor as to which of the recommended
spares and special tools will be required and payment will be made separately.
iv. The spares and special tools ordered shall be as far as is practicable manufacture at the
same time as the plant. All spares shall be manufactured, works tested, calibrated suitably
packed and labelled and delivered to the works Site by this Contractor.
v. All special tools or instruments required for the maintenance of the equipment shall be
supplied by this Contractor in a suitable fitted box, with padlocking facilities, unless otherwise
Approved.
TS-AC/67
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.16 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE & FREE MAINTENANCE
a) The Contractor shall furnish a warranty to guarantee that the installation offered will
operate satisfactorily under all working conditions in accordance with the requirements
of this specification, and shall guarantee the installation from inherent defects for a
period of twelve (12) months from the date of practical completion certified by the
Architect.
b) During the 12 months defects liability period, of the Main Contract Work as stated in
the Preliminaries, the Contractor shall service and maintain the whole installation
completed including the provision of all necessary spare parts, and renew any works
which prove faulty due to poor workmanship or materials, without any further charge to
the Employer. The service and maintenance work shall include systematic
examination, adjustment and lubrication of all equipment, and also the repairing and
replacement of parts whenever it is required.
c) During the Defect Liability Period, this Contractor shall provide, without charge, labor
and materials for the routine maintenance required to properly maintain all Works
installed, and for the provision of 24 hours `call-out' service whereby at and time of day
or night, this Contractor shall dispatch skilled men to attend to defective equipment.
d) The maintenance work shall include, but not be limited to, the following in order to satisfy
the requirement of this Sub-Contract.
i. Maintain the entire Works included in this Sub-Contract, take into account the
Employer’s operational requirement.
ii. Replace or repair all component of equipment as necessary to maintain the

installation in good working order including supply of material, all normally
consumable items, such as lubricants, cleaning materials etc. and labour.
iii. Maintain a log book for all equipment maintenance, repairing, replacement and
inspection carried out. The log book shall be kept up to date and located in such
a place that the Employer's representative can inspect it at any time.
iv. Provide regular maintenance services as per following:
1. Monthly
- Clean all main equipment.
- Clean all filters
- Function testing of installed system.
- Check energy performance of main plant and all A/C units
TS-AC/68
MVAC INSTALLATION
2. Quarterly
- Clean and lubricate all the relevant equipment accessories (e.g. bearings, shafts, screw,
vibrator, gearbox, compressors and all mechanism).
- Clean all the equipments casing including motor.
- Check tension and wear of pulley and belt, replace if required by Architect/Engineer.
- Clean all air inlet/exhaust louvers and all air grilles.
- Check running current of all equipment’s.
- Clean all VRV / spilt A/C coil
- Check abnormal noise for VRV / spilt A/C and verify
- Check the condensate pan and pipework to ensure no blockage and at proper fall
level
3. Semi-annually
- Check and replace all fan / pump seals and bearings that show signs of deterioration.
- Check coupling alignment and vibration isolator of all relevant equipment and make
proper adjustment as necessary.
- Clean heaters, fan impellers
- Check bearing alignment and impeller fixing.
- Replace and repair all electrical starters, switchgears, fuses and electrical accessories
not functioned properly.
- Replace all disposable air filters
TS-AC/69
MVAC INSTALLATION
4. Annually (Done on 10th month after the commencement date of Defects Liability Period)
- Leakage test of condenser/evaporator piping of VRV / spilt A/C coil as per

manufacturer's recommendation.
- Check and tune up all plants/equipments to ensure their function are in good working
order as per manufacturer's recommendation.
- Check and adjust all balancing valves to acceptable level.
- Calibrate all sensors for MVAC system
- Inspect and lubricate all fire dampers and issue the inspection certificate as per
statutory requirements
- Comprehensive Check for energy performance of the entire MVAC system
3 Immediately answering the breakdown calls, this Contractor shall attend to such calls within
a maximum time limit of 6 hours during non-office hours, and a maximum time limit of 2
hours during normal working hours.
4 At the time of handover of the work under this Contract after the Period of Maintenance, the
whole installation shall be in "as-new" condition. This Contractor shall, during the course of
this Contract, protect all plant and equipment, and shall restore/repaint as necessary before
completion of this Contract.
TS-AC/70
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.17 PLANT OPERATION
a) Provide a log. book to record all the data of the plant, as per manufacturer's
recommendation. The log book shall be kept up to dates and located in such a place
that the Employer's representative can inspect it any time.
b) Operation time shall be determined by the Employer.
2.18 COMMISSIONING
After the completion of the whole MVAC system, the whole installation shall be tested,
balanced and commissioned by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the
Architect/Consulting Engineer.
2.19 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS
The Contractor shall, after the whole MVAC installation is completed,

unless otherwise specified, shall provide to the Employer 5 sets of O & M Manuals with
comprise the following :-
General
a) Draft operating and maintenance manuals (referred as "manuals" hereinafter) complete

with provisional record drawings, software listings (if any), operating and maintenance
procedures, shall be made available at least one month before the programmed date for
on site testing to enable the Employer's staff to familiarize themselves with the
installation. These draft manuals shall be of the same format as the final manuals but
with temporary insertion for items which cannot be finalized until the Works are
completed, tested and accepted.
b) Prior to submitting the draft manuals, preliminary manuals shall be submitted at least
one month in advance for comments. The preliminary manuals shall show the general
approach in preparing the final manuals.
c) Finalised and approved manuals shall be provided not later than the commencement of
the Defects Liability Period. All manuals and instruction shall be printed in English.
d) One separate volume shall be allocated for each system to minimise the number of
pages for each volume an give a clear indication and easy referencing for the user.
e) The manuals shall be prepared on A4 size paper of good quality and adequate thickness
for frequent handling, with clear reproduction of text, sketches, etc., and shall have stiff
covers and spine suitably protected by plastic or other material to prevent undue
deterioration by frequent handling in dirty situations. They shall preferably have a binding
of the peg or ring type with locking of the pegs or rings to avoid loss of pages during
rough handling. Spring back bindings will not be accepted. The binding arrangement
TS-AC/71
MVAC INSTALLATION
must be such as to permit the book to be laid flat when open at a page. A pocket shall
be provided in the back of the book to contain loose drawings which may be added later
by others. Spare pages for notes by maintenance staff shall be provided.
f) Diagrams shall be drawn on paper having vertical and horizontal grid margins (actual
grid lines being omitted), preferably marked alphabetically in one direction and
numerically in the other. Any inter-relation of separate diagram sheets shall be shown on
all relevant sheets.
g) Control diagrams shall be clearly drawn showing the operation of the equipment in simple
functional form, on "schematic" type diagrams and separately on "connection" type
diagrams, the latter showing the location and connection of components and cable forms
in their relative positions within the enclosures. All control diagrams shall contain, or refer
to a comprehensive legend to identify components and contacts, showing their locations
on the diagrams by grid references, indicating special features, i.e. current rating, coil
voltage, adjustment settings, etc., and relating relay contacts to operating coils, particular
functions being indicated by appropriate reference in the legend.
h) Diagrams showing connections between equipment, i.e. transferred from one sheet to
another or identifying interconnection cables, shall clearly show the reference of the
associated diagrams and the identity and size of cores of interconnecting cables.
i) Drawings of equipment layouts shall carry the same identification keys as the diagrams
and shall be drawn so that all items are easily identified by location and type.
j) The set of manuals shall also include a similarly bound list of all "as-built" drawings, listed
under headings of type of plant. Drawings which are common to more than one part of
the plant shall be listed under each appropriate section of plant.
k) Where appropriate, standard documentation and project documentation submitted and

approved during the designs and working drawings submission period may be included
in the final system manuals. Effort may therefore be saved, and familiarity with the
presentation of information maintained, by writing such documentation issued during this
Contract in a form suitable for inclusion in the relevant final manuals. Manufacturer's
data and handbooks for individual items of equipment or plant that are a sub-component
of the overall system may be used, provided they meet the intent of the Specification,
and are integrated into the description of the equipment, and are indexed accordingly.
All such documentation shall be contained in similar binders.
l) Format, content and information included in the O&M manual shall also make reference
to the requirements as stated in LEED specification (under sustainability consultant).
The Contractor shall, within 30 days before date of practical completion, provide to the
Employer, five sets of O&M Manuals, each of which shall comprise the following: -
i. A cover giving: - the name of the development;

- the title of the document; and
- the name and address of the installation contractor.
ii. Inside page giving similar information to the cover but including contact persons with
TS-AC/72
MVAC INSTALLATION
telephone numbers for normal and emergency use, for different trades.
iii. Contents page.
iv. Description of the installation.
v. Scheduled details of all equipment and plant.
vi. Operating instructions including details of any automatic control system.
vii. Maintenance and fault-finding instructions including composite schedule of routine

maintenance.
viii. Test reports and commissioning records.
ix. Recommended spare parts and lubricants.
x. List of equipment and plant with manufacturer’s name and address and local agent,if
applicable.
m) Manufacturer’s literature suitably indexed to include shop drawings, wiring diagrams,

performance curves, etc.
n) List of as-fitted drawings.
Manual should be produced on A4 size paper, all sections should be suitably separated
and readily identifiable or page should be numbered consecutively and pages numbers
included in the contents page. Approved manuals should be submitted in loose leaf ring
binders with hard covers to facilitate storage. As-fitted drawings may be folded and
accommodated in the O&M Manual if appropriate. As installed drawings should include
a diagrammatic layout of the complete installation with major items of plant suitably
referenced to the schedules (item above). A set of the as-installed drawings should be
provided for each copy of the O&M Manual required to be provided. In addition one set
of copy negatives should be provided
o) 5 CD-rom / DVD-rom contain soft copy of as-fitted drawings in AutoCAD 2014 format
and PDF format and O&M manual in PDF format must be provided.
TS-AC/73
MVAC INSTALLATION
Content
The content of the manual shall include but not be limited to the following.
a) System Description
This section shall include the following as a minimum:
i. Each individual system shall be described separately indicating the detail of how the
system can be adjusted, controlled, monitored and regulated.
ii. Size and capacity of all the major equipment and components of the system.
iii. The proposed initial setting of protective devices and other adjustable components
of the system. Space shall be reserved for the insertion of final commissioned and
approved settings.
iv. Normal sequence of equipment and plant operation and alternative sequence to
maintain operation of part of the total facilities during abnormal circumstances.
v. A full description of all electrical supply, electrical panels and control panels.
b) Technical Specification
This section shall include the technical description and function of all equipment and
components. The presentation shall generally be similar to the Specification but shall
relate to the actual equipment supplied and installed, including:
i. Technical description of all system and equipment, including circuit diagrams of

each printed circuit board, including component layout diagram for each printed
circuit board installed for this project.
ii. Piping, air distribution and wiring diagrams.
iii. Manufacturer's drawings on all proprietary equipment. Exploded views showing

locations of components shall be provided where required by the Architect/Engineer.
iv. Equipment list, stating the make, model, serial number, approved settings (after
commissioning).
v. Catalogues, certificates and performance data sheets on all items of equipment.
TS-AC/74
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Maintenance
This section shall include the required operating and maintenance procedures of all the
equipment. This shall include the following as a minimum:
i. Inspection manual for all system.
ii. Operation manual for all system.
iii. Procedure of changing components of equipment requiring regular replacement.
iv. Maintenance instructions, calibrationprocedures and fault finding

instructions for all systems down to printed circuit board component level.
v. Precautions when carrying out operation and maintenance procedures.
vi. Storage and inventory systems.
vii. Procedures for system fault finding.
d) Safety
This section shall include the following as a minimum:
i. Proper procedure of equipment operation.
ii. General description of plant hazards, where appropriate
iii. Protection against electrical hazards
iv. Protection against mechanical and physical hazards
v. Protection against fire and explosion hazards
vi. Protection against chemical hazards
vii. Protection during fuel and chemical handling
viii. First aid and accident reporting
TS-AC/75
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Directory of Suppliers
This section shall list the name of suppliers and agents of each type of equipment,
materials and accessories. Correspondence address and telephone numbers shall
be included.
f) List of Spares
This section shall include a spare part and tools list required for the operation and
maintenance of the whole installation and list all the spares and maintenance tools
provided to the Employer.
g) For any installation or control system using software, a dedicated manual shall be
provided to include the following:
i. Printout of the listing
ii. Flow chart, data flow diagrams and program descriptions
iii. Instruction on the use of diagnostic software and tools
iv. Programming and system user manual
v. Application source software, special tools and utility software to enable the employer
to modify or further develop the software.
TS-AC/76
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.20 SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS/WORKING DRAWINGS TO BE PROVIDED
QTY /
SCALE
A. Shop and Builder’s Work Drawings
No. of prints for 5
submission/resubmission:
No. of prints for distribution after 8
approval (plus CD-ROM disks when requested)
B. Technical Catalogue, Calculation

and Specification
No. of prints for 5
submission/resubmission:
No. of prints for distribution after 5
approval:
C. Testing & Commissioning
Procedures and Testing Report
No. of prints for approval: 5
No. of prints for approval:
distribution after approval: 5
D. As Built Drawings
No. of prints for approval: 7
No of prints for distribution after 8
approval:
No. of sepia for distribution 1
No. of electronic file 3
E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals
No. of draft copies for approval: 5
No. of copies for distribution after 7

approval:
Notes:
Extra sets of shop drawings/documents necessary to expedite co-ordination and as required for
government and utility companies’ submission shall be additional to the numbers required above,
and shall be provided at no extra cost to the Contract when requested by the Architect/Engineer.
TS-AC/77
MVAC INSTALLATION
2.21 MODEL FORMS
Submission form
a) Drawing Submission Form
b) Submission of Equipment, Materials and Sample Board Form
c) Submission of Method Statement Form
d) Log for Submission
TS-AC/78
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 3 FANS
3.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, supply and installation of all ventilation fans as shown in the
Drawings and Equipment Schedules.
b) General Requirements
i. Provide fans with quantity and duty shown on the Drawings and Equipment Schedule.
ii. Protect the complete set of fans during transportation and store the fans in crates and
well cover and protect them until ready for installation.
iii. Protect the fans from mechanical damages and corrosion during construction.
iv. The fan resistance given in the Schedules/Drawings was calculated on assumed
resistance figure for equipment and are for guidance only. The final resistance based on
the actual duct run and the offered equipment shall be carefully Checked and re-assessed
before ordering the equipment. Any modification of the system (e.g. motor, switchgear,
cables, etc.) necessary to meet the schedule duties and space conditions shall be carried
out at the Contractor’s expense.
v. Allowances shall be made for the effects on fan performance of all installation conditions
including coils, eliminators, attenuators, filters, plenum enclosures and inlet and
discharge arrangements so that actual installed fan performance equals that specified.
vi. All fans shall be selected with outlet velocities of maximum 10 m/s unless otherwise
specified in order to keep the noise level to a minimum.
c) Quality Requirements
i. Qualifications of manufacturer: Furnish fans which are the product of a manufacturer who
has made fans of similar types and duties for a period of at least five years.
ii. All fans, drives and accessories shall be designed, constructed, rated and tested in
accordance with the recommendations and standards of the AMCA.
iii. Fan tests shall conform to the requirements of AMCA Standard 210, latest edition or to
an acceptable equal standard.
iv. Sound ratings shall conform to AMCA standard test code for sound rating for air moving
devices, and comply with the latest requirement of EPD.
TS-AC/79
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Material shall comply with the various BS, or other acceptable international standards
and the requirements of FSD.
vi. Nameplates: Securely attached to each fan showing manufacturer’s name, serial and
model number and data of manufacture.
d) Submittals
vii. Submit shop drawings showing plans, elevations, dimensions of equipment, electrical
wiring diagrams, control, operating weights ductwork connections and flange details,
fixing and mounting details.
viii. Submit Manufacturer’s data and characteristic curves indicating total kW, air flow rates
against total and static pressure, fan efficiency, sound power ratings.
ix. Submit complete material lists.
x. Submit reports of factory and field tests and certificates and show results of operating
tests.
xi. Submit a complete list of all spares and accessories as recommended by the
manufacturer.
xii. Submit manufacturer’s printed operation and maintenance instructions in bound form,
and describe maintenance sequences.
xiii. Certified performance curves for each fan shall be plotted over the entire range from shut-
off to free delivery with static pressure in Pa, total efficiency in percentages and operating
in kW, against the air flow in m3/s at the specified speed and shall clearly indicate the
operating point for each fan operating separately, and additionally, in the case of parallel
operation fans, the parallel operation characteristics and operating points.
xiv. Plotted curves or tables of the Octave band sound-power-level at static pressure
corresponding to specified capacity with decibels (db re 10-12 watt) as ordinate versus
octave-band center frequency from 63Hz to 8000Hz as abscissa.
xv. Mounting and fixing details shall include details and dimensions of fan connections,
vibration isolators, hangers and any other builder's work requirements.
TS-AC/80
MVAC INSTALLATION
3.2 PRODUCT
a) General
i. Fans shall have non-overloading characteristic over their entire operating range and the
characteristic curves shall be such that the fan operating point falls between the no flow
static pressure and the maximum mechanical efficiency, and 15% increase in static
pressure and not more than 15% reduction in air volume of the specified figures and does
not affect the stability of fan operation.
ii. All fans with nominal rating above 7.5 kW shall have a minimum efficiency of 75%.
iii. Each complete fan unit including motor and drive shall be supplied from a single
manufacturer and all guarantees, test certificates, etc. shall be deemed to apply to the
entire assembly.
iv. All fans shall be constructed to a fully developed design and shall be capable of
withstanding the pressures and stresses developed during continuous operation at the
selected duty. Additionally, all belt driven fans shall be capable of running continuously
at 10% in excess of the selected duty speed.
v. Lifting eye shall be provided on all centrifugal and axial fans.
vi. All fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
vii. All centrifugal fan shafts shall have the ends drilled to receive a tachometer.
viii. Motor speed shall not exceed 1450 rpm unless otherwise specified.
ix. Nominal motor nameplate rating shall be a minimum of 20% higher than the motor
operating input at design conditions unless otherwise specified.
x. All fans and motors offered shall be of minimum vibration and noise level during operation.
Should these be excessive and not within normal acceptable standards, adequate or
additional vibration isolation and sound attenuation shall be provided without extra cost.
b) Propeller Fans
i. The impeller shall be designed to give maximum volume with minimum noise level and
minimum power consumption and made of steel. Hub shall be steel with grey stoved
epoxy finish. Fan shall be completed with anti-vibration mount.
ii. Motor shall be of dust and moisture protection to IP54 and of totally enclosed construction
with permanently lubricated ball bearings suitable for running in temperatures up to 50°C
ambient temperature and 100% relative humidity.
TS-AC/81
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Wire guards made of heavy gauge steel wire or rod with all joints and crossings welded
and galvanised after manufacture shall be fitted to impeller side or motor side or both
where appropriate.
iv. Propeller fans shall be diaphragm mounted on 2mm thick mild steel mounting plate with
stoved epoxy grey finishes.
c) Window Fans
i. Fans shall be of all plastic construction.
ii. All fan motors shall be totally enclosed in aluminium alloy cases and be protected by a
thermal overload cut-out.
iii. Back draught shutter shall be provided and the fans shall be operated through an
‘ON/OFF’ switch.
d) Axial Flow Fans
i. Provide axial flow, direct drive aerofoil fans where shown on the Drawings and in the
Equipment Schedules.
ii. Casing
i) Casing shall be of the ‘L’ type enclosing the motor and impeller, and hot- dip galvanized
after manufacture.
ii) Fan casings shall be fitted with matching flanges on the inlet and discharge ends with
spigots for attachment of flexible connections.
iii) Inspection doors or sight ports to enable direction of rotation to be established shall be
provided.
iv) Terminal boxes welded to the casing shall be provided for electrical connection to fan
motor complying with BS EN 60034-5 for dust and weatherproof conditions.
v) Grease nipples shall be brought to the outside of the casing in the most accessible
position and fitted with a lubricator.
iii. Impeller
i) Impeller shall be of die-cast in aluminium alloy.
ii) Blades shall be manually adjustable without removing the wheel.
TS-AC/82
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii) Positive locking shall be provided for securing the impeller blades into the hub. Spun
aluminium hub caps shall be fitted.
iv) The blades and hubs shall have index marks which show the design operating blade
setting and a minimum of three increments of stagger angle both larger and smaller
than the design operating blade setting and stops at hub to prevent overload of the motor.
v) The blades shall be counter-balanced and mounted on a thrust bearing.
iv. Drive motors to BSEN 60085 class F insulation shall be totally enclosed and rated for
continuous operation in ambient temperature of 40°C. Degree of protection shall be to
BSEN 60034-5 with protection to IP 44.
v. Fans shall be fitted with bell mouth inlets and discharge evase where indicated.
vi. Provide galvanized wire guards on fan outlet/inlet and shall be made freely accessible
to personnel.
vii. Fans shall be supplied with mounting feet and spring isolators.
viii. Fan bearing shall be supplied for a L10 life of at least 50,000 hours.
ix. Stationary, curved guide vanes as indicated shall be located on the discharge side of
the wheel to straighten the motion of the air leaving the blades.
e) Axial Flow Fans (belt drive)
i. The fan shall deliver the volume and pressure specified in the schedule of fan duties
when tested to BS 848 or AMCA standard 210.
ii. Casing
i) The fan casing shall be manufactured from mild steel to BS 1449-1, with integral rolled
flanges and mounting feet. The flange holes for duct connection shall be as detailed in
BS 6339. The bearing support and guide vane unit shall be fitted with mounting studs
allowing centralisation of the assembly when fitted into the casing.
ii) Casing and bearing supports shall be hot-dip galvanised in accordance with BSEN ISO
1461 after manufacture.
iii) Grease nipples shall be brought to the outside of the casing in the most accessible
position and fitted with a lubricator.
TS-AC/83
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Impeller
i) The impeller shall be of die cast in aluminium alloy.
ii) The supplier shall be able to provide laboratory evidence that the impeller has been
adequately stressed for running at the highest speeds supplied.
iii) The impeller shall be dynamically balanced and has a non-overloading characteristic.
iv) The impeller shall be secured to the drive shaft by a key and keyway. Axial location
shall be provided by a collar or shoulder on the drive shaft together with a retaining
washer and screw fitted into a tapped hole in the end of the shaft. The screw shall be
locked in position.
iv. The motor when supplied by the Manufacturer shall be squirrel cage induction type,
continuously rated to BSEN 60034-1 foot mounted with enclosure to IP44. The motors
fitted shall have ball or roller bearings with a L10 life of at least 50,000 hours.
v. The terminal box (when supplied) shall comply with BS 4999 and may be fitted on the
motor itself, or on the fan casing when the motor is enclosed.
vi. Impellers shall be driven by V-belts with the pulleys keyed to the shafts and retained by
taper-bushes. Belts shall be rated to have a service factor of over 1.3.
vii. Motor mounting plate, of galvanised mild steel shall be supported on four threaded
rods to provide belt tensioning.
viii. Belt tunnel to enable the belt to be changed externally shall be sealed from air- stream
and belt guards shall be provided.
ix. Where indicated, fans shall be fitted with bell mouth inlets and discharge evases.
x. Provide galvanised wire guards on fan outlet/inlet.
xi. Fans shall be suitable for handling wet and oily air at temperatures ranging from 10 - 82
deg. C.
xii. Provide spring isolators to the whole unit.
TS-AC/84
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) In-line Centrifugal Fans (Cabinet Fans)
i. Casing shall be rigidly constructed of heavy galvanized sheet steel.
ii. Impellers shall be of forward curved centrifugal design and constructed of galvanized
steel.
iii. Impellers shall be both statically and dynamically balanced and direct driven by external
rotor motors.
iv. The fans installed at any angle shall not affect the fan performance.
v. Mounting feet shall be provided where necessary for bolting to a base or supports.
vi. Fan casing shall be fitted with flanges on the suction and discharge side for connection
of flexible joints and ducting.
vii. An access panel with purpose made air seal shall be provided on the fan casing and
shall be sized and so positioned to facilitate maintenance.
viii. Provide spring isolators to the fans.
TS-AC/85
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Mixed Flow Fans
i. Fan shall be directly driven by a motor with a mixed flow impeller. The construction of
the impeller shall be such that the air is drawn approx. 45° diagonally through the impeller.
ii. Casing shall be of circular type and rigidly constructed of galvanized steel or aluminium
alloy stiffened and braced where necessary to obviate drumming and vibration.
iii. Casing shall be vertical split axial type provided with guide vane. Stator vanes shall be
of galvanized steel or aluminium alloy.
iv. The fan performance shall not be affected irrespective of where the fans are to be
installed such as on floor, ceiling, horizontally or vertically.
v. Mounting feet shall be provided where necessary for bolting to a base or supports.
vi. The unit shall be designed to facilitate access to the impeller.
vii. Flanges shall be provided for impeller size over or equal to 400mm diameter.
viii. Drain socket with caps shall be provided on casing.
ix. Fans shall be 100% speed controllable (optional).
x. Motor shall be totally enclosed to insulation Class F BSEN 60085 and rated for
continuous operation at ambient temperature 40°C.
xi. Provide spring isolators to the fans.
TS-AC/86
MVAC INSTALLATION
xii.
h) Centrifugal Fans
i. Provide class I or II non-overloading forward/backward curved fans as specified on the

Drawings and elsewhere in the Specification.
ii. Unless otherwise indicated, centrifugal fans consuming more than 7.5 kW at the fan shaft
shall be of the backward bladed type having a fan total efficiency of not less than 75%.
iii. Casing:
i) Casings shall be of heavy galvanized sheet steel construction adequately stiffened and
braced and shall be entirely free from vibration or drumming during normal operation.
ii) All fans with an inlet eye diameter exceeding 300mm shall have a bolted access door on
the scroll for access purposes. The sizes of access panels shall be sufficient to facilitate
cleaning and maintenance of the impeller.
iii) Drain sockets or holes with copper drain pipe shall be brought out to an accessible point
and valved and plugged shall be provided.
iv) Fan casings shall be fitted with flanges on the outlet connection suitable for connection
of discharge ductwork and flexible connections, as shown on the Drawings.
v) Where the suction side of the fan is connected to ductwork, then matching flanges shall
also be provided.
vi) Inspection doors or sight ports to enable direction of rotation to be established shall be
provided.
iv. Fan Impellers
i) Impellers shall be double inlet double width or single inlet single width as shown on the
Drawings mounted on substantial hubs.
ii) Fan impellers shall be backward/forward sloping blades as shown on the Equipment
Schedule.
iii) Impellers shall be rigidly fixed to solid bright steel shafts adequately sized and
proportioned to ensure that the maximum operating speed shall not be more than 60%
of the first critical speed.
iv) Impellers shall be of electro-galvanized steel (or aluminium where indicated) of riveted
or welded construction, with spiders or hubs robust design, and shall be capable of
running continuously at 10% in excess of normal speed.
TS-AC/87
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Unless otherwise specified, drive motors to Class F insulation (BSEN 60085) shall be
totally enclosed and rated for continuous operation in ambient temperature of 40°C.
Performance and rating shall be to relevant parts of BSEN 60034 or an acceptable equal.
vi. The fan and motor shall be mounted on rigid mild steel channel base. Provide slide rails
for adjustable mounting of motors.
vii. Drive fan by V-belt shall be rated at 150 percent of the operating motor power input.
Furnish adjustable sheaves on the motor, capable of 20 percent adjustment in fan
speed, with the design fan capacity settling at approximately the midpoint of the
adjustment. Belt speed shall not exceed 25m/s.
viii. Beltguards shall be fabricated of heavy gauge steel framing with expanded metal mesh
screen.
ix. All belt guards shall have access openings to the shaft ends to enable tachometer
readings to be taken.
x. Vibration isolators shall be provided and as specified in vibration control section.
xi. The shafts shall be carried in ring lubricated self-aligning sleeve bearings for shafts of
150mm diameter and larger. Each bearing shall have large oil capacity to ensure
efficient lubrication. On shafts of sizes smaller than 150mm diameter, grease lubricated
self-aligning ball bearings resiliently mounted to reduce noise transmission shall be used.
xii. The shafts shall be extended beyond the drive-side bearing and keyed for overhung
pulley in all cases.
xiii. Construct shaft either solid or hollow of SAE 1035 or 1040 ground and polished steel.
xiv. Apply one coat of corrosion-proof plastic coating to all nonworking surfaces of shafts at
the factory.
xv. Fan bearing shall have a L10 life of at least 50,000 hours.
TS-AC/88
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Mechanical Roof Extract Units
i. Units shall be of side discharge type with direct driven motors suitable for continuous
running in a ambient temperature.
ii. Weather cap and base shall be moulded in ultra violet stabilised polyester resin, glass
reinforced, rendered fire retardant to BS 476-7, Class 2.
iii. The unit shall be load tested to ensure a generous structural factor of safety enabling the
units to withstand all normally encountered weather conditions. The cowl shall be secured
to the mounting brackets by stainless steel screws.
iv. Casing shall be formed to facilitate a weather proof fixture to the building structure.
v. Anti-backdraught shutters constructed of aluminium shall be provided. Shutter shall be

opened by air movement and closed by gravity. Synthetic rubber buffers shall be provided
to ensure quiet operation.
vi. Impellers shall be of propeller, backward curved centrifugal or mixed flow type as
indicated on the Equipment Schedule. Material shall be pressed sheet steel for propeller
fan and aluminium alloy for centrifugal and mixed flow type fan. All material shall be of
corrosion proof.
vii. Fan support arms shall be of mild steel, finished with stoned powder or zinc coating and
resiliently mounted to the base.
viii. The units shall be designed to operate efficiently when mounted horizontally or on a
pitched roof up to an angle of 30° from the horizontal.
ix. Units shall be suitable for curb or purlin mountings as indicated.
x. Bird entry preventer guards of not greater than 25mm mesh shall be provided as an
integral part of the unit.
xi. Motor shall be of totally enclosed, ball bearing, squirrel cage induction type to BSEN
60085, Class F insulation Rating.
xii. Non-hinged cap fixing shall be provided for access and servicing.
TS-AC/89
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Smoke Extraction and Pressurization Fans
i. Provide smoke extraction and pressurization fans as detailed in the Drawings and in the
Equipment Schedules.
ii. In addition to the aforesaid requirements stipulated in this Specification, the smoke
extraction and pressurization fans shall comply with additional requirements specified in
this Section.
iii. Smoke extraction fans shall be able to deliver the designed flow rate and pressure for at
least one hour at 250°C.
iv. Fans shall have non-overloading characteristic.
v. Centrifugal fan bearing, pulley and belt shall be located outside the air stream.
vi. For smoke extraction fan, all finishes shall be factory-applied and shall be certified by
the respective manufacturer that the finishing materials are capable of withstanding
exposure continuously to an ambient temperature of 250°C for a period of not less than
one hour without producing smoke or any toxic fumes.
vii. For smoke extraction fan, motor winding shall be insulated to permit the motor operation
at design conditions for a period of one hour in an air stream temperature of 250°C. The
fans shall be factory tested for the performance and operating condition before delivery.
Type test certificates shall be submitted for review.
viii. For pressurization fans fitted with duplicated motors, devices that sense the effective
operation of the pressurization fans shall be provided. An adjustable time delay control
in the range of 30 seconds to 2 minutes in steps of 1 second shall also be provided for
changeover to standby motor when the duty motor cannot be actuated after a
predetermined time interval as governed by the time delay control.
ix. All equipment electrical wiring, controls, starters, relays etc. provided shall comply with
FSD’s requirements.
TS-AC/90
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Flameproof/Explosion Proof Fans
i. In addition to the aforesaid requirements stipulated in this Specification, all fans used in
DG stores and battery rooms shall comply with the additional requirements specified in
this Section.
ii. Fan motor shall be of explosion proof, tested to BSEN 60079 and designed for operation
in appropriate hazardous areas for dangerous goods stores or other areas as indicated
on the Equipment Schedules and/or Drawings. Certificates of conformity shall be
submitted for review.
iii. Motors shall be provided with motor mounted electrical terminal box in accordance with
EExd category for dangerous goods stores or other areas as indicated on the Equipment
Schedules and/or Drawings. The electrical installations shall be of explosion proof type
to BSEN 60079.
iv. Motors for battery rooms shall be of totally enclosed fan cooled type and certified to BSEN
60079 suitable for use in appropriate gas groups and temperature class.
l) Multi-Stage Axial Fans
i. Provide multi-stage axial fans as specified on the Equipment Schedules and/or Drawings.
ii. In addition to the requirements stipulated in Clause 2.4 of this Specification, multi- stage
axial fans shall comply with the additional requirements specified in this Clause.
iii. The number of stages shall be in accordance with the Equipment Schedules and/or
Drawings.
iv. Each single stage fan shall have its own motor and terminal box. The terminal boxes shall
be mounted externally on the corresponding fan casing.
v. The static pressure developed by a two-stage axial fan shall be of minimum three times
the static pressure developed by the corresponding single stage fan.
TS-AC/91
MVAC INSTALLATION
m) Carpark Jet Fans
i. The complete installation shall comply with all FSD’s requirements.
ii. The fan casing shall be composed of corner piece, profile and panel.
iii. The corner piece shall be made of reinforced plastic or metal. The profile shall be made
of aluminium extruded and finally polished to its surface.
iv. All the side panels shall be with powder coating.
v. Each wall of casing shall consist of minimum 20mm thickness of glass wool panel. The
insulation material shall be of granular type and provide 0.9W/m2°C of heat transmission
coefficient and also offer good sound attenuation. Thickness of the side plate and scroll
shall be 1.0mm minimum.
vi. Jet fans shall be of centrifugal type, single inlet, and direct driven backward curved
impeller. The impeller shall be made of galvanized sheet steel.
vii. The Jet fan shall be a proprietary made unit and shall consist of hanging bracket, inlet
protective screen, and minimum Ø 80mm universal nozzle.
viii. The outlet velocity of the jet fans shall not be less than 17m/s. The terminal velocity at
17m from the jet fan shall not be less than 0.5m/s.
ix. The terminal box shall be equipped with fuse, emerging stop, capacitor, indicating light
and casing.
x. The noise level for the multi-nozzle jet fan unit shall be not greater than 53dB(A) at 2m
distance.
xi. Jet fans shall be connected to the VAC control panel located inside the Fire Services
Control room for shut down of the ventilation system to comply with FSD’s requirement.
xii. Jet fans of direct drive axial type shall be complete with silencers at inlet and outlet sides
to reduce the noise level. Details shall be submitted for review.
xiii. The jet fans and the jet fan system for carpark area shall be the proprietary system
manufactured, and tested at factory by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall have at
least three years experience in providing such systems.
xiv. The fan bearing shall have a L10 life of at least 40,000 hours.
TS-AC/92
MVAC INSTALLATION
3.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Properly guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting set screws, keys and
other rotating parts so that a person can safely come in close proximity thereto.
ii. Fit fans and appurtenances to the space provided and make readily serviceable.
iii. Provide support beams, support legs, platforms, hangers and anchor bolts required for
the proper installation of equipment as shown on the Drawings or recommended by the
manufacturer.
iv. Provide permanently attached lifting eyes of sufficient number for on site assembly and
disassembly of fan units.
v. Provide factory inlet bells, evases and other accessories for fan units as shown on
Drawings or otherwise required for a complete and efficient assembly.
vi. Refer to ‘Electrical Works’ Section of the Specification for electrical connection.
vii. Where corrosion can occur, appropriate corrosion resistance materials and assembly
methods shall be used including isolation of dissimilar metals against galvanic interaction.
viii. Thoroughly clean the entire system before installing filters or operating the fans.
ix. For system containing filters, install filters and permanently seal the filter frame air-tight
before operating the fans. Replace all dirty filters and filter media before handling the
systems over to the Employer.
x. Starting method of motor fans shall be in accordance with the Power Company’s supply
rules and this Specification.
xi. Means of protection against overcurrent in the motor shall be incorporated in the control
equipment when the motor rating exceeds 0.37 kW.
xii. A hole in the blanking off plate shall be provided for the cables leading to the fans. The
hole shall be sealed around the cables with material suitable for sealing the hole
effectively and continuously exposed to an air stream temperature of 250°C for not less
than one hour rating if the fans are used for smoke extraction.
TS-AC/93
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 4 DUCTWORK AND AIR DISTRIBUTION
4.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture and installation of ductwork, diffusers,

registers, grilles, dampers and accessories.
b) General Requirement
i. All ductwork and distribution accessories delivered to Site shall be new and indelibly
stamped to identify different grades, materials and manufacturers.
ii. Provide all ductwork, diffusers, registers, dampers and grilles generally in accordance
with the Drawings.
iii. All materials used to include duckwork, insulations, adhesives, flexible connections,
gaskets, sealants, fibre glass boards, etc. shall fully comply with all requirements of the
FSD.
iv. Diffusers, registers and grilles shall be selected to meet requirements of noise criteria as
stipulated in the Section “Acoustic Treatment”.
i. Products shall be furnished by the manufacturer who normally supplies these types of
products and can show evidence of having furnished such products that have been in
successful operation for a period of at least five years.
ii. Applicable Codes and Standards:
- Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.
- HVCA, DW/143, A Practical Guide to Ductwork Leakage Testing
- HVCA DW/144, Specification for Sheet Metal Ductwork
- HVCA, DW/154, Specification for Plastics Ductwork
- HVCA, DW/191, Guide to Good Practice Glass Fibre Ductwork
- BS, BSEN, ISO, NFPA, SMACNA and UL
TS-AC/94
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittal
i. Submit shop drawings including plans, sections, elevations, schematics, schedules and
details of all system for review, The shop drawings shall show locations of all dampers,
splitters, hangers, supports, grilles, diffusers, louvres, flexible joints, access panels &
testing points for review.
ii. Submit construction and mounting details for hangers, dampers, diffusers, louvres, grilles,
hoods for review.
iii. Submit guaranteed performance figures for each size of supply grilles, ceiling diffusers
offered. The performance figures shall include:
- Face velocity
- Static pressure drop
- Throw in meters for terminal velocity of 2.5m/s, 7.5m/s and resultant room air
velocities.
iv. Submit samples of all grilles, diffusers, louvers, hangers, sheet metals, fire dampers and
flexible connectors for review prior to ordering.
TS-AC/95
MVAC INSTALLATION
4.2 PRODUCTS
a) Sheet Metal Ductwork
i. All sheet metal and stainless steel ducting shall be constructed to the recommendations
of the HVCA, DW/144.
ii. Ductwork shall be constructed of galvanised steel sheets to BSEN 10327 of minimum
thickness complying with standards as listed above.
iii. Steel metal duct sizes given on the Drawings are clear internal dimensions and allowance
shall be made for both internal and external insulation where applicable.
iv. Provide splitter dampers, complete with adjusting handle or similar device to all branches
off the supply air ducts to regulate air flows along the main ducts and the branch ducts,
whether they are specifically shown on the Drawings or not.
v. Provide stainless steel dampers to stainless steel branch ducts as shown on the
Drawings.
vi. Provide fire dampers as indicated on the Drawings. Fire damper construction shall
conform to the requirements of FSD.
vii. Provide flexible connectors of not less than 50mm long between all air handling units/fans
and the associated ductwork to prevent transmission of vibration to adjacent elements.
Also provide flexible connectors at expansion/movement joints in buildings whether
shown on the Drawings or not.
viii. The material used for the flexible connectors shall withstand the conditions of
temperature and air pressure, and shall comply with the standards of air-tightness. The
material shall be constructed of non-combustible material and comply with the
requirements of FSD.
ix. Provide access doors in ducts where required to gain access to dampers, filters or
controls.
x. Access doors and panels in ductworks shall be quick release pattern. Multiple screw
fixings will not be accepted. The doors shall be of air-tight construction with gasket
mounted on the periphery of door frame.
xi. Provide flanged joints to equipment and elsewhere as necessary to facilitate

maintenance.
xii. All flanged joints in duct work shall be made up with rubber gaskets or suitable mastic
material in accordance with the requirements of FSD.
TS-AC/96
MVAC INSTALLATION
xiii. Apply sealants, adhesives, tapes to joints for sealing. All such materials shall comply
with the requirements of DW/144 and FSD.
xiv. Balancing dampers of appropriate types shall be provided for air balancing whether
shown on the Drawings or not.
Short radius rectangular and square elbows in air ducts shall be equipped with
double thickness turning vanes. Long radius elbows shall be used wherever
possible.
xv. The transition ductwork between silencers and fans of 1m in diameter and above shall
be constructed of not less than 2mm thick galvanized steel plates. For fans below 1m in
diameter, the transition ductwork between fans and silencers shall be constructed of not
less than 1.2mm thick galvanized sheet steel.
b) Flexible Ducts
i. Provide flexible ducts where required or as shown on the Drawings. Flexible duct shall
be neatly fixed and adequately supported.
ii. Flexible duct used to connect constant or variable air volume boxes and main ductworks
as indicated on the Drawings shall comply with Part 7 of DW/144.
iii. Flexible duct length shall not exceed 3,000mm.
iv. Bending radius shall be sufficient to prevent undue tensioning of the outside of the bend
and restriction of the throat likely to cause deformation and/or leakage. The ratio between
the bending radius and the duct diameter shall be not less than 2. In no case shall flexible
ductwork be used to connect misaligned ducts nor used as main air distribution duct.
v. Flexible duct shall consist of flexible corrugated metal tubing of stainless steel, aluminium,
tin plated or aluminium coated steel. Flexible duct shall be suitable for an operating
temperature range of -5° to 90°C and shall comply with the requirements of FSD.
vi. The frictional resistance to air flow per unit length of flexible duct shall not exceed 150%
of the frictional resistance per unit length of galvanized steel duct of the same diameter.
vii. Flexible duct shall be insulated and wrapped with a minimum 25mm thick 24kg/m3
density fibreglass blanket. The outer vapour barrier shall be aluminium foil of the FSD
approved type.
viii. Flexible duct shall not be used for any system which is designed for handling smoke or
as a part of a smoke control system.
TS-AC/97
MVAC INSTALLATION
ix. The leakage from any section of flexible duct work shall not exceed 1% of the local
design air flow rate at the local maximum static pressure.
c) Circular and Oval Duct
i. Circular and oval ductwork shall be spirally wound galvanised steel or stainless steel
ducting as specified.
ii. Only standard proprietary fittings shall be used for circular and oval ductworks.
d) Fire Rated Ductwork
i. Where shown on the Drawings, fire rated ductwork or equipment enclosure shall be
fabricated from fire rated material to the requirements of FSD, BS 476 or relevant UL
standards,
ii. The construction of the ductwork or enclosure shall take into account the structural
strength, noise isolation as required and the requirements of Class C duct in accordance
with DW/144.
iii. All necessary supports, cover strips, aligning strips and other accessories required for
the complete installation of fire rated ductwork shall be supplied by the same
manufacturer as the duct sheets and shall be assembled in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendation to the required fire rating and complying with FSD
requirements. Approval letter from FSD regarding the construction details and test
certificates from a recognized laboratory shall be submitted.
iv. Whether BS 476 thermal insulation criterion is applicable or not, fire rated air-
conditioning supply, return and exhaust ductwork shall be complete with thermal
insulation aluminium foil vapour barrier.
v. All fire resistant ductwork or enclosure, apart from its fire resisting quality, shall be able
to resist accidental damage and shall pass the hard body impact test section of BS 5669:
Part 1 with the weight being dropped from not less 1m.
e) Fire Dampers
i. Provide fire dampers in air ducts in the following locations:
ii. Wherever a duct passes through a floor slab or a fire compartment as shown on the
Drawings.
iii. Other locations as required by the latest edition of the Building Ordinance of Hong
Kong.
iv. Other locations as required on the Drawings.
TS-AC/98
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Fire dampers shall fully comply with the requirements of FSD
vi. Fire damper casings and blades shall be constructed of mild steel, painted with two
coats of primer paints and provided with a mild steel angle frame on each side of a
wall or floor.
vii. Fire damper casings shall be flanged to suit the ductwork to which they are fitted and
the cross sectional area shall not be less than that of the ductwork.
viii. Blade and fusible link shall be accessible for servicing through an air-tight inspection
door placed upstream or downstream of the air path wherever it provides better access.
ix. Provide fusible link of FSD approved type with temperature rating not exceeding 69°C
to all fire dampers unless otherwise specified. FSD’s approval letter for the fusible link
shall be submitted for record before installation. The link shall be arranged in an
accessible position and at upstream of the damper.
x. Details and positions of all fire dampers and associated access doors shall be
submitted for review prior to installation on Site.
xi. Install the electro-thermal type fusible link in locations as indicated on the Drawings.
The bare wire link shall be provided adjacent to the damper unless otherwise indicated.
xii. Provide all necessary fixing framework for the installation of fire dampers.
xiii. Provide FSD approved type fire rate material to seal off the clearance between the fire
dampers and wall or floor.
xiv. Proprietary fire dampers shall be of FSD approved type and installation details shall
comply with the manufacturer’s recommendation.
xv. Supply 50 percent spare fire damper fusible links of the total number installed to the
Employer at the time of Practical Completion of the Contract.
TS-AC/99
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Motor Operated Dampers (MOD)
i. All motor opessrated dampers shall be suitable for installation in either a vertical plane
or a horizontal plane as shown on the Drawings.
ii. The damper shall be operated by electric actuator and shall be readily assembled on
Site from modular panels. Each motor operated damper panel shall be of the multiple-
parallel-blade type, with an independent channel frame; and shall be factory-assembled
complete with frames, blades, shafts, bearings, seals, linkage, and all accessories
required to erect the panels into composite dampers.
iii. Motor operated damper shall be provided with all structural support members and
hardware required for installation as indicated on the Drawings with additional framing
or trims as required to complete the installation.
iv. Motor operated damper shall be arranged for motor operation to two (2) blade positions
(fully open and fully closed) or more than two (2) positions as indicated on the Drawings.
v. Motor operated damper actuator shall be mounted outside of the damper frame.
vi. Spring-return type damper actuator shall be provided either to open or close damper as
required in the event of power failure. Positions of dampers on power failure are indicated
on the Drawings. Actuator shall be submitted for review.
vii. All motor operated dampers shall be the product of a single manufacturer; and all alike
components shall be provided by a single supplier.
viii. Motor operated damper module assembly shall have a net free face area of not less than
80 % measured to the inside of the frames.
ix. Design of dampers shall be based on standard air having a density of 1.20 kg/m3.
x. The motor operated damper manufacturer shall carry out factory tests to verify that when
the dampers are fully closed and holding against a differential pressure of 1000 Pa, air
leakage through the damper will not exceed 0.1 m3/s per square metre of net damper
face area.
xi. When the dampers are in the fully open position and air is flowing across the damper at
a uniform velocity of 10 m/s, the static-pressure drop across the damper shall not exceed
38 Pa.
xii. The motor operated dampers and their associated structural-supporting systems shall,
when the dampers are in the fully closed position, be capable of withstanding a
differential pressure across the dampers of not less than 1.5 kPa.
TS-AC/100
MVAC INSTALLATION
xiii. The motor operated damper blade and shaft assemblies shall be supported at each end
by means of heavy duty, permanent self-lubricating bronze bearings.
xiv. AlI motor operated damper blade seals and damper frame seals shall be fabricated of a
flexible material suitable for the specified operating conditions as required. The seals
shall be factory-installed in dove-tail grooves incorporated for this purpose in the design
of the blade and frames to facilitate a tight closure between the blades, and between the
blades and frame. All seals shall sit securely in the closed damper position. Alternative
design of the seals will be subject to review by the Architect/Engineer. Noise due to
resonance of spring-type seals or any other source will be rejected.
xv. Each module of damper with only two operating positions should have one limit switch
with two contacts to monitor its open/closed status. If any one module of the damper
fails to operate, the damper shall be considered not functioning properly. For each
module of damper with three operating positions, two or more limit switches shall be
provided.
xvi. Motor operated damper linkage shall consist of stainless steel rods not less than
6.4 mm in diameter, extending through bearings inserted in brackets fabricated of
stainless steel. The linkage bearings shall be fabricated from bronze or other material
suitable for the specified operating conditions as required. The linkage brackets shall
either be attached to the damper-blade shafts or be side-mounted and mechanically
inter-connected with the shafts. Set screws shall not be used in the linkage assembly.
o) Motor operated damper frames shall be of a channels cross section with not less than a
100 mm web and 50 mm flanges, and shall be fabricated of minimum 2mm thick hot-
dipped galvanized steel plate to BSEN 10327. Reinforcing bosses and dove-tail grooves
for mounting frame seals shall be integral parts of the channel configuration. The corners
of the frames shall be either welded or reinforced by means of riveted gusset plates.
p) All screws, bolts, nuts, washers, expansion anchors, and/or other hardware required to
complete assembly/installation shall be fabricated from stainless steel grade 316, and
all intermediate supports, framing members, and hardware required for
assembly/installation of the damper shall be fabricated of stainless steel grade 316, or
hot-dipped galvanized steel.
q) The motor operated dampers shall be installed using fastening devices and structural
support elements herein specified, and in accordance with the published instructions of
the damper manufacturer.
r) Motor operated damper blades shall have an aerofoil cross-section, and shall be
fabricated of minimum 2mm thick hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet to BSEN 10327. All
unprotected edges shall be touched up with an acceptable paint-on type zinc-based
protective coating. The width of the blades, measured in the direction of airflow shall not
be less than 100 mm and shall not be greater than 200 mm.
s) Motor operated damper-blade shafts shall be fabricated of stainless steel, and shall not
be less than 12.8 mm in diameter. The design of the shafts shall incorporate the devices
required for securely locking the blades onto the shafts.
TS-AC/101
MVAC INSTALLATION
t) All hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet for MOD, MSFD and MFD shall comply with BSEN
10327.
u) Actuator shall be of sufficient torque to ensure tight closure of the damper, and shall be
capable of being detached with ease to allow manual operation of the damper. The
actuator shall be provided with spring return to close or open as required in the design
in case of power failure.
v) The actuator linkage shall be capable of being adjusted so as to allow the damper to
function as a volume control damper.
TS-AC/102
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Motorized Smoke and Fire Dampers and Motorized Fire Dampers (MSFD/MFD)
MSFD/MFD shall comply with the requirements of FSD and as specified above for
MOD, with the following additional requirements:
i. MSFD/MFD frames and other components made of steel shall be hot-dipped galvanized
to BSEN 10327.
ii. MSFD/MFD design and construction materials shall be submitted for review and shall
conform to the high temperature ratings as specified on the Equipment Schedules and/or
Drawings.
iii. MSFD/MFD shall comply with BS 476: Part 20 or UL 555 and Class II to UL 555S.
MSFD/MFD shall be tested in accordance with the procedure specified in UL 555S with
respect to the requirements of elevated temperature and air leakage of the MSFD/MFD.
iv. MSFD/MFD shall have a minimum fire rating to match with the FRP requirement of the
structural elements where the MSFD/MFD is mounted.
v. All materials used for the construction of the MSFD/MFD shall be so selected and all
components and accessories of the dampers shall be so designed that the dampers will
be fully operational in accordance with the performance requirements specified when
fully exposed in an air stream temperature of 250°C for not less than one hour.
Accessories shall include actuators, limit switches and any other damper status sensing
devices.
vi. The entire damper and associated actuator shall meet the requirements of FSD and be
of fail safe type. The fail safe positions of the dampers shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
TS-AC/103
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Volume Control Dampers
i. Volume control dampers shall be of the opposed blade, multi-leaf type with overlapped
blades. Single blade dampers of minimum 1.6 mm thick and suitably stiffened may be
used for duct smaller than 200mm by 200mm subject to prior review.
ii. All dampers shall be constructed with no vibration or rattling under all operating
conditions.
iii. The setting of the damper shall be clearly indicated and marked permanently after
the system has been regulated. The lever shall be aligned with the damper.
iv. Dampers shall be capable of being held in position by means of an Allen screw to fix the
position of the lever after regulation.
v. The air leakage through the dampers shall not be more than 5% at the maximum system
pressure when fully closed.
vi. Provide suitable seals between damper spindles and casing.
vii. For system static pressure below 1,000Pa or ductwork velocity below 12m/s, blade of at
least 50mm wide shall be used. For static pressure at or above 1,000Pa, at least 100mm
wide blade shall be used. Central blade reinforcement bar shall be provided for damper
span longer than 1,500mm. Single module of a damper shall not exceed 2,000mm x
1,000mm.
TS-AC/104
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Non-Return Dampers
i. Dampers shall present a minimum resistance to air flow under running conditions and
take up a stable position in operation.
ii. Maximum resistance shall be presented under reverse air flow conditions such that they
will be forced to close and remain so.
iii. Resilient strips or other purpose made devices shall be provided to prevent the damper
from rattling and as an aid to air sealing under reverse flow conditions.
iv. Blades shall be rigidly constructed of galvanized steel or aluminium sheet of not less
than 0.8mm and shall be square straight, free of buckling.
v. Blades of less than 300mm in height shall be fitted with a 3mm steel spindle at each end.
Blades of 300mm and over in height shall be fitted with a 8mm steel spindle at each end.
Spindles shall be carried by sealed ball bearings.
vi. Bearing shall be accessible for cleaning and lubrication and shall be mounted in a rigid
galvanized steel frame. The maximum length of each blade without a central
bearing shall be 1000mm.
TS-AC/105
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Square Ceiling Diffusers
i. Diffusers shall be constructed of extruded aluminium and shall be enamel baked to an

acceptable colour.
ii. Diffusers shall have removable cores and square or round necks. Diffuser sizes are
shown on the Drawings.
iii. Provide aluminium or steel opposed blade volume control dampers of black colour with
concealed adjustment lever. Volume control damper shall be equipped and factory
fabricated by the same diffuser manufacturer. In general, damper will not be required for
a fan coil unit system having a single supply diffuser.
iv. Provide galvanized steel sheet painted black at the front view to seal off the dummy
diffuser.
v. Diffuser rings or frames shall be compatible with the ceiling construction in which they
are installed. A transition piece shall be provided to connect the diffuser to the duct. All
edges exposed to view shall be rolled or otherwise stiffened and rounded. Internal parts
shall be removable to permit cleaning of the diffuser and provide access to the duct.
vi. Baffles, turning vanes or other devices shall be provided for the required air distribution
pattern. Equalizing grids shall also be provided.
TS-AC/106
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Supply and Transfer Air Grilles and Registers
i. Double deflection supply air grilles/registers shall be connected to ducts with provision
for tamper-proof adjustment of air pattern. Adjusting tool shall be provided by the same
manufacturer. Grilles/registers shall have at least 80% free area.
ii. Furnish grilles/registers to meet the size and capacities as shown on the Drawings.
Provide gaskets to obviate air leakage.
iii. Grilles and registers shall be factory assembled with opposed blade volume control
dampers operable through the grille face. The adjustment shall be made using a key
through the face of the register. The volume control damper shall be group-operated of
opposed blade type. The operating mechanism shall not project through any part of
the register face.
iv. All grilles and registers shall be of extruded aluminium enamel baked to an acceptable
colour.
v. All grilles shall be capable of being removed easily from the ductwork.
vi. All edges exposed to view shall be rolled or otherwise stiffened and rounded. All edges
shall be equipped with airtight, non-combustible neoprene, or sealing strips to prevent
leakage. The register rings or frames shall be compatible with the ceiling construction on
which they are installed.
l) Return and Exhaust Grilles, Registers and Diffusers
i. Grilles shall have single set of fins which shall be vision proof to effectively mask the
return opening.
ii. Free area of grille core shall be at least 80%
iii. Clause 2.12, Items B to F as specified above shall be followed.
iv. Grilles and registers shall be of hinge type.
v. Return air diffusers shall match the supply diffusers in appearance and shall be
constructed of the same material and identical in surface finish as required.
vi. Return air diffuser inner vane core shall be removable without the need of tools to access
the return air filter, which may be installed behind the diffuser or grille. The filter shall
either be clipped to the grille or framed inside the ductwork.
TS-AC/107
MVAC INSTALLATION
m) Linear Air Diffusers
i. Each diffuser shall be of multi-slotted vertical/horizontal discharge, ceiling mounted type

fitted into field-insulated air boot with spigot for receiving supply air duct as detailed on
the Drawings.
ii. Diffuser of extruded aluminium shall be enamel baked to an acceptable colour. For slot
type diffuses, adjustable vanes providing 180° pattern for discharge direction control and
flow rate control shall be provided. The linear diffuser shall be capable of maintaining
a horizontal discharge pattern at a turn down ratio down to 20% of the maximum
specified air volume without air dumping.
iii. For slot type diffuses, number of slots and lengths of diffuser and capacity shall be as
indicated on the Drawings.
iv. Provide air boots to the diffusers as shown on the Drawings. Air boot casing shall be
constructed of minimum 1mm thick galvanized steel with interior surfaces insulated with
48kg/cu.m, 25mm thick glass fibre coated to prevent erosion. Insulation and air boot shall
be extended to cover the collar of diffuser. Volume control damper shall be provided in
the air boot spigot.
v. The insulation shall comply with NFPA-90A, UL-181 and BS 476 Part 4, 5, 6 and 7
standards (or related clauses of ISO TR 5658-1).
vi. Exterior surface of boots shall be painted and finished to an acceptable colour.
vii. The flanges of the diffusers shall be required to support 'drop in' ceiling panels subject to
the ceiling panel design.
viii. Provide suitable support points independent of the suspended ceiling for the air boots
and the associated diffusers.
ix. Air boot spigot location and dimensions shall generally be as indicated on the Drawings.
x. Where linear diffusers are mounted in a continuous line, there shall be means of ensuring
alignment between consecutive diffusers and of equalizing pressure behind the vanes.
xi. Provide galvanized steel sheet painted black at the front view to seal off the dummy part
of diffuser.
TS-AC/108
MVAC INSTALLATION
n) Nozzle and Jet Diffusers
i. Nozzle/Jet diffuser assembly shall consist of round diffuser elements which shall be fitted
to square or rectangular back plate, opposed blade volume control damper and duct
collar.
ii. Each nozzle/jet diffuser assembly shall consist of the diffuser elements and shall be
compatible with the architectural design in which they are installed.
iii. Individual diffuser element shall be capable of adjusting the air deflection up to 30° from
any plane perpendicular to the face. Adjustment shall be accomplished from front or back
of the diffuser without tools.
iv. Volume control dampers shall be provided for the diffusers.
o) External Louvers
i. Unless otherwise specified, all external intake and exhaust louvers shall be provided by
the Main Contractor. Louvers shown on the Drawings shall be provided and comply with
this Specification.
ii. Intake and discharge louvers shall be formed of aluminium frame with profiled aluminium
weather-proof blades unless otherwise specified. Louvers shall be anodised to an
acceptable colour.
iii. Provide a detachable galvanized 6mmx6mmx1.2mm diameter wire mesh screen on the
rear face of each louver.
iv. Where the total louver face area exceed 4m2, the louver shall be made up of individual
sections mounted on a rigid galvanized steel supporting structure spanning across the
opening.
v. Provide all external frame and supporting steelwork for the louvers.
vi. Louvers of dimensions exceeding 300mmx300mm and at installed height from ground
floor level less than 3,000mm shall be protected internally with security bars of size
12mm at 150mm centres mounting in a steel frame with 6mm cross bracing on spans
over 1,000mm.
vii. The total free area of any external louver shall not be less than 60% of the face area as
indicated on the Drawings and the pressure drops through any louver shall not exceed
25 Pa unless otherwise specified.
viii. Aluminium louvers shall not be used for smoke extraction system.
TS-AC/109
MVAC INSTALLATION
p) Door Grilles and Louvers
i. Grilles and louvers which are incorporated in doors shall be provided by the Main
Contractor unless otherwise specified.
ii. Check all such grilles and louvers during the installation to ensure the suitability and the
proper operation for the A/C system.
q) Cleansing points
i. The ductwork cleaning point shall generally be of a type consisting of a 50mm diameter
metal flange with a 20mm diameter hole closed with an air-tight screwed plug through
which inspection, cleaning and disinfect ion of the ductwork can be carried out.
ii. The ductwork cleaning point shall be of proprietary product, so constructed and installed
that no cold bridge which cause condensation will occur.
r) Test Points
i. Provide test points for measuring air flow at the following locations: at all fans (in the
straightest section of duct near to the outlet); at main branches after regulating dampers,
at cooling coils, heater batteries (both before and after the coil or battery), and any
other position indicated on the Drawings. Exact locations of these holes shall be shown
on shop drawings and submitted for review.
ii. On insulated ductwork, test holes shall be boxed out for the thickness of the insulation.
iii. Test holes shall be 25mm diameter and fitted with an effective removable proprietary
sealed cap.
TS-AC/110
MVAC INSTALLATION
4.3 EXECUTION
a) Ductwork Installation
i. Provide complete ductwork systems and ensure the installation can be adjusted to
the designed flow rates.
ii. Check all the Drawings provided in regard to structural requirements and other finishes
before detailing the ducting system. Allowance shall be made for the detailed
development and on Site coordination.
iii. Submit all ductwork detailed drawings for review before fabrication commences.
iv. Duct sizes given on the Drawings are clear internal dimensions and allowance must be
made for insulation where applicable.
v. Protect ductwork, appurtenances, and openings from dirt, foreign objects and damage
during the construction period.
vi. Replace damaged ductwork and other appurtenances at no additional cost.
vii. All ductwork to be rigidly and adequately supported at intervals not exceeding 2 meters.
viii. Provide hangers for the proper installation of ducts in accordance with DW/144. Hangers
shall be of 7mm, 10mm, or 13mm diameter galvanized steel rods, depending on size of
duct. All such hangers shall be provided with screwed lengths on the lower for level
adjustment of duct runs. All nuts shall be provided with washers and lock-nuts, and
projecting ends of bolts shall be cut off.
ix. Supports shall not be riveted or bolted to the air ducts.
x. Install dampers and splitters in a manner so that they can be adjusted at any time after
completion of the work.
xi. Install dampers without strain or distortion in any part of the dampers.
xii. Adjust moving parts such that they can move freely.
xiii. Caulk dampers airtight around frames.
xiv. Adjust dampers and splitter adjusting rods to operate freely, between the open and
close position.
xv. Install flexible connections in accordance with Part 7 of DW/144.
TS-AC/111
MVAC INSTALLATION
xvi. All ductwork shall be manufactured according to the dimensions taken on site.
Provision shall be allowed to accommodate any discrepancies between the Drawings
and the site dimensions.
xvii. All branches and openings in ducts shall be purposely made prior to erection of the
ductwork.
xviii. Cross-breaking shall be permitted on low velocity ductwork only and in no case where
rigid external insulation will be applied.
xix. Internal roughness, sharp edges or obstructions to air flow shall not be allowed.
xx. External edges and corners formed from cheated joints shall be neatly dressed down with
air tight joints.
xxi. Provide at least 75mm clearance from ductwork to walls, ceiling and obstructions where
a high standard of cleanliness must be maintained.
b) Diffusers, Registers and Grilles Installation
i. Install diffusers, registers and grilles so that they can be key adjusted from the face
directly without special tools.
ii. Unless otherwise specified, install vanes, volume control dampers and multiple- blade
extractors so that they can be removed through the diffuser and registers for access to
the duct.
iii. Install diffusers, grilles, registers and louvers with frame connected to the ductwork and
provide soft gaskets inserted under the frame or otherwise so arranged such as to avoid
air leakage around the diffusers and grilles.
c) Cleaning of Air System
i. Clean air systems by means of industrial type vacuum cleaners to effectively remove
dust and foreign material from surfaces in the air stream. Cleaning shall be carried out in
sections as the installation progresses.
ii. Clean exposed ductwork and leave it in satisfactory condition, free from dust, grease, oil
or foreign material for application of insulation or finish painting.
TS-AC/112
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Access Panel
i. Each change of direction (90° or greater) shall be provided with an access panel at the
turning elbow of air ducts for ductwork maintenance.
ii. Where there is no air grille, one access panel shall be provided at every 15 m of straight
air duct. The openings in ductwork for air grilles can be utilized for gaining access.
iii. Access panels shall be provided in the inlet and/or discharge side(s) of equipment.
iv. Generally access panels shall be of size 450 mm by 450 mm and shall be provided in an
accessible horizontal position.
e) MOD and MSFD/MFD Installation
i. Each damper shall be installed so as to provide smooth operation, opening and closing
without shock in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
ii. Undue flexing or bending of connecting rods and linkage will not be acceptable. Such
connecting rod or linkage shall be replaced with either a corrected design, higher strength
material or increased size of such a component at no extra cost.
iii. Dampers shall be supported independently of the ductwork.
iv. Wall and floor mounted dampers: All unavoidable spaces and purpose-provided spaces
between the damper frames and the structure shall be sealed as required. Blanking-off
plates for such purpose shall be considered as part of the damper assembly and shall
be provided at no additional cost.
v. Damper module installations shall be fully sealed by gaskets between the module frame
and the mounting frame. The gasket material for MSFD/MFD shall meet the
continuous operation in an air stream temperature of 250°C for not less than one hour
and shall be subject to approval of FSD.
vi. Identification of damper position is required on easy visible and accessible position, and
the damper setting position after balancing shall be marked in a permanent manner.
TS-AC/113
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 5 PIPEWORK
5.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, installation and testing of pipework.
i. All pipework delivered to site shall be new and colour banded to identify different grades.
ii. Install all pipe runs generally in accordance with the Drawings.
iii. Install pipework with correct falls to ensure adequate venting and draining.
iv. Pipework installed in trenches, ducts, voids and inaccessible plans shall have welded
joints except where screwed or flanged joints are necessary for connecting to valves etc.
or where a particular type of joint is specifically called for.
v. No pipe joints shall be permitted within the thickness of walls or floors etc.
vi. Provide GI pipe sleeve for pipes when passing through walls, floors or ceilings.
Alternatively, where pipes pass through walls, floor, or ceilings rendered liquid- tight,
puddle flanges shall be provided. Material of puddle flanges shall be same as the
pipework material.
vii. All pipework shall be free from rust, burrs, scales and other defects. Pay particular
attention to removal of millscales. Thoroughly clean all pipes before erection.
viii. No welding is permitted on galvanized steel pipe under any circumstances.
ix. All pipes passing through building expansion/movement joints shall be provided with
appropriate pipe expansion joints whether it is shown or not on the Drawings.
x. Locate and install all pipe sleeves or puddle flanges for pipes passing through walls,
floors, or ceilings. Provide adequate information for the satisfactory execution of Works
at the correct time and in the prescribed manner.
TS-AC/114
MVAC INSTALLATION
i. All personnel engaged on welding operations must possess a certificate of competence

issued by an acceptable organisation.
ii. Pipe fitters and equipment installers shall have had a minimum of three years’ experience
in their trade.
iii. All pipes and fittings supplied for this project shall conform to the BS specification, or the
ASTM, JIS, DIN, ISO or Australian Standard or Equivalent.
iv. Submit certification that the pipe supplied is in conformance to the standard set out above.
d) Submittals
i. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer‟s data. Shop drawing shall show plans,
elevations and sections of piping layout, and shall show locations of valves, strainers,
pipe hangers, and equipment to which the piping connects.
ii. Submit pipe support and anchor details for review.
iii. Submit pipe testing and cleaning procedures for review.
TS-AC/115
MVAC INSTALLATION
5.2 PRODUCTS
a) Pipework Materials
Pipework specification for the various services shall be in accordance with the
following tables:
Table 1 - Pipework Materials
Services/Piping System Nominal Min. Wall Specification

Bore Thickness Refer Table
(mm) (mm)
15-150 -- A (Black Mild
Steel)
• Chilled water 200 4.9 B (Carbon steel)
• Heating water 250-300 6.3
• Steam /Steam condensate 350-400 8.0
• Boiler equipment drain, 450-550 8.8
blow down and vent
• Fuel oil 600 9.5
650 10.0
700 11.0
750-800 12.5
850-950 14.2
1000-1200 16.0
• Chilled/heating/condenser/ 10-150 -- C
auxiliary cooling water systems
drain pipes connected to (Galvanised mild
equipment, overflows and vent steel)
• Drain pipes passing through
floor slabs and fire
compartment walls
• Drain pipes installed in plant
rooms or areas without false
ceiling
• Air-conditioning condensate
drain down pipes (internal)
• Air-conditioning
condensate drain pipe
• Town gas/L.P. gas
TS-AC/116
MVAC INSTALLATION
Services/Piping System Nominal Min. Wall Specification

Bore Thickness Refer Table
(mm) (mm)
• Compressed air for industrial
use
• Air-conditioning 10-150 -- D (UPVC)
condensate drain down pipe
(external)
• Water treatment
• Sea water chlorination
and backwashing
• Compressed air for pneumatic 6-76 -- E (Copper tube)
control
• Domestic hot water 15-300 -- F (Copper tube)
• Cold water
• City water make-up
• Refrigerant 6-159 -- G (Copper pipe)
• Sea water 80 and above -- H (Ductile iron)
• Condensing water pipe for
sscooling tower
•
b) Pipe Supports
i. Provide hangers, supports, guides and anchors. All designs shall allow expansion and
contraction within stress limits of code for pressure piping, Section 1, Power Piping, ANSI
B-31.1.
ii. Provide structural steel required for proper installation or as indicated in the Drawings.
All pipe supports shall be steel, adjustable for height and prime coated and finish coated.
Ferrous pipes shall have ferrous brackets and copper pipes shall have brass brackets.
iii. Provide additional supports adjacent to valves, fittings etc., and other large pipe line
mounted items to prevent undue strain on adjoining pipework.
iv. Provide additional supports to pump connections etc. to prevent undue strain on Plant.
v. Provide supports at spacing not exceeding the centres given below unless otherwise
indicated.
TS-AC/117
MVAC INSTALLATION
Pipework Nominal Intervals for Intervals for

Specification Bore(mm) Horizontal Vertical Runs
Runs (m) (m)
Bare Lagged
A, B, C 15 1.8 1.8 2.4
20 2.4 2.4 3.0
25 2.4 2.4 3.0
32 2.7 2.4 3.0
40 3.0 2.4 3.7
50 3.0 2.4 3.7
65 3.7 3.0 4.6
80 3.7 3.0 4.6
100 4.0 3.0 4.6
125 4.5 3.7 5.5
150 5.5 4.5 5.5
200 8.5 6.0 8.5
250 9.0 6.5 9.0
300 and over 10.0 10.0 10.0
D 15 0.75 1.5
22 to 28 1 1.8
28 to 35 1 2
42 1.2 2.4
53 to 65 1.4 2.8
76 1.8 3.5
108 and over 2 4
E, F, G 15 and below 1.2 1.2 1.8
22 1.2 1.2 1.8

28 1.8 1.5 2.4
35 2.4 1.8 3.0
42 2.4 1.8 3.0
54 2.7 1.8 3.0
65 3.0 2.4 3.7
76 3.0 2.4 3.7
108 3.0 2.4 3.7
133 3.7 3.0 3.7
159 and over 4.5 3.7 3.7
H 80 and 100 3.0 4.5
150 4.5 5.5
200 and over 6.0 8.0
TS-AC/118
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Pipe Sleeves
i. Where pipes pass through fire compartment walls or floor slabs, a metal fire stop in the
form of a 6mm thick flanges welded around the pipe and located in the centre of the
slab/wall thickness shall be provided. The flange shall be of the same diameter as the
internal bore of the pipe sleeve.
ii. Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to allow free movement of pipes and shall not be used
as pipe supports. Where pipes penetrate external walls, the space between pipe sleeves
and the pipes or insulation shall be completely caulked with a soft, non-setting waterproof
mastic compound to give an air and water tight seal.
iii. All cast-in sleeves shall be of galvanized steel.
d) Expansion Loops
Provide expansion loops of either U or L shape or change in direction of pipe route

for allowing expansion and contraction of pipework wherever possible and
necessary.
e) Bellows Expansion Joints
i. Provide bellows expansion joint (axial, hinged and gimbal type) wherever expansion
loops or change in direction of pipework for allowing expansion and contraction of
pipework is not feasible.
ii. At building expansion joints, and wherever else, additional allowance shall be made by
the provision of stainless steel articulated bellows type expansion compensators
complete with all necessary guides etc., as recommended by the manufacturer to give a
working life of not less than 20 years. Each compensator shall maintain at least the same
cross-sectional area as adjoining pipework for its entire length.
iii. Ensure the expansion joints are adequately tied, anchored or removed to avoid damage
to the bellows during sectional testing.
iv. Expansion joints shall be of bellows type having stainless steel membrane and carbon
steel fittings or an acceptable alternative.
v. Design working pressure is specified in the Testing and Commissioning Section of the
Specification.
TS-AC/119
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Pipe Anchor
i. Provide anchor points constructed from channel iron secured to the building structure.
ii. Anchors shall be positioned in association with pipework change in direction, expansion
joints and loops so as to absorb stresses due to pipework expansion and internal
pressures by transmission of such forces to the ground or structure at appropriate points.
iii. Anchors shall be constructed to withstand the higher thrust during piping hydraulic
pressure testing.
iv. All details and sizes of anchors shall be submitted for review prior to installation.
g) Pipe Guides
Pipe guides shall be provided for all horizontal and vertical piping for proper control
of thermal movement and proper performance of expansion loops and expansion
joints. Spacing for intermediate pipe guides shall be as recommended by expansion
joints manufacturers. Furnish shop drawings indicating guide locations and
construction details for review.
h) Gaskets for Pipe Separation
i. Gaskets shall be suitable for temperature, service and pressure of system, installed in
accordance with manufactures recommendations. Make up flanged joints with one-piece
ring gaskets, 1.5mm thick, neoprene rubber.
ii. Flanged joints between dissimilar metals: insulating gaskets, sleeves and washers
between flanges, bolts and nuts respectively.
iii. Gaskets shall comply with ANSI B16.21 and the following ASTM Specification:-
Hardness D2240
Tensile Testing D412
Compression D395
Heat Aging D573
TS-AC/120
MVAC INSTALLATION
5.3 EXECUTION
a) Protection
Protect all piping work during and at the end of each day‟s work to prevent entrance
of moisture or dirt or contamination of the system.
b) Piping Installation
i. Install piping parallel to walls, clear of obstructions, preserving head room and keeping
passageways clear.
ii. Should structural difficulties or other work prevent running of pipes or setting of equipment
at locations indicated on Drawings, necessary minor deviations therefore will be allowed
with prior review.
iii. Cut pipe in a neat and workman like manner without damage to the pipe. Unless
otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, cutting shall be done with an acceptable
type mechanical cutter. Use wheel cutters when practicable. Ream pipe ends to remove
burrs.
iv. Place drains at each low point of each water pipe.
v. Place manual air vents at each high point of each water line. Terminate discharge
pipe 150mm above finish floor.
vi. Automatic air vents with isolation valves shall be installed at the high level of each
pipe riser. Terminate discharge pipe 150mm above finish floor.
vii. As soon as the water lines have been installed, cover openings to prevent entrance of
materials that would obstruct pipes. Leave cover in place until removal is necessary
for completion of installation.
viii. Attach supports only to structural framing members. Where supports are required
between structural framing members, provide suitable intermediate metal framing.
ix. Install piping with sufficient pitch to insure adequate drainage and venting.
x. Screw joints shall be made with tapered threads properly cut. Joints be made right
with a stiff mixture of litharge and glycerin, or polytertra-fluoroethylene tape, or other
acceptable thread joint compound applied to the male threads only. Not more than three
threads shall show after the joint is made up.
TS-AC/121
MVAC INSTALLATION
xi. Welded joints: fusion-weld in accordance with ANSI B31.1, unless otherwise required.
Use welding fittings in changing direction of piping. Branch connections shall be made
with welding tees of forged welding branch outlets.
xii. Field and shop bevels shall be in accordance with the recognized standards and shall be
done by mechanical means or flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame cutting,
clean surface of scale and oxidation prior to welding.
xiii. Before welding, align the component parts to be welded so that no strain is placed on the
weld when finally positioned. Align the height so that no part of the pipe wall is offset by
more than 20 percent of the wall thickness. Flanges and branches shall be set true.
Preserve alignment during the welding operation.
xiv. Removing and replacing defective welds shall be at the Contractor's sole cost and
expense. Repairing of defective welds by adding new material over the defects or by
peening will not be permitted.
xv. Store electrodes in a dry area and keep free of moisture of dampness during fabrication
operations. Discard electrodes that have lost part of their coating.
xvi. Flanges and unions shall be faced true. Provide flanges with acceptable gaskets, and
make square and tight. Provide union or flange joints in each line immediately
preceeding the connection to each piece or equipment or material requiring maintenance
such as pumps, control valves, and other similar items.
xvii. Install pipe grooving and coupling in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
xviii. Install valves in horizontal lines with stems horizontal or above. Install isolation valves at
any other points indicated or required for draining, isolation, or sectionalizing purposes.
Identify each valve as hereinafter specified.
xix. Support piping independently at all equipment so that equipment is not stressed by
piping weight or expansion.
xx. Provide unions, screwed or flanged, as required to facilitate maintenance, repair and
replacement.
xxi. All floor-mounted drain pipes inside plant rooms shall be properly protected.
TS-AC/122
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Welding
i. Preparation for welding:
i. Piping, mill-beveled on both ends before welding, beveled 37.5 degrees.
ii. Weld spacing on all butt welds shall comply with the following table :-
Nominal Wall Thickness Pipe Spacing Bevel
6.35 mm or less 3 mm 37.5°
Over 6.35 mm 5 mm 37.5°
iii. Use backing rings on all butt-welded joints.
iv. Before starting any welding, remove all corrosion products and other foreign material
from surfaces to be welded by scraping, brushing, chipping and swabbing.
ii. Welding Process: Perform welding by either manual shielded metallic arc process or
automatic submerged arc process. All pipeline welding shall conform to Chapter 4,
Section VI, “Welding of Pipe Joints”, of ANSI code for Pressure Piping, ANSI, B31.1, and
in accordance with latest accepted practice applicable to particular service. Proposed
welding procedure specifications shall be submitted for review.
iii. Welding Operation: Size of electrodes, voltages, current, thickness and number of passes
or beads, as previously specified. After deposition, clean each layer of weld metal to
remove all slag and scale by wire brushing and grinding, then clip where necessary to
prepare for proper deposition of next layer. Welded reinforcement shall be not less than
1.6mm nor more than 3mm above normal surface of joined sections. Reinforcement shall
be crowned at centre and taper on each side of surfaces being joined. Exposed surface
of weld shall present workman like appearance and be free of depression below surface
of joined member.
iv. Thoroughly fuse weld metal with base metal at all sections of weld. Penetration of weld
shall include unbeveled portion and extend to inside walls of pipe.
v. Inspection: All production welds shall be inspected visually by the Contractor’s supervisory
personnel and when necessary by the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer
reserves the right to order at random to inspect 2% of the weld joints for inspection and
ultrasonic examination to BS 3923: Part 1 / BSEN 1714. For pipe thickness less than
6mm, magnetic particle inspection shall be carried. Should any one of the above welds
prove faulty in materials or workmanship, further tests may be ordered up to a total of 4%
of the welded joints. If the number of welds failing the tests within the above 4% is
sufficient to suggest that an operative is not consistent in standard, the Architect/Engineer
may order any number of that operative’s welds to be removed. The cutting out and
TS-AC/123
MVAC INSTALLATION
repair of all such welds for inspection shall be at no extra cost to the Employer. All
ultrasonic welded joint tests shall be carried out by specialist and the testing report shall
be prepared and certified by HOKLAS accredited laboratory. All testing method statement
shall be submitted for review.
vi. Weld Joints on UPVC :
i. Solvent or hot air welded UPVC pipework as recommended by the manufacturers and
as detailed in this Specification.
ii. Where solvent welding is used, particular attention must be paid to preparation. Abrasive
paper and spirit cleaner must be used. When applying solvent, avoid heat in order to
prevent the cement drying before the chemical bond between the two surfaces is
completed. Turn mating surfaces for even spread of the solvent. Wipe off excess cement
quickly.
iii. On UPVC pipework, hot air welded joints shall be made where standard fittings are
unavailable. The welding using a jet of hot air and PVC filler rod shall only be carried
out by a welder qualified in plastic fabrication. Ensure complete fusion by applying from
3 to 6 runs of weld. Do not clean off weld. Any fabrication performed on site shall be
similar in strength to a manufacturer's item.
vii. Brazing of copper tubing :
i. Silver brazed joints shall be made with 95-5 tin antimony or 95-5 tin-lead solder.
ii. The outside of the tube and the inside of the fitting shall be tinned at the point of contact
before joining. Overheated tubes shall be cleaned and fittings shall not be overheated
before joining. Solder type valves shall be disassembled before silver brazing and valve
bodies shall be kept cool by use of damp cloths.
iii. Refrigerant suction lines shall be pitched towards compressor.
iv. Traps for all refrigerant line suction risers shall be installed.
d) Installation of Pipe Hangers and Supports
i. Submit shop drawings showing hangers and supports as specified or as required for the
system.
ii. The necessary hangers and supports, including rods, angles, channels and plates, as
well as any changes from indicated design, shall be submitted for review.
iii. Vertical piping shall be guided or supported in the centre of each riser but not over 6m on
centres, with acceptable steel brackets to prevent swaying, sagging, vibration and
resonance. Avoid strains that cause lines to snake or buckle between supports or anchors.
TS-AC/124
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. Pipe hangers of same size, or nearest manufactured size available, as pipe or tubing on
which they are to be used shall be provided.
v. Install a gasket between clamp and pipe or dissimilar material.
vi. Furnish anchors and guides for all horizontal and vertical piping for proper control of thermal
movement, to prevent undue strain on branches, to provide proper performance of
expansion loops and to avoid overloading of hangers and supports.
e) Testing
i. Provide all materials, supplies, labour and power required for hydrostatically testing all
piping except refrigerant piping. Make preliminary tests and prove work satisfactory.
Notify Architect in ample time to be present for final testing of all piping. Repair defects
disclosed by tests or, if required, replace defective work with new work without
additional cost. Make tests in stages if so ordered by Architect/Engineer to facilitate work
of others. Use of wicking in tightening leaking joints is not permitted.
ii. This Contractor is responsible for work of other trades disturbed or damaged by tests
and/or repair and replacement of his work and shall cause work so disturbed or damaged
to be restored to its original condition at his own expense.
iii. All water pipework shall be hydraulically pressure tested to the pressure listed for a period
not less than twelve hours without leakage or loss of pressure.
iv. All refrigerant pipework shall be pressure tested by nitrogen gas up to 28 bars and
maintained for a period of not less than six hours without leakage or loss of pressure.
v. All pipework shall be tested in accordance with the testing pressure specified in the
Testing and Commissioning Section of the Specification.
f) Cleaning - Procedure
i. Exercise every precaution to avoid introducing foreign matter such as welding beads and
slag or dirt into piping system. Hammer completed welds to loosen debris. All piping,
valves and fittings shall be internally cleaned of oil, grease or dirt, prior to assembly into
system, by use of wire brush and swab.
ii. Following fabrication and erection, clean all piping 150mm and smaller by flushing with
clean water and run to waste until thoroughly free of all dirt, oil and cuttings, etc. Generally,
each size of pipe shall be flushed separately before being joined with larger size piping.
iii. Clean piping 200mm and larger by pulling through steel brush for entire length of each
pipe size, followed by fiber brush or swab, brushes and swabs slightly larger than inside
diameter of pipe being cleaned.
TS-AC/125
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. All cleaning operations, continuous throughout piping system, except at joints required
for final joining of various sections of cleaned piping. After cleaning and until above final
joints are made, end of sections of piping shall be adequately and tightly sealed off to
prevent any dirt, water or other foreign matter from entering ends of pipe.
v. Before submitting piping systems for acceptance, all strainers shall be inspected and
thoroughly cleaned. Temporary strainers shall be provided where required for cleaning
and flushing operation.
vi. Prior to start-up, perform final cleaning out of water systems by circulation with alkaline
detergent solution as follows:
i. Fill entire system with clean water and add while filling a special nonfoaming alkaline
detergent. Alkaline detergent shall be sodium silicate, sodium phosphate, a mixture of
these or acceptable equal; plus a nonfoaming wetting agent. Sufficient detergent
chemical shall be added to provide a phenolphthalein alkalinity in range of 3000 to 5000
ppm as
CaCO3 circulating water. Alkaline detergent shall be supplied by an acceptable water
treatment specialist who shall supply chemicals, perform necessary tests and supervise
final cleaning operation.
ii. Operate pumps and circulate water throughout system for period of one (1) day. At the
end of the day of circulation, remove and clean all strainer baskets and blow off all low
points.
iii. After completion of above circulation, completely drain out system and refill with clean
water and circulate water for one additional day. A chemical test shall then be made to
determine if water contains an alkalinity of 200ppm or less. If more than 200ppm, re-
drain and refill; run pumps and continue doing so until alkalinity drops below 200ppm.
When below 200ppm, water may remain in system for regular operation. pH value
shall be maintained at 8.5-9.5
TS-AC/126
MVAC INSTALLATION
Table 2 – Pipework Specification
Pipework
Specification
A B C D
as referred to
in Table 1
Carbon steel
Black mild
grade 430 to Galvanized mild steel
steel tube to Unplasticised
BSEN ISO 1127 / tube to BS 1387
Description BS1387 P.V.C. BS 3505
BSEN 10220 and (BSEN 10255)
(BSEN 10255) Class D
BSEN 10216-1/ "Medium‟ grade.
"heavy‟ grade
BSEN 10217-1.
1. Screwed sockets
for pipework up to
1. Screwed or welded joints for 50mm. Solvent welded
sizes up to 50mm. 2. Screwed sockets joints to BSEN
Pipe Joints
2. Welded joints or grooved or grooved 1452, using solvent
(see Note 1)
flange joints to BSEN 1092 for mechanical cement to BS 4346-
size 65mm and over. coupling to 3.
pipework 65mm
and over
1. Galvanized
malleable iron:
bronze to iron
spherical seat
1. Black malleable iron: bronze to
unions for
iron spherical seat union for
pipework up to
pipework up to 50mm. Mechanical joints to
Flange/Union 50mm.
2. Welded or grooved flange to BSEN 1452.
2. Screwed steel
BS4505 for size 65mm and
boss flanges to
over.
BSEN 1092 or
grooved
mechanical
coupling
1. Screwed Piping: for pipes up to
50mm malleable iron screwed
fittings to BS 143 and 1256.
Steel welding neck
2. Welded Piping: purpose made
steel butt-welding pipe fittings 1. Galvanized
to BSEN10253-1 (BS 1965-1). malleable iron Injection moulded
Use long radius reducing screwed fittings to unplasticised PVC
Fittings (see
elbows at pumps. Use BSEN 10242 or fittings solvent
Note 2)
eccentric welding reducing grooved welded to BSEN
fittings at changes in pipe size mechanical 1452.
for horizontal piping, with top couplings
level for water piping.
3. Grooved Piping: grooved end
fitting to accept grooved
mechanical couplings without
field preparation.
TS-AC/127
MVAC INSTALLATION
Table 2 – Pipework Specification

Pipework E F G H
Specification
as referred to
in Table 1
Description Copper tube to Copper tube to Copper pipe for Ductile iron pipe with
BSEN 12449 BSEN 1057 pressure system to cement lined internally to
BSEN 12735-1 BSEN 545 Class K12 and
coated externally with
bitumen and zinc.
Pipe Joints Silver blazing Refer Pipe fitting Welded joints for 1. Cast flanged joint to
(see Note 1) capillary joint to size up to 50mm. BSEN 1092 with
BSEN 12449 or Above 50mm flange rubber gaskets to
ANSI B16.22 joint to BSEN 1092. BSEN 682.
2. Mechanical coupling.
Bolts and nuts shall be
of bright steel coated
with protective paint
before installation.
Flange/Union Silver blazing Flange to Welded joints for Cast integral or inert gas
capillary joint, BSEN 1092 size up to 50mm. machine welded at
flange to BSEN Above 50mm flange manufacturer’s works to
1092 joint to BSEN 1092 BSEN 1092.
Fittings (see Silver blazing to 1. Cold water : Silver blazing to Ductile iron to BSEN 545,
Note 2) BSEN 12449 or Solder ring to BSEN 12735-1 up cement lined internally,
compression to BSEN 1254- to 50mm. Above and flanges to BSEN 1092
BSEN 1254-2. 1 or capillary 50mm flange joint to
to BSEN BSEN 1092
1254-5
2. Hot water :
Silver blazing
to BSEN
1254-5
Note 1: a. Employ the above method of joining pipes.

b. Joints shall not be closer than 3,000mm except where necessitated by fittings.
Note 2: a. Pipe fittings shall be provided as specified in the above for the various pipe
materials.
b. Eccentric reducing sockets shall be used where a reduction in pipe size is
required to ensure proper drainage or elimination of air pockets.
Long sweep bends shall be used in preference to round elbow bends wherever practicable. Square
elbows shall not be used
TS-AC/128
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 6 VALVES AND FITTINGS
6.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, installation and testing of valves and fittings in
Pipework System.
i. All valves delivered to site shall be new and shall be provided with adequate
identification for different grades.
ii. Cover the inlet and discharge openings of all valves. Store valves in crates or plastic
packages and protect them from damage until ready for installation.
iii. During installation, protect all valves from dirt and debris.
iv. Provide pressure gauges, air vents, drain valves and gunmetal test cocks for all
equipment and as shown on Drawings.
v. Provide isolating valves for all equipment.
vi. Provide regulating valves at branch lines, bypasses etc. where regulation of flow is
required for balancing.
vii. Provide valves having proper clearance; leak proof at the specified test pressure;
manufacturer's name or brand; the figure or list number; the guaranteed BS or ANSI
working pressure cast on the body and cast or stamped on the bonnet. Provide valves of
a given type from one manufacturer except accepted for special application.
viii. Provide valves suitable for the working hydraulic pressure specified for the service and
as specified in the “Testing and Commissioning” Section of the Specification. Provide
gate and globe valves suitable for repacking under pressure. Regardless of service, do
not furnish valves rated for less than 1,035 kPa working pressure.
TS-AC/129
MVAC INSTALLATION
ix. Valve Connections:
1. Provide valves suitable for connection to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints
unless othersswise specified.
2. Valves of size 50 mm and smaller shall have taper screwed ends to BS 21 (ISO 7/1).
3. Valves of size 65 mm and larger shall have flanged connections to BSEN 1092.
4. Use solder joints or screw to solder adaptors for connecting valves to copper tubing.
5. Provide butterfly valve with flanged end body or full lug body for flanged connection.
x. Unless otherwise specified, all valves shall be of full line size.
xi. All valves, fittings, joints and jointing media shall be suitable for the substances conveyed.
i. The following Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications shall apply
to work included in this section.
1. BS 5150 to BS 5163 for service ratings and other relevant British Standards.
2. ANSI
3. ASME
4. UL
5. ASTM
ii. Products shall be furnished by manufacturer who normally supplies this type of
equipment and who can show evidence of having furnished such equipment that has
been in successful operation for a period of at least 5 years.
TS-AC/130
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittals
i. Submit the following together with all other information required elsewhere in the
Specification for each type of valve for review.
1. Complete manufacturer's literature for material and equipment.
2. Certification of compliance with the requirements specified.
3. Support details for valves.
4. Operation and maintenance manuals.
TS-AC/131
MVAC INSTALLATION
6.2 PRODUCTS
a) Valves for chilled water, heating water, condenser water, seawater, hot water, make
up water, compressed air and chemical treatment systems shall have the following
ratings unless otherwise specified:
Maximum System BS 5150
Working Pressure (kPa) Rating
1035 PN16
1553 PN25
b) Valves specification for the various services shall be in accordance with Table 2.1
i. The valve construction materials specified in Table 2.1 shall conform to the following
standards:
1. Bronze to BSEN 1982 LG2
2. High tensile brass to BSEN 12163, BSEN 12164 & BSEN 12167
3. Cast iron to BSEN 1561 Grade 220
4. Zinc-free bronze to BSEN 1982 with a zinc content not exceeding 0.05%
5. Stainless steel to BS 970 Grade 316
6. Ductile iron to BSEN 1563
7. Ni-resist iron to BSEN 13835:2002
8. Ni-Al-bronze to ASTM B148
Table 2.1 - Valves Schedule
Type of Valve Size (mm) Body Material Disc & Seat Material
Gate & Globe 15 - 50 Bronze Zinc free bronze

65 and above Cast iron Zinc free bronze
Swing Check 15 - 50 Bronze Zinc free bronze
65 and above Cast iron Stainless Steel
Silent Seat Check
Seat EPDM / BurnaN

Butterfly
TS-AC/132
MVAC INSTALLATION
ii. Should the system pressure exceed 1,035 kPa, high pressure valve with minimum
2,000 kPa working pressure shall be used.
c) Gate Valves
i. Valves shall be rated, designed and tested in accordance with BS 5154 for bronze
valves and BS 5150 or BS 5163 for cast iron valves.
ii. Up to 50 mm : bronze body, solid wedge disc, bronze union bonnet, zinc free bronze
rising stem. Threaded connection to BS 21.
iii. 65 mm and larger : cast iron body, bronze seat ring, full way solid wedge disc, zinc free
bronze rising stem, bolted yoke bonnet, flanged connection to BSEN 1092.
iv. Valves for seawater or well water system : Ni-resist body, 316 stainless steel trimmed
disc & seat, Ni-Al-bronze rising stem, flanged connection. Valves shall be entirely
suitable for use with seawater. Valves of 50mm nominal bore and below shall be UPVC,
ABS or polyproperlene bodied stop valves.
v. Valves for Chemical Treatment System : UPVC valves. Valves of 65mm nominal bore
and above shall be flanged connection. Valves below 65mm nominal bore shall be
threaded connection.
d) Globe and Angle Valves
i. Up to 50 mm : bronze body, bronze union bonnet, zinc free bronze rising stem, metal to
metal seat, threaded connection to BS 21.
ii. 65 mm and larger : cast iron body, bronze mounted globe, regrinding, replaceable seat
and disc, bolted yoke bonnet, bronze trimmed, flanged connection to BSEN 1092.
iii. Valves for seawater and well water system : Ni-resist body, 316 stainless steel trimmed,
replaceable seat and disc, Ni-Al-bronze rising stem; flanged connection. Valves shall be
entirely suitable for use with seawater. Valves of 65mm nominal bore and below shall be
UPVC, ABS or polyproperlene bodied stop valves.
iv. Valves for chemical treatment system : UPVC valves. Valves of 65mm nominal bore and
above shall be flanged connection. Valves below 65mm nominal bore shall be threaded
connection.
v. Regulating valves shall be fitted with a lockable indicator on the spindle to show the
proportional opening.
TS-AC/133
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Check Valves
i. For valves 65mm and above:
1. Provide silent Check valves of the non-slam, centre-guided globe type at each pump
discharge or where shown on the Drawings. Valves shall be so designed such that closing
action is controlled by stainless steel spring and trim to return the disc to seat before zero
velocity and before reversal of flow takes place in pipe line.
2. Disc shall be free floating, centre-guided and controlled by velocity of flow without aid of
grease or counter weight balance.
3. Check valves designed to prevent grinding of seat and disc after assembly, with
removable cap for inspection of bearings and disc movement.
4. Valves shall be flanged or wafer type end cast iron body to BSEN 1561 and ISO 185,
316 stainless steel trim, spring, disc and seat.
ii. For valves 50 mm and below:
1. Swing Check, bronze, with removable hinge pin and screwed cap, suitable for operation
in either horizontal or vertical position. Threaded connection.
2. Provide with clean out plugs and generally with offset swing flappers. Provide with
removable cap, regrinding disc and seat ring.
iii. Valves for chemical treatment system shall be cast iron body, teflon lined seat, shaft and
disc or as recommended by the manufacturer.
iv. Valves for seawater or well water system shall be Ni-resist body, 316 stainless steel trim,
spring, disc and seat. Flanged connection.
TS-AC/134
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Butterfly Valves
i. General: Rating of 1,600kPa unless otherwise indicated, tight closing, integral flanged,
with resilient seats. Full lug body shall be capable of providing bi- directional “Dead End
Service” at full rated pressure with the downstream flange removed. Provide seats that
cover inside surface of body and extend over body ends; or provide o-rings so that valve
body may be bolted and sealed between flat raised faced with minimum bolt loading
and without additional gaskets.
ii. Bodies: Ductile iron grade 400-18, completely coated with polyamide or equivalent
against corrosion. 50mm extended neck shall be allowed for insulating purpose.
iii. Seats: EPDM or Buna N and shall be suitable for the temperature rating of the system
served.
iv. Discs: Ductile iron with EPDM coating or type 316 stainless steel for fresh water and Ni-
Al-bronze for sea water or well water.
v. Shaft Stems: Type 316 stainless steel for fresh water and Ni-Al-bronze for seawater or
well water.
vi. Control Handles: Suitable for locking in any position or with 10 or 15 degree notched
throttling plates to hold valve in selected position. Provide gear operators for size over
80 mm. Provide position indicators and limit stops.
vii. Valves in Insulated Lines: Provide extended necks to compensate for insulation thickness
and allow ample clearance for operating handle.
viii. All butterfly valves of 450 mm or above shall be fitted with 20 mm by-pass globe valve.
ix. All manual butterfly valves up to 80 mm shall be fitted with 10 position locked levers.
Valves over 80 mm shall be fitted with hand wheel worm gear type actuators with position
indicators and limit stops factory adjusted at full open and full closure.
x. Valves for chemical treatment system shall be cast iron body, teflon lined seat, shaft and
disc.
xi. A short piece of pipework with flanged shall be coupled to the valve to facilitate future
isolation and dismantling of equipment for servicing.
TS-AC/135
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Motorized Valves (Pneumatic or Electric)
i. Provide for each valve, as indicated on the Drawings, pneumatic or electric motorized
valve operator, attached to and supported by valve.
ii. Mount valve operators at factory or at Site under manufacturer's supervision.
iii. Provide manual overrider with gimbol and hand wheel for each operator to allows
operation in the event of power failure. The operator shall automatically be declutch when
motor is activated.
iv. Provide motor, magnetic motor controller, control circuit transformer, build-in reversing
contactors, opening and closing torque and limit switches.
v. Provide high speed, high torque type motor. Winding insulation shall be to IEE standard
class B. Provide built-in thermal overload protection. Closing time of all motorized valves
set with adjustable timer control which is capable of setting to not more than two minutes.
vi. Provide limit switches to give remote indication of valve/actuator piston position. Limit
switches shall be of quick-break type, capable of being accurately and closely set, and
mechanically connected to moving valve at all times following its position.
vii. Provide all electrical connections, disconnect switches, conduit and power wiring for
motors and remote push buttons.
viii. Motorized valve shall be of normally-closed type, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings.
TS-AC/136
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Ball Float Valve
i. All ball float valves shall be of 'Equilibrium' or equal pattern with tinned copper float,
unless otherwise specified elsewhere. Valve of sizes up to 50 mm diameter shall conform
to BS 1212: Part 1.
ii. Ball floats selected for valves up to 50mm diameter shall be sized in accordance with the
pressure zone of the valve, and shall comply fully with BS1968 or BS2456.
iii. Ball floats for valves over 50mm diameter shall conform to BS1968 or BS2456.
iv. All ball valves shall be of bronze or cast iron valves body with nickel alloy and stainless
steel working parts.
v. For fresh water applications ball floats may be of copper, tinned copper, or plastic. For
seawater applications ball floats shall be either neoprene coated copper or plastic. All ball
floats shall be spherical unless otherwise specified.
vi. Ball float shall not be secured to the lever arm by welding. The lever arm shall either be
penetrated through the ball float or secured to the ball float by mechanical means.
i) Safety Relief Valves
i. Valve shall be pressure actuated type, spring return angle pattern.
ii. Body, disc and base shall be constructed of bronze.
iii. Valve shall be complete with trim, guides, adjusting screw with cap and threaded
connections.
TS-AC/137
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Automatic Air Vents
i. Automatic air vents shall be provided at all high points of the system as directed/specified
or as indicated on the Drawings.
ii. Connections to the service pipes shall be made at the highest point to ensure complete
venting. Automatic air vents shall be mounted so that the inlet connection is in an exact
vertical plane.
iii. Automatic air vents shall have brass or gunmetal bodies, non-ferrous or stainless steel
floats and guides, and non-corrodible valves and rubber seats.
iv. All automatic air vents shall be of at least 20 mm diameter unless otherwise specified
and shall be of the single large-orifice type suitable for the release or admission of air
during system filling or draining.
v. A gate valve shall be provided between the automatic air vent and the connected
pipework to enable isolation of the automatic air vent for maintenance.
vi. Vents shall be designed to facilitate dirt removal while in service.
vii. Automatic air vents shall be designed to open to discharge air or air/fluid mixture and to
close firmly against fluid.
k) Manual Air Vent
Manual air vents shall be provided at the highest points of all risers and droppers, and
at high points along pipelines.
TS-AC/138
MVAC INSTALLATION
l) Strainers
i. Strainers shall be provided in pump suction pipes, water tank outlets and in the locations
specified or shown on the Drawings. Strainers shall be of the same nominal bore as the
pipeline in which they are fitted. Strainers shall be properly installed to ensure that filtered
matter is retained within the screen.
ii. Strainers shall be full line size, "Y" or "BASKET" type as specified or as shown on the
Drawings and readily removable for cleaning.
iii. Strainers at the pump suction inlets shall be fitted with removable channel magnets,
secured to the screen or basket by stainless steel retaining lugs and threaded rods, and
placed to provide a continuous magnetic field around the entire circumference of the
screen. They shall be fitted with a breech-locking arrangement to maintain the screen in
place when removing the cover plate. The screen cover plate shall be bolted using studs
with hexagonal headed nuts and shall be fitted with a special hinge. Initially, each strainer
shall be fitted with mesh lined baskets, reinforced on both sides with an open bottom.
After initial cleaning, the baskets shall be replaced with a standard basket, suitable for
the service required. All Y type strainers shall be complete with screw plug for drain or
blow-off.
iv. Strainers of up to and including 50 mm shall be gunmetal or bronze bodied and have
screwed end caps with a brass drain plug. Strainers of 65 mm and over shall be cast
iron bodied to the requirements of BSEN 1561 with cast iron cover and mild steel stud
bolts. The cover shall be complete with a 25 mm bronze drain valve, the outlet of which
shall be capped with a brass plug.
v. Screens and baskets shall be of brass or stainless steel to suit the service intended. The
total free area of the installed screen shall be not less than 5 times of the internal cross
sectional area of the inlet pipe. Openings in the screen or basket shall be less than 1.5
mm and 3mm in diameter for valves sizes equal to or less than 100mm diameter and
equal to or larger than 125mm diameter respectively.
vi. Strainers shall be of adequate strength to withstand the working pressure.
TS-AC/139
MVAC INSTALLATION
m) Double Regulating and Balance Valves
i. Double regulating valves shall be provided as shown on the Drawings to ensure proper
balancing of water circuits.
ii. Balancing is to be carried out to meet specified water flow rate with a tolerance of ±10%.
iii. Flow measurement shall be with an accuracy better than ± 5% within the whole
measuring range. Measurement of flow and differential pressure shall be made with a
microprocessor instrument which enables the operator to read the flow directly without
the use of diagrams or tables.
iv. Pressure measuring nipples shall be provided as integral ports of the valve body for
measuring differential pressure and shall have suitable means for positive leak tight
shut-off when not in use.
v. Valves shall be of globe valve design with profiled plugs to control water and flow, to
reduce noise and cavitation.
vi. Adjustment and presetting of the flow shall be made with a multi-turn handwheel using a
digital scale with a resolution better than 2.5 % of the full scale.
vii. The setting shall be lockable with a mechanical stop, which allows the valve to be closed
but not to be opened further than the adjusted value. The mechanical stop shall be
concealed from view as far as possible.
viii. Valves shall offer the possibility for water-tight shut-off against the same water pressure
as the body pressure rating.
ix. Valves with thread connection in sizes from 10 to 50 mm shall be bronze, complete with
regulating disc having a logarithmic flow characteristic, position indicator and reinforced
nylon hand wheel. Body working pressure rating shall be of at least 20 bar at 150°C and
in compliance with BS 7350, BS 5154 and threaded to BS 21.
x. Valves with flanged connections from size 65 mm diameter and above shall be made of
cast iron equivalent to BSEN 1561 for a body pressure rating of at least 16 bar at 120°C
and in compliance with BS 7350, BS 5152 and flanged to BSEN 1092 unless otherwise
specified. The stem, seat and disk ring shall be of grade 316 stainless steel.
xi. Valves shall be sized to operate in a nominal measuring range of 50% to 100% of full
opening to ensure maximum accuracy and shall comply with manufacturer’s
recommended valve sizing methods. Calculation on sizing of valves shall be submitted
for review, and shall include information including valve size, Kv value, flow rate,
calculated differential pressure with valve preset.
TS-AC/140
MVAC INSTALLATION
xii. One set of measuring instrument shall be provided. The measuring instrument shall be
microprocessor based with an accuracy of ±1% of displayed value. The computerized
balancing instrument shall be powered by re-chargeable Ni-Cd batteries suitable for
operation from a 240 V, single phase 50 Hz power supply. The instrument shall be user-
friendly with self-prompting menu to guide the user. Units of measurement shall be
selectable as specified below:
Differential pressure bar, kPa,
mH2O Flow m3 /hr, l/hr, l/s
xiii. The instrument shall have memory storage space to store up to a minimum of 200
measured values and a minimum of 400 log values. These stored measured values and
log values can be directly viewed from the instrument or printout on a printer or viewed
on a computer. All necessary software shall be provided to enable viewing on a personal
computer.
n) Dirt Pockets and Drainage System
i. Provide dirt pocket at bottom of all water, steam and condensate risers. They shall not
be smaller than the full size of the riser and shall be approximately 150 mm long.
ii. Provide on each dirt pocket, 25 mm bronze hose gate valve, with hose cap and chain for
working pressure as specified.
iii. Provide 25mm drain pipe connecting the gate valve and the nearest floor drain.
TS-AC/141
MVAC INSTALLATION
o) Automatic Flow Control Valves
i. Provide automatic pressure compensating flow control valves of sizes as recommended

by manufacturer where indicated on the Drawings. Provide transformation pieces for
valves of different line size.
ii. Valves shall be factory set and shall automatically limit the rate of flow to the required
capacity within 5% accuracy over an operating pressure differential of at least 14 times
the minimum required for control.
iii. The control mechanism of the valve shall consist of a self-contained open- chamber
cartridge assembly with unobstructed flow internal working parts shall be stainless steel.
No plated materials are acceptable.
iv. The stainless steel cartridge assembly shall consist of a spring-loaded cup. The cup shall
be guided at two points and shall utilise the full available differential pressure across the
valve to actuate the cup and thereby reduce friction and hysteresis and eliminate binding.
It shall have a thin orifice plate for self cleaning of the variable inlet ports over the full
control range.
v. Valves shall be of control range of 9 kPa - 138 kPa differential pressure with the minimum
pressure drop of kPa to control flow. Cast iron valve bodies shall be provided with inlet
and outlet tappings suitable for connection of instruments for verification of flow rates.
Valve bodies shall be rated for system working pressure.
vi. Furnish certified performance data for the flow control valve based on independent
laboratory test.
vii. Each automatic flow control valve shall be furnished with a valve kit consisting of
6.35 mm x 50 mm minimum size nipples, quick-disconnect valves (to be located
outside of insulation), and fittings suitable for use with the measuring
instruments specified.
viii. Provide a metal identification tag, with chain for each installed valve. The tag to be
marked with model number and rated flow in l/s.
ix. Furnish flow measuring instrument to verify flow rates.
1. Correct flow shall be verified by establishing that the operating pressure differential
across the valve tappings is within the range indicated on the submittal data sheet for
that model number.
2. The pressure measuring apparatus shall be portable.
TS-AC/142
MVAC INSTALLATION
p) Thermometers
i. Furnish 225mm scale thermometers of adjustable angle type, V-shape case, glass front,
mercury-filled red reading column, separable socket connection complete with stainless
steel well, where indicated on the Drawings.
ii. Provide remote bulb temperature indicators with the temperature gauges mounted on a
wooden base when temperature sensing locations are higher than 3m above the floor.
q) Temperature/Pressure Gauges
i. Black enamel iron case 100mm diameter, threaded chromium-plated brass ring with
heavy glass, bronze spring tube, precision movement and micrometer adjustment.
Furnish pulsation dampers, steel pipe fittings and shutoff cocks of needle point globe
type, all brass, for the working pressure as specified.
ii. Provide remote temperature/pressure indicators with temperature/pressure gauges

mounted on a wooden base when temperature/pressure sensing locations are higher than
3m above the floor.
r) Gauge Cocks
i. Gauge instrument shall be fitted with a gauge cock between the instrument and the
service pipe.
ii. Gauge cock bodies shall be constructed from bronze and have a polished finish.
iii. Gauge cocks shall be of the straight pattern ground plug type with lever handle.
iv. All gauge cocks shall be of the 3-port type with the pipework on the drain/vent port
extended to discharge clear of all equipment and insulation.
v. Gauge cock connections shall conform to BS 21.
s) Electromagnet and Ultrasonic Flowmeters
i. The flowmeter shall be of the direct reading type in l/s, and shall be suitable for the
chemical and physical properties of the fluids to be measured and suitable for both
horizontal and vertical installations.
ii. Each flowmeter shall consist of a flow sensor, an integral signal converter/ transmitter
and a digital display unit. The flow sensor shall be installed in the pipework without
obstructing the flow. The protection class of the sensor and converter/transmitter housing
shall be at least to IP 67 and IP 65 respectively. The flowmeter shall have a constant
accuracy to a maximum error of ± 0.5% of the actual flow for flow velocity of greater than
or equal to 0.5 m/s. The installation of the flowmeter shall be as per the
TS-AC/143
MVAC INSTALLATION
manufacturer's recommendation with sufficient length of straight pipe ran both at the
upstream and downstream piping.
iii. The flowmeter shall conform to BSEN 50081 and BSEN 50082 or similar international
standards on Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) compliance for industrial and
commercial applications.
t) Energy Meters
i. The calculator unit of an energy meter shall calculate and display digitally the water
energy consumption in kWh with an accuracy to a maximum error of ±1.5% throughout
the range of measurement.
ii. The number of digits of accumulated energy consumption display shall not be less than
six.
iii. The housing protection for the microprocessor and calculator unit shall not be less than
IP 54.
iv. Signal connection facilities to the Central Control and Monitoring System / Building
Management System shall be provided for displaying the energy consumption computed,
the flow rate and temperature readings as specified.
TS-AC/144
MVAC INSTALLATION
u) Open Expansion and Make-up Tanks
i. Open expansion tanks for the complete MVAC/MVAC systems shall be provided. Sizes
and locations of the tanks are shown on the Drawings.
ii. Each tank shall be constructed of not less than 6mm thick steel plate with adequate
internal stays and bracings. Two coats of red lead primer, one marine under coat and
one marine finish coat shall be applied to the internal and external surfaces of the tank.
The finish coat shall be white or as specified.
iii. Each tank shall be complete with protected gauge glass and shut off valves, drain valves,
isolating valves, over flow, vent, outlet and drain, quick fill and funnel type fill
connection, make up float controller, level operated make up valve and low level alarm.
A bolted cover shall be provided for access to ball valve.
iv. Make-up controller shall consist of direct operated, externally mounted float controller
with cast iron body and seamless copper float 200mm diameter and shall operate
balanced level operated valve with bronze body and composition disc, suitable for cold
water. Valve shall be single seated, tight closing, with pressure drop not exceeding 35kPa
at design flow rate. Make-up valves installed in make-up line shall be arranged to spill
over tank funnel.
v) In Line Separators for Seawater or Well Water System
i. Provide separators for seawater or well water system where shown on Drawings.
ii. Separator shall be designed to remove 98% of all sand particles down to 74 microns.
Maximum pressure drop shall be less than 85 kPa at design flow rate.
iii. Entire body of separator shall be constructed of carbon steel coated for corrosion
resistance.
iv. Each separator shall have a timer operated pinch valve for slurry removal.
TS-AC/145
MVAC INSTALLATION
6.3 EXECUTION
a) General
i. Provide valves at points as shown on the Drawings or specified and arrange to give
complete and regulating control of piping on the Drawings systems. Provide valves full
size of line in which they are installed. Install valves with neat appearance and grouping,
so that all parts are easily accessible for operation and maintenance.
ii. Air Vent Valves:
1. Provide manual air vent assemblies at all high points necessary to purge air from piping
system. Connect copper tubing to the top of high point, or other location, and extend
down to a nearby floor drain.
2. Provide automatic type air vent valves where indicated and installed with a minimum
9mm diameter short pipe with globe valve in riser. Provide full size copper tubing drain
lines from automatic valve to the nearest floor drain.
b) Installation
i. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal but not inverted.
ii. Install gate or butterfly valves for shut-off and isolating service, to isolate equipment,
part of a system, or vertical riser.
iii. Install globe or angle valves for throttling service and control device or meter bypass.
iv. Provide spring-loaded Check valves on discharge side of water booster pumps.
v. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, and low points of piping and apparatus.
vi. Provide drain valves with threaded ends for hose connections.
TS-AC/146
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 7 AIR FILTERS AND AIR CLEANING EQUIPMENT
7.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture and installation of permanent air filters,
disposable air filters, activated carbon filters, auto-roll filters and air cleaning
equipment.
i. Filters and air cleaning equipment shall be adequately stored in dry area and protected
during shipping and construction.
ii. Filters shall not be fitted into the filter frames until necessary for commissioning.
iii. In design and purchase of equipment, provide for the interchangeability of items of
equipment, sub-assemblies and parts.
iv. All supply air systems shall be provided with filtering systems unless specifically noted on
the Drawings.
i. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Products shall be furnished by manufacturer who normally

supplies this type of equipment/materials and can show evidence that such
equipment/material have been in successful operation for at least five years.
ii. Codes and Specifications:
i. The air filters shall comply with the latest version of the following standards where
applicable :-
1. Underwriters Laboratories UL586 - Test Performance of High Efficiency Particulate,

Air Filter Units.
2. BSEN 779 – Particulate Air Filter for General Ventilation – Requirements, Testing,
Marking.
3. ASHRAE Standard 52.1 - Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-
Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter.
4. Eurovent 4/5 – Method of Testing Air Filters Used in General Ventilation.
TS-AC/147
MVAC INSTALLATION
ii. The fire property of air filters shall comply with the following standards where applicable :-
1. BS 476-4 – Non-Combustibility Test for Materials.
2. BS 476-6 – Method of Test for Fire Propagation for Products, with Indices “I” ≤ 12 and
“i1” ≤ 6.
3. UL900 – Standard for Air Filter Units, Class 1 or Class 2.
4. DIN 53438 Part 3 – Response to Ignition by A Small Flame, Surface Ignition, Class F1.
5. All filters or filter cells shall bear the identification label specifying one of the above
standards with associated manufacturer information.
iii. Electrostatic Precipitator (EP) shall be tested to comply UL867 and UL710.
iv. The air cleaning equipment (bio-oxygen generator & UV sterlizing light) shall comply with
the safety standard of Occupational, Safety and Hygienic Association (OSHA), USA and
Food & Drug Authority (FDA), USA.
iii. All filters, carbon filters, EP, air cleaning equipment, etc. shall comply with the latest
requirements of FSD and must be FSD approved type/model.
iv. Nameplates: Securely attach plate to each major item of equipment showing
manufacturer's name, serial and model number.
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue information and shop drawings for materials and equipment
showing dimensions, weights, ductwork connections and flange details, mounting and fixing
details, complete material specification and filtering efficiency.
ii. Submit independent laboratory test report on sample testing for every type of filter and air
cleaning equipment for proof of performance complying with this Specification.
iii. Submit copies of operation and maintenance manuals for all types of filters and air
cleaning equipment.
iv. Submit samples of all types of filters and air cleaning equipment for review.
TS-AC/148
MVAC INSTALLATION
7.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. Filter assemblies shall operate with at least the efficiencies specified in this Section.
ii. Filter shall be complete with robust enclosure, holding frames and housing constructed of
non-corrosive metal or mild steel galvanized in accordance with the relevant clauses of
„Painting and Labelling‟ Section of this Specification.
iii. The enclosure shall be constructed and assembled in such a manner that a rigid and
durable enclosure for the filter pack is provided.
iv. The periphery of the filter pack shall be continuously bonded to the inside of the enclosing
frame thus eliminating the possibility of air bypass.
v. Holding frames shall be factory fabricated and shall be equipped with gaskets and a
minimum of four heavy duty positive sealing fasteners. The gaskets shall be able to
prevent air bypass between the filter and frame, between the adjacent frames and between
the frames and housing. The fasteners shall be capable of being attached or removed
without the use of tools.
vi. The housing shall be factory fabricated and assembled. They shall incorporate access
doors, extruded aluminium tracks and individual holding frames designed to accommodate
standard size filters in efficiency and construction rating specified for the installation.
vii. All filter sections shall be designed and constructed in such a way that both washable and
disposable filters can be used.
viii. Face velocity of filters shall not be greater than 2.5m/s unless otherwise specified.
TS-AC/149
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Permanent Air Filters (Washable, Aluminium Filter Media and Frame)
i. Washable filters, unless otherwise specified, shall be fitted to all air handling units (AHU),
primary air handling units (PAU), fan coil units and fresh air intake fans.
ii. Flat panel-type filter units shall be of the cleanable cartridge-corrugated strips of expanded
aluminium mesh design.
iii. Dry type filters shall be of 50mm thick (25mm thick for fan coil unit only). Minimum
average dust weight arrestance efficiency shall be 65% (50% for 25mm thick) as per
ASHRAE Standard 52.1. Initial resistance shall not exceed 75 Pa at
2.5 m/s face velocity (40 Pa for 25mm thick at 1.5 m/s face velocity).
iv. Maximum air flow through filters shall not exceed manufacturer‟s published rated capacity.
v. Design to fit the space available and construct so as to prevent the passage of unfiltered
air.
vi. Furnish filter box with air-tight access panels for filters replacement, complete with
corrosion-resistant steel filter frame and clamps, gasketed and sealed to prevent air by-
pass.
vii. Face velocity of filters for fan coil units shall not be greater than 1.5m/s.
TS-AC/150
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Disposable Air Filters
i. Provide medium efficiency, pleated, disposable type air filters for AHU and PAU as
indicated on Drawing and/or Equipment Schedules.
ii. All filter sections of the AHUs as indicated shall be designed/constructed in such a way
that both washable and disposable filters can be used, and the face velocity for both such
filters shall not be greater than 2.5m/s. Face velocity of filters for fan coil units shall
not be greater than 1.5m/s.
iii. Filter media shall be of the non-woven cotton fabric type and shall be reinforced by a
woven scrim backing. The filter media shall have an average atmospheric dust-spot
efficiency of not less than 30% as per ASHRAE Standard 52.1 with initial resistance not
exceeding 75 Pa at 2.5m/s face velocity. It shall have an average dust weight arrestance
of not less than 80% as per ASHARE Standard
52.1 with initial resistance not exceeding 75Pa at 2.5m/s face velocity.
iv. The filters shall be 50mm thick, the effective filter media shall be not less than 0.7sq.m of
media per 0.1sq.m of filter face area and shall contain not less than 11 pleats per 0.3m.
v. The media support shall be a welded wire grid which shall be bonded to the filter media to
eliminate the possibility of media oscillation and media pull away. The media support grid
shall be formed in such a manner that it affects a radial pleat design, allowing total use of
filter media.
vi. The enclosing frame shall be constructed of a rigid, heavy-duty chipboard with diagonal
support members bonded to the air entering and air exit side of each pleat, to ensure pleat
stability. The inside periphery of the enclosing frame shall be bonded to the filter pack,
thus eliminating the possibility of air bypass.
vii. Holding frames shall factory fabricated of 1.2 mm galvanized steel and shall be equipped
with gaskets and spring type positive sealing fasteners (at least 4 numbers). Fasteners
shall be capable of being attached or removed without using tools.
viii. One complete sets of coarse filters shall be furnished for use during the construction,
testing and balancing period. Spare filters as per Clause 2.10 of this Section shall be
handed over to the Employer.
TS-AC/151
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Disposable Bag Type Filters
i. Provide disposable bag type filters for all AHU and PAU. This type of filters shall also be
provided for other equipment as specified or as shown on the Drawings.
ii. Both filter cartridge and frame shall be fabricated by one manufacturer from basic raw
materials.
iii. Air Filter Frame for the Filter Cartridge:
i. Air filter frame shall be constructed of light weight, durable extruded aluminium.
ii. The framing members shall be permanently gasketed to prevent the bypass of unfiltered
air.
iv. Air Filter Cartridge:
i. The percentage of open area of the full size cartridge face shall not be less than 90% of
the total face area.
ii. Air filter cartridge shall be constructed in a configuration to provide uniform dust loading
throughout the full net effective media area.
iii. Bag filter cartridge shall be self-support type without using retaining clip.
iv. Air flow velocity across filter shall be uniform as measured at any point of the cartridge.
v. Furnish filter media to satisfy the initial pressure drop across Bag Air Filter System of not
higher than 37.5Pa for 100% efficiency at 5 micron particle size.
vi. Bag filter shall have minimum discoloration efficiency of 55% according to ASHRAE
Standard 52 test method.
v. Permanent Holding Frame:
i. The permanent holding frame shall be corrosion resistant, 16 gauge galvanized steel
construction with matching rivet holes for installation.
ii. The construction of the permanent holding frame shall be such that the air filter cartridge
can be serviced from the sides, top, bottom, upstream or downstream of the filter as
required such that the filters can be replaced module by module.
TS-AC/152
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. The air filter cartridge shall be properly gasketed to the holding frame to prevent the by-
pass of unfiltered air.
vi. Prefilters
i. Prefilters shall be provided in association with bag filters.
ii. Prefilters shall be as specified in Clause 2.2A to F of this Section of the Specification.
e) Activated Carbon Filters
i. Carbon filters shall comprise activated carbon trays, slide-servicing, a 50mm disposable
panel prefilters and factory built side access housing of reinforced heavy gauge galvanized
steel.
ii. Air tight, removable access doors shall be provided at either side of the housing such that
carbon trays can be slid into the housing and retained in slide channels when an access
door is removed.
iii. Air resistance shall not exceed 80Pa at 2.5m/s face velocity.
iv. The absorbent bed in the panels shall be of uniform thickness packed to ensure that
compacting does not occur when the filter is in use. The absorbent shall be selected to give
optimum absorbing efficiency for the agents indicated and a minimum of 40kg shall be
provided for each m3/s of design air volume flow rate.
v. Maximum air flow through filter shall not exceed manufacturer‟s rated capacity.
TS-AC/153
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Auto-roll Filters
i. The filter shall comprise the complete assembly of filter frame, motor, drive, filter blockage
sensor and filter media.
ii. All sheet metal parts shall be of corrosion resistant galvanized steel construction.
iii. The filter media supplied in roll form and 50mm thickness, shall be fed automatically across
the face of the filter, while the used dirty media shall be rewound onto a roll at the other
end drum.
iv. Each roll shall not be less than 20 meters long for sufficient useful life before replacement
is required.
v. The filter shall operate automatically to maintain operating resistance within the range to
suit the filter media and the required operating efficiency.
vi. The filter shall advance the filter media automatically on the command from a pressure
switch, timer, or light-transmission control.
vii. The control circuit shall operate to ensure uniform feeding of the filter media for constant
dirt condition and loading. This shall not need re-calibration if the actual working condition
differs from design or if the system is of the variable air volume type. Visual or audible
warning to call for filter media replacement shall be provided.
viii. The driving motor shall be automatically switched off when the filter media end is reached
and a filter stop alarm shall be generated to alert filter replacement.
ix. The controls shall be factory wired and installed electrically to insure fail safe operation.
x. The filter shall be designed and constructed to allow continuous operation during routine
servicing and maintenance of the filter.
xi. The filter media shall be provided with an effective seal to minimize air bypass.
xii. The filter shall have an initial resistance not exceeding 45Pa and a mean resistance of
85Pa under designed operating conditions. The air velocity through the filter media shall
not exceed 2.5m/s. It shall have an average synthetic dust weight arrestance of not less
than 80% by ASHRAE Standard 52.1, unless otherwise specified.
TS-AC/154
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Electrostatic Precipitators (EP)
i. EP shall comply with local environmental and fire regulations.
ii. Average atmosphaic dust-spot efficinency shall not be less than 95% by ASHRAE
Standard 52.1 and an initial resistance shall not exceed 120Pa at design air flow volume
rate.
iii. For the application for kitchen ventilation, the minimum oily fume and odour removal
efficiency shall be of 90% and 50% respectively.
iv. The unit shall be a minimum 16 gauge galvanised steel construction with epoxy coating.
v. Hinged access panels shall be provided for easy access to the pre-filter section, ionisation
chamber, collection cell and after-filter. Access panels shall provide with continuous
perimeter gaskets for leakage seal.
vi. Each power pack shall generate 9,500V DC for the ionisation chamber and 4,700V DC
for the collection cell for effective precipitation of the oily or odour particles.
vii. Current limited devices shall be provided to limit the maximum current flow not exceeding
5mA.
viii. Each section shall be designed and positioned in slide rack to facilitate maintenance and
cleaning. Removable components shall be provided with proper seal guides to minimize
by-passing of air.
ix. The electronic cell or main cell shall be cast aluminium alloy, each cell shall consist of two
sections, ionizer and collector.
x. Ionization chamber shall consist of tungsten charged wires with ground plate. The ionising
wires ae under tension by spring connectors on the cell top and bottom.
xi. Interconnecting wiring shall be high temperature rating type an shall not be exposed to the
air-stream.
xii. Safety protection shall be provided to trip off power supply to the unit whenever any access
door is open.
xiii. Pilot light shall be provided for indication of normal function of power pack and
filter/collection cell clogged.
xiv. The EP shall be equipped with automatic self-washing system and completed with timer
control and automatic interlock with ventilation fan on/off.
TS-AC/155
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Bio-Oxygen Generators (Air Purifiers)
i. The bio-oxygen generator shall be capable of reducing bacteria and airborne contaminants
within the area concerned. All components of the bio-oxygen generator, which are within
the air stream, shall comply with the latest requirement of Fire Services Department.
ii. Bio-oxygen generators shall have removal efficiencies not less than 95% of airborne
bacteria (total count), 95% of airborne particulate of 0.5 micron to 5.0 micron, 95% of
cigarette smoke particles, 80% of odours and 95% of hydrogen sulphide. Manufacturer‟s
certificates and independent laboratory test reports shall be submitted for substantiation.
iii. The bio-oxygen generator shall consist of a power generator and screw-in electrode tubes.
The length of each electrode shall not be less than 400mm. Each electrode shall handle a
maximum of 200m3 room volume for general air conditioning application. The optimum
configuration of each bio-oxygen generator shall be recommended by the manufacturer to
satisfy the specified performance in each application. Selection details shall be submitted
for review.
iv. Each bio-oxygen generator shall be suitable for ductwork mounting and shall consist of
electrode tubes and power generator with built in output regulator. The electrode tube shall
consist of electrodes, glass tube and a thread connector at the base of the tube for
connection with the tube socket provided at the power generator. Each tube shall be
covered by stainless steel mesh and earthed by the grounding leaf spring connected to the
power generator. No high voltage part shall be exposed and accessible. All parts in
contact with air shall be corrosive resistant. The required quantity and output of the
electrode tubes for each air handling plant shall follow manufacturer‟s recommendation,
and shall be sufficient to handle the design air flow rate and the volume of the room being
served.
v. The power generator of the bio-oxygen generator shall operate on 220 Volt 50Hz single
phase power supply. The power generator shall be equipped with built-in regulator for
output adjustment. The power generator shall also be fitted with an on/off switch, on/off
indicator lamps, output regulating rotary switch, overload circult breaker and electrode tube
sockets.
vi. The electrode tubes shall consist of screw-in base and a glass tube. The electrode tube
shall be covered with a stainless steel mesh and shall be earthed by means of an earth
clip connected to the power generator.
vii. The output voltage of bio-oxygen generator shall vary from 4500 to 7500 volts in ten steps.
Output voltage out of this range shall not be accepted. Site tests shall be carried out to
verify the output voltage.
viii. The bio-oxygen generator shall not generate ozone in the proposed areas in excess of the
safety standards specified by the Occupational, Safety and Hygienic Association (OSHA),
USA and Food & Drug Authority (FDA), USA. Site tests shall be carried out to verify the
ozone level in the occupied zones.
TS-AC/156
MVAC INSTALLATION
ix. The bio-oxygen generator shall be mounted using stainless steel mounting flange provided
by the same manufacturer.
x. The bio-oxygen generator shall be wired so that the units can be unplugged and removed
for regular cleaning and maintenance. Under no circumstances must the machines be
hard wired such that they cannot be removed for regular servicing.
xi. The power generator shall be equipped with a micro-processor and shall be wired up to
form a bus system and then connected to the Building Management System (BMS) or
CCMS via RS232 or RS485 for remote control and monitoring.
xii. The bio-oxygen generator shall be controlled in either Auto or Manual mode. In Auto mode,
the units shall be switched on/off at a pre-determined time period.
i) Ultra-Violet Sterilizing Light (UV)
i. The ultra-violet sterilizing light shall be UL listed and all components within the air stream
shall comply with latest requirement of Fire Services Department. It shall be capable of
killing mould and other airborne microbial contaminants within the area concerned such as
cold, flu and measles viruses, Legionella, tuberculosis and other bacteria, viruses and
mould spores.
ii. the sterilizing light shall have one pass bacterial removal efficiency not less than 95% of
Total Bacteria Count (TBC) Test, unless otherwise specified in the Particular Specification.
The sterilizing light (UV) shall not generate ozone in the proposed areas in excess of the
Safety Standards specified by the Occupational, Safety and Hygienic Association (OSHA),
USA and Food & Drug Authority (FDA), USA. Site tests shall be carried out to verify the
ozone level in the occupied zones.
iii. Each unit shall be suitable for ductwork mounting or integrated with the AHU and shall
consist of emitter tube and power generator with built-in output regulator. The emitter
tube shall consist of electrodes, glass tube and a thread connector at the base of the tube
for connection with the tube socket provided a the power generator. Each tube is capable
of producing broadband UV waveform in the range around 250-nm mercury spectral line.
The required quantity and output of the emitter tubes for each air handling plant shall follow
the manufacturer‟s recommendation, which shall be sufficient to handle the design air flow
rate and the volume of the room being served.
iv. The power generator shall operate on 220 Volt 50Hz single phase power supply. The power
generator shall be equipped with built-in regulator for output adjustment. The power
generator shall also be fitted with an on/off switch, on/off indicator lamps, output regulating
rotary switch, overload circuit breaker and electrode tube sockets.
v. The operation status shall be monitored by BMS or CCMS.
TS-AC/157
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Spares
i. Provide 5% spare filters for each type of fan coil unit.
ii. Provide two set of spare disposable filters for each PAU & AHU.
iii. Provide a spare roll of filter media for each unit of auto-roll filters.
iv. Provide two set of spare activated carbon filters.
v. Provide 5% spares of electrode tube (bio-oxygen generator) and 5% spares of emitter tube
(UV sterilizing light).
vi. All spare filters and equipment shall be handed over to the Employer after testing and
commissioning.
TS-AC/158
MVAC INSTALLATION
7.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Fit equipment and appurtenance to the space provided and make readily serviceable.
ii. Install filters and air cleaning equipment on air handling units, primary air handling units,
fan coil units and fresh air intake fans as shown on Drawings.
iii. Galvanized transitions shall be provided for connecting the filter box to the equipment and
the associated ductwork. Access door with ample size shall also be provided for filter and
air cleaning equipment inspection. Details of construction shall be submitted for review.
iv. Filters shall be formed by modules of maximum size 600mm x 600mm and the gaps
between the modules and the holding frame shall be of box type properly gasketed to
prevent leakage. Galvanized transitions shall be provided for connecting the filter box to
the equipment and the associated duct work.
v. Except for auto-roll filters, install filter flag indicators or other filter pressure drop indicators
to indicate need for replacement of air filters for all air handling units, primary air units,
ventilating units and fresh air or transfer air intake fans for all scheduled premises areas.
TS-AC/159
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECCTION 8 ACOUSTIC TREATMENT
8.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the supply, manufacture, requirements of the acoustic

materials, their use and installation, and sound attenuation fitments.
i. The requirements indicated on the Drawings and/or the Equipment Schedule shall be
applicable to the associated equipment and the sound level requirements shall be
satisfactorily met with. Acoustic calculations for all fans, AHUs, PAUs, fan coil units, split
type A/C units, pumps, compressors, chillers, etc., shall be submitted for review.
ii. Acoustic attenuation, attenuators, acoustic louvres shall be installed as indicated on the
Drawings and/or herein specified.
iii. Deliver acoustic equipment and materials securely wrapped, packaged and labelled for
safe handling
iv. Label each item with manufacturer‟s name and brand designation, the reference
specification and characteristics of application.
v. Store equipment and materials in dry and dust free areas to avoid caulking of the infill and
secure storage facility. The material and products shall be free from scratch or corrosion.
vi. EPD‟s noise control requirements shall be noted and complied with.
Noise generated from the selected and installed equipment together with the air ducts,
louvres, silencers, etc., shall not exceed the permitted noise level nor contribute towards a
combined noise level which exceeds the permitted noise level.
i. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Products shall be furnished by manufacturer who normally

supplies this type of equipment and materials and who can show evidence of having
furnished such equipment and materials that have been in successful operation for a period
of at least five years.
ii. Quality Control:
i. Conduct tests for sound attenuators on dynamic insertion loss performance in accordance
with ASTM-E477 “Duct to Reverberation room” method with air flowing through the sound
attenuator at rated capacity, with forward and reverse flow direction. The test section shall
TS-AC/160
MVAC INSTALLATION
be at the middle of a long straight duct run to reduce the effect on random incidence of
the sound wave and to obtain a more reliable pressure loss rating of the air downstream
of the attenuator.
ii. Conduct tests for acoustic materials on sound transmission loss performance, sound
absorption coefficients etc. in accordance with ASTM E90, E413 and C423 as appropriate.
iii. A Noise Assurance Plan shall be submitted for review to demonstrate how the restrictions
on noise levels and the acceptable noise limits specified in the Specification will be
achieved.
iv. The products shall satisfy the following:
i. Classification as incombustible in accordance with BS 476 Class O.
ii. All requirements of HKFSD.
v. Nameplate: Attach nameplate to each acoustic equipment showing manufacturer‟s name,

serial and model number and the normal direction of flow.
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue information and shop drawings showing dimensions, operating
weights, ductwork connection details, mounting and fixing details, complete material
specification.
ii. Submit certificates to show that the materials meet the specified requirements. The
certificates shall include test results on Dynamic Insertion Loss at rated capacity with
forward and reverse flow, self-generated noise and pressure drop in accordance with
ASTM E477.
iii. Submit sample of acoustic lining.
iv. Mounting and fixing details for sound attenuators shall include details and dimensions of
all ductwork and equipment connections, vibration isolation, fixing bolts, and any special
builder‟s work requirement.
v. Mounting and fixing for duct and plantroom lining shall clearly indicate methods of fixing,
support channels, type of adhesives used, protective coating etc.
vi. Include a noise assurance plan in the acoustic calculations for all noise generating
equipment
TS-AC/161
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Noise Criteria
The acoustic treatment selected shall meet the following noise criteria.
Room NC
Location (Not greater than)
1. All Plant rooms NC 55
2. Control Rooms NC 55
3. Lift Lobbies NC 45
4. Lift Machine Rooms NC 55
5. LV Switch rooms NC 55
6. Lobbies & Public Spaces NC 45
7. Pantries NC 45
8.Pump Rooms NC 55
9. Retail NC 40
10. Store NC 40
11. TBE Rooms NC 55
12.Water Meter Room NC 55
13. Refuse Storage and Material Recovery Chamber NC 55
14. Open plan office NC 40
15. Toilet NC 45
16.Loading / Unloading NC 55
In addition to the requirement shown above, acoustic treatment shall be applied to all
ductwork/equipment by all means such that the noise level for all external fresh air
intake louvres and exhaust air louvres shall not exceed the limit set by the EPD.
TS-AC/162
MVAC INSTALLATION
8.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. All sound attenuations shall be selected from the standard range of a single manufacturer.
All plant room and duct lining shall be selected from the standard range of a single
manufacturer though not necessarily the same manufacturer as that for attenuators.
ii. All material and equipment for the acoustical treatment for any system within this project
shall be wholly imported. However, locally assembled sound attenuation using imported
materials may be acceptable providing they fully meet the requirements of Specification,
are submitted for review and responded with no objection by the Architect/Engineer in
writing prior to ordering.
b) Sound Attenuators
i. Outer casings of rectangular sound attenuators shall be made of 1.2mm thick galvanized
steel.
ii. Internal partitions for rectangular silencers shall be made of not less than 0.6mm thick
galvanized perforated steel sheet.
iii. Internal stiffeners shall be made of not less than 0.8mm galvanized steel. Perforated sheet
holes shall be 2.4mm diameter spaced in 4.8mm staggered centres.
iv. The inlet and discharge ends shall be of bell mouth shape with the intake bell mouth made
from not less than 0.8mm galvanized steel, properly jointed to the perforated sheets.
v. The splitters shall be attached to the casing with proper reinforcement such that any part
of the splitter shall not vibrate nor detach from the casing during operation.
vi. The air passage shall be reasonably straight so that the rated pressure drop and dynamic
insertion loss rating shall not be exceeded.
vii. The infill shall be of inorganic mineral of glass fibre of at least 40kg/m3 and be packed
under not less than 10% compression to eliminate voids due to vibration and setting.
Material shall be inert, vermin and moisture proof.
viii. All cut surfaces for the sheet metal and welded spots shall be coated with zinc rich paints.
ix. All seams of the sound attenuator shall be applied with a duct sealing compound and shall
be air tight when operating at 1,200Pa static pressure and rated capacity.
x. Sound attenuator shall not fail structurally when subjected to a differential air pressure of
2kPa and shall be suitable for continuous use in an air stream temperature of 250 C for
not less than one hour when it is used in smoke extraction system.
xi. Design for pressure drop shall not exceed nominal pressmen drop and dynamic insertion
loss shall be equal to or greater than specified.
TS-AC/163
MVAC INSTALLATION
xii. In case when the sound attenuators are built from modules, fix the attenuators according
to the manufacturer‟s recommendation.
xiii. Where sound attenuators are selected for outdoor operation, they shall be completely
weather-proofed and treated against corrosion.
c) Fan
i. In all cases, select the fans with the highest efficiency and lowest possible sound power
level.
ii. Sound power level for all eight octave frequency bands at audible range with reference to
10-12W shall be submitted for review.
d) Diffusers, Grilles, Registers
i. In all cases the diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be carefully selected for the lowest
noise generation possible consistent with good air distribution.
e) Duct Bends
Duct bends which are close to the fan outlet and/or pass over critical areas shall be
lined with 30mm thick, 48kg/m3 fiberglass with protecting surfaces. The duct lining
shall extend for at least 3 meters on both arms of the elbow.
TS-AC/164
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Acoustic Linings for Ducts
i. Apply acoustic linings where specified or shown on the Drawings.
ii. Lining shall be manufactured from long textile type glass fibres bonded together with a
thermosetting setting resin and shall be moisture resistant. The air stream surface shall be
overlaid with a fire-resistant black arcylic coating such that no fibre erosion occurs at the
rated air velocities and velocities up to 30m/s.
iii. Lining shall be semi-rigid and coated with a black pigmented, fire resistant coating on
the side towards the air stream. This coating shall be tightly bonded to the surface fibers
to resist damage during installation and in service, and to provide a tough air stream
surface for a flow velocity up to 30m/s.
iv. The insulation material shall be non-hygroscopic,inert and vermin-proof.
v. The acoustic linings shall be 50mm thick, 80kg/m3 and shall have the following minimum
sound absorption coefficients according to ASTM C423.
Octave Bands Sound Absorption
Centre Frequency, Hz Coefficient
125 0.36
250 0.91
500 1.19
1000 1.2
2000 1.07
4000 1.05
NRC 0.98
vi. Lining shall comply with BS 476-4 and be approved by HKFSD.
TS-AC/165
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Acoustic Panels
i. Furnish acoustic panels as shown on the Drawings.
ii. Panels shall be of minimum 100mm thick and shall be fabricated with 1.2mm perforated
galvanised steel inner sheet and 1.9mm cold rolled GI steel outer sheet. Interior panel
perforation shall be of 2.4mm round holes on 4.8mm staggered centres.
iii. Panels shall be filled with glass fibre insulation of 40kg/m3 minimum density with following
UL Composite Fire Resistance Ratings:
- Flame Spread 15
- Smoke Developed 0
- Fuel Distributed 0
iv. The insulation material shall be non-hygroscopic, inert and vermin-proof.
TS-AC/166
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Acoustic Louvres
i. Unless otherwise specified, the acoustic louvers to be installed to the external walls of
plant rooms when specified shall be 300mm thick.
ii. Outer casings shall be made of 1.6 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. The noise absorbing
surfaces of the louver blades shall be made of 0.8mm thick perforated galvanized sheet
steel and all other surfaces of the louver blades shall be made of 0.8mm thick
galvanized sheet steel.
iii. Louvre blades shall be filled with glass fiber of density 48 kg/m3.
iv. The acoustic louvers shall have the following minimum Transmission Loss (TL).
Octave Band Insertion

Loss
Centre Freq. (Hz) (dB)
125 7
250 11
500 12
1000 13
2000 14
4000 12
8000 9
v. Static pressure drop of louvers shall not exceed 50Pa at a face velocity of 2.2m/s.
TS-AC/167
MVAC INSTALLATION
8.3 EXECUTION
i) Installation
i. Install sound attenuators in accordance with the manufacturer‟s recommendations and

printed instructions.
ii. Properly locate the sound attenuators such that noise break-in to ductwork on the
„quiet‟ side of the attenuator or noise break-out from the ductwork in between the
noise source and the attenuator shall be adequately controlled. Where this is not
achievable, the affected ductwork shall be acoustically lagged to control noise
break-out / break-in.
iii. Fit sound attenuators to the space available without restricting the air flow.
iv. Provide sheet metal transitions, suspensions, vibration isolators or supports and concrete
pads as shown on the Drawings and where necessary.
v. Provide duct liner where specified or shown on the Drawings or required for proper
installation.
vi. Sound attenuators for the chillers and cooling towers shall be painted with primer and
finished the same as chiller‟s / cooling tower‟s finishes.
TS-AC/168
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 9 VIBRATION CONTROL
9.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, supply and installation of vibration eliminators
and flexible neoprene connectors.
i. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, mount all mechanical equipment on vibration
isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and vibration-induced noise to the building
structure and all occupied areas.
ii. Select vibration isolators in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce
reasonably uniform deflection.
iii. The mountings shall be selected to provide adequate isolation of vibration at the lowest
operating speed for rotating components.
iv. The springs selected for any given application shall be non-resonant with the equipment’s
or support structure’s natural frequencies.
v. Vibration isolaotion provision shall be such that vibration will not be perceptible to
occupants. A root-means-square surface vibration velocity of 0.1 mm/s shall be taken as
a reference limit of perception.
Furnish equipment, which are the product of a manufacturer who normally supplies this
type of equipment and can show evidence that such equipment have been in successful
operation for a period of at least five years.
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue information and shop drawings for material and equipment, test
certificates, etc. for review.
ii. Submit spring deflections, isolating efficiency, spring type and mounting methods for all
equipment.
TS-AC/169
MVAC INSTALLATION
9.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. All isolation equipment shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer.
b) Spring Type Isolators
i. Spring type isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and
complete with 6mm neoprene acoustical friction pads between the baseplate and the
support.
ii. All mountings shall have levelling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment.
iii. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated
load with a horizontal spring stiffness 1-1 times the rated vertical spring stiffness.
iv. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection.
c) Spring Type Isolators with Limit Stops
i. Equipment with operating weight different from the installed weight such as pumps, chillers,
boilers, etc. and equipment exposed to the wind such as roof mounted plants shall be
mounted on spring mountings as described herein, except that the vertical limit stops
shall be included to prevent spring extension when weight or some of the weight is removed.
ii. The installed and operating heights shall be the same.
iii. A minimum clearance of 12 mm shall be maintained around restraining bolts so as not to

interfere with the spring action.
iv. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operations.
v. Mountings used outdoors shall be hot dipped galvanised.
TS-AC/170
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Vibration Hangers
i. Vibration hangers shall consist of a steel welded cage containing a steel spring and 8mm
deflection neoprene element in series. The neoprene/rubber element shall be molded with
a rod isolation bushing that passes through the hanger box.
ii. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the
hanger rod to swing through a 30° arc before contacting the hole and short- circuiting the
spring.
iii. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection.
iv. Neoprene isolators shall be protected from overload by metal to metal restraints or lateral
containment.
v. Stainless steel shall be used for externally used spring mounts.
e) Flexible Neoprene Connectors
i. Provide flexible neoprene connectors to the inlet and outlet of chillers, pumps, boilers,
cooling towers and other equipment as shown on the Drawings.
ii. Manufactured of multiple piles of nylon tire cord fabric and neoprene both molded and
cured in hydraulic rubber presses.
iii. Steel wire or rings shall not be used as pressure reinforcement.
iv. Straight connectors shall be of twin sphere construction whilst elbow connectors shall be
of single-sphere construction unless otherwise specified.
v. Manufactured with floating steel flanges recessed to lock the connector’s raised face
neoprene flanges.
vi. All connectors shall be rated at a minimum of 1035 kPa at 100 oC.
vii. All connections shall be made with flanged sphere or twin-spheres properly pre- extended
as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent additional elongations under pressure.
Provide control tie-rods for all flexible connectors as recommended by the manufacturer.
viii. Flexible connectors shall have a life in excess of 10 years under design working condition.
TS-AC/171
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Vibration Pads
i. Vibration pads shall be neoprene in-shear multi-layer waffle type with steel shims in
between waffles.
ii. Material used for pad or mat type mounting may be cellular, ribbed or studded. Pads and
mats shall normally be bonded to both the supported and supporting surfaces.
iii. Cork pads or mats shall not be used.
g) Horizontal Thrust Restraints
i. Air handling equipment shall be protected where necessary against excessive

displacement which might result from high air thursts in relation to the equipment weight.
ii. Thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene pad. The spring
element shall be contained within a steel frame and designed so it can be preset for thrust
at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 6mm movement at start
and stop.
iii. The assembly shall be furnished with one threaded rod and two angle brackets for
attachment to both the equipment and ductwork or the structure. Horizontal restraints shall
be attached at the centre line of thrust and symmetrically on eith side of the unit.
h) Ductwork Flexible Connections
i. Materials and installation methods for all flexible connections between ductwork systems
and equipment shall comply with the requirements of DW144.
ii. Sound isolating flexible connections shall be provided at the suction and delivery
connections of all fans and air handling units and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or
as may be required to eliminate vibration.
iii. At least 25mm slack shall be allowed in these connections to insure that no vibration is
transmitted from fan to duct work. The fabric shall either be folded in with the metal or
attached with metal collar frames at each end to prevent air leakage.
iv. Connections shall be made from neoprene-coated glass fabric or acceptable equal. All
connectors shall comply with the latest requirement of FSD. Relevant certificates shall be
submitted.
TS-AC/172
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Concrete Inertia Bases
i. Concrete inertia bases shall be formed within a structural steel beam or channel frame
reinforced as required to prevent flexing, misalignment of the drive and driven units or
transferral of stresses into equipment. The base shall be complete with height saving
brackets, concrete reinforcement and equipment bolting down provisions.
ii. The thickness of concrete inertia bases shall be as recommended by the equipment
manufacturer but not less than 150mm nor 1/12th of the longest dimension of the base.
The base depth shall not exceed 300mm unless specifically required.
iii. Base forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcement consisting of 13mm bars or
angles welded in place at 150mm centres running both ways in a layer of 40mm above the
bottom, or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions.
iv. Unless otherwise specified, concrete inertia bases shall weigh from 2 to 3 times the
combined weight of the equipment/plant to be installed thereon.
v. Base forms shall be furnished with drilled steel members and with anchor-bolt sleeves
welded below the holes where the anchors fall in concrete locations.
vi. Height saving brackets shall be provided in all mounting locations to maintain a base
clearance of 50mm.
TS-AC/173
MVAC INSTALLATION
9.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Air Handling Units, Primary Air Handling Units and Fans
1) Mount on an integral steel base, with a common member running the full length of the fan
and motor of sufficient rigidity.
2) Limit movement with horizontal trust restraints shall be provided for all fans.
3) Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, minimum static deflection for spring isolators
shall be 25mm.
ii. Pipeworks and Ductworks
1) All pipeworks and ductworks connecting to vibrating equipment shall be

mounted/supported on minimum 25mm static deflection spring hangers within the plant
room or 15m from the equipment whichever the greater.
2) All pipeworks and ductworks passing building expansion/movement joints shall be provided
with flexible joints with appropriate rating.
iii. Horizontal Pipe Isolation
1) Vibration hangers shall be provided generally for pipes inside the various A/C plant rooms.
2) Minimum steel spring static deflection of hangers and isolators shall be as follows:-
Minimum
Pipe Size (mm) Static Deflection (mm)
Up to 75 20
75 to 150 38
iv. Vertical and Riser Pipe Isolation
1) Risers shall be suspended from or supported by hangers or mountings as indicated on the

Drawings. All riser pipes shall be resiliently suspended at intervals of 8 meters.
2) Specification same as horizontal pipe isolation.
TS-AC/174
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 10 SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
10.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, supply and installation of air-cooled, split-type
air conditioning units consisting of an indoor evaporator unit, filter and outdoor air
cooled condensing unit, control unit and the inter-connection wiring, piping and
accessories.
i. Provide covers for the inlet and outlet of the units.
ii. Store the units in crates and well cover and protect them until ready for installation.
iii. Protect the units from mechanical damages and corrosion during transit and installation.
Fins with minor damage shall be combed straight. Units with extensive damage shall be
rejected.
iv. Provide all necessary equipment and structural steel for hoisting and the proper
installation of the units.
v. All acoustical and thermal insulation including facings and adhesive shall be fire-
resistant and conform to the latest requirements of FSD.
vi. Provide split air conditioning units with capacity and duty shown on the Equipment
Schedule.
i. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Split-type air conditioning units shall be furnished by a

manufacturer who normally supplies such equipment and can show evidence that such
equipment have been in successful operation for a period of at least five years.
ii. Reference Codes and Specifications:
1. Codes and regulations of jurisdictional authorities.
2. ARI Standard 210/240.
3. UL Requirements.
TS-AC/175
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Nameplates: Securely attached to each unit showing manufacturer’s name, serial and
model number and data of manufacture.
d) Submittals
i. Submit shop drawings showing plans, elevations and sections, dimensions of equipment,
electrical wiring and control diagram, piping connection arrangements, floor requirements,
mounting and fixing details.
ii. Submit manufacturer’s data indicating total kW loads, compressor motor, electrical
characteristic, sound power rating, installation and testing procedures.
iii. Submit manufacturer’s printed operation and maintenance instruction and describe
operation procedures and maintenance sequences.
iv. Submit detailed calculation and product data sheets to demonstrate and justify that the
actual corrected cooling capacity of the proposed / selected split-type air- conditioning units
shall be not less than the required cooling capacity specified in the Equipment Schedule
under the most adverse installed condition as shown on the Drawings.
v. Submit a complete list of all spares and accessories as recommended by the

manufacturer.
vi. Submit reports of factory and field tests and certificates.
vii. Submit acoustic calculation to counter Check the noise generated by all indoor and
outdoor units do not exceed the acceptable noise level set by the local authority or in this
specification before ordering of equipment.
viii. Submit complete material list.
ix. Mounting and fixing details shall include details and dimensions of bases, fixing bolts,
supporting steelwork and any special builder's work requirement.
TS-AC/176
MVAC INSTALLATION
10.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. Units shall be of minimum vibration and noise level during operation. Additional vibration
isolators and sound attenuators shall be provided without extra cost if noise and vibration
are found excessive and not within the normal acceptable standards.
ii. Pump down system shall be arranged.
iii. Provide units completely piped, wired, charged, and factory tested as a package.
iv. Design capacities shall be as shown on the Drawings.
v. All components dehydrated, sealed and shipped with holding charge/refrigerant.
b) Split-type Evaporator Unit
i. Construct welded cabinet of 1.6mm or heavier, die-formed, electro-galvanized steel.
ii. Containing junction boxes, polarized sockets and plugs for chassis electrical connection.
iii. Front panels and return air grilles shall be assembled to be removable for cleaning and
access.
iv. The unit shall be provided with an insulated condensate drain pan.
v. Line interior casing with moisture, vermin and rot-proof mat-faced 25mm thick fibre glass.
vi. Discharge grilles where required shall be adjustable blades type in four directions.
vii. Insulate discharge plenum.
viii. Provide metal constructed return air grille in louvre form with frame for holding filters.
Provide frame work for installing filters externally to the units in case ducted return system
is adopted. Details to be submitted for review.
ix. Finish cabinet with a high quality backed-on enamel paint. Colour shall be reviewed by
Architect/Engineer. Proper primer and undercoat shall be applied prior to applying finish
coats.
x. Provide removable panels or access door for all accessories.
TS-AC/177
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Split-type Condensing Unit
i. Weatherproof for outdoor installation.
ii. Fabricated of 1.6mm minimum galvanized steel.
iii. Paint exterior surfaces with weather-resistant enamel coating.
iv. Provide removable panels for access to all accessories.
v. Galvanized screws, bolts and units shall be used for panel fixing.
vi. Provide a stainless steel drain pan with drain pipe under each indoor condensing unit for
collection of condenser coil cleansing water.
d) Compressor
i. Reciprocating, scroll, hermetically or semi-hermetically sealed type, refrigerant cooled.
ii. High/low pressure cut-outs with manual resets.
iii. Compressor motor protected by means of overload relays and internal winding
thermostat and low oil pressure contact.
iv. Mounted on rubber isolated spring mounting.
v. Recycling guard timer and control circuit.
vi. For compressor having a refrigeration duty in excess of 35kW, capacity control at partial
load operation for compressor shall be operated by means of automatic unloader or staging
of compressor.
vii. Compressors operated with duty above 15kW shall be complete with the following:
1. Crankcase heater.
2. Suction and discharge shut off valves.
3. Crankcase sight-glass.
4. Oil strainer
TS-AC/178
MVAC INSTALLATION
5. Manual reset oil failure switch with time delay.
viii. Start on no load condition.
ix. For multi-compressors with individual crankcase and motor, the following shall be
incorporated:
1. Timer shall be provided so that only one compressor can start at a time.
2. Crankcase pressure equalizer.
3. Oil equalizer.
4. Separate wiring and refrigerant piping shall be provided for each compressor.
5. Controls and accessories for no-load starting.
e) Refrigerant Circuit
i. Provide thermostatic expansion valve, remote bulb and equalizer direct expansion coil.
ii. Provide refrigerant filter for expansion valve.
iii. Provide dryer-filter.
iv. Provide sight-glass and moisture indicators which shall be installed at inlet of dryer-filter
and expansion valve.
v. Provide liquid receiver with automatic release valve where necessary.
vi. Install liquid sight-glass indicator in liquid line close to receiver.
vii. Provide solenoid valve for each evaporator coil.
viii. Provide hot gas muffler on the discharge side where necessary.
ix. Provide service valves in liquid and hot gas lines.
x. Provide pressure gauges to indicate suction and discharge pressure.
xi. Provide pump down control with automatic valve where necessary.
xii. Refrigerant shall be of zero ozone depletion potential type.
TS-AC/179
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Evaporator Coil
i. Direct expansion type, fabricated of seamless copper tubing with aluminium fins,
mechanically bonded to tubing.
ii. Maximum fin spacing: 14 fins per 25mm.
iii. Cooling capacity selection based on the following conditions:
1. Entering wet bulb temperature at the evaporator.
2. Entering ambient temperature at the condenser coil.
iv. Factory-installed thermal expansion valve for refrigerant control.
v. Leak test at minimum 2500kPa gas pressure shall be carried out with all devices isolated.
g) Condenser Coil
i. Air cooled type fabricated of seamless copper tubing with mechanically bonded
aluminium plate fins.
ii. Maximum fin spacing 12 fins per 25mm.
iii. Capable of a total heat rejection based on 35°C ambient temperature.
TS-AC/180
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Evaporator Fan and Motor
i. Centrifugal fan shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet.
ii. Fan wheels dynamically and statically balanced.
iii. Fan belt drives designed for 150 percent of required fan motor power.
iv. Fan and motor having permanently lubricated type ball bearings with L10 life expectancy
of 50,000 hours.
v. Motor mounted on adjustable base.
vi. Motors equipped with built-in automatic reset device for protecting against overloading
and overheat.
vii. Brake kW selected to drive the fan at the air volume and static pressure as shown on the
Drawings.
viii. Electrical characteristics: 380V, 3 phase 50Hz.
ix. Motor sized 20% (minimum) greater than the fan shaft power requirements.
TS-AC/181
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Condenser Fan and Motor
i. Direct-driven propeller type fan of corrosion resistant construction.
ii. Fan dynamically and statically balanced.
iii. Motor shall be protected by built-in automatic reset device for protecting against
overloading and overheat.
iv. Brake horsepower selected to drive the fan at the air volume and static pressure as
shown on the Drawings.
v. Electrical characteristics: 380V, 3 phase 50Hz.
vi. Fans and motors: Permanently lubricated type ball bearing suitable for outdoor
application.
vii. All components dehydrated, sealed and shipped with bonding charge.
viii. Complete with contactors and start relays.
ix. Fans shall be protected with heavy gauge welded wire fan guards galvanized after
fabrication.
j) Filters
Washable type as specified in ‘Filter’ section of this Specification.
TS-AC/182
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Condensate Drain Pan
i. Drain pan shall be extended under complete coil section.
ii. For short coil section, drain pan shall be extended under complete fan and coil section.
iii. Drain pan shall be constructed from 1.2mm galvanized steel together with:
1. Insulated with 25mm (minimum) thick fiberglass insulation faced with additional aluminium
foil vapour barrier.
2. Both internal and external pan surfaces and points shall be coated with corrosion-resistant
elastomeric base material.
3. Joints shall be brazed water-tight.
4. 25mm diameter (minimum) drain coupling shall be brazed onto the drain pan if the size is
not specified by the manufacturer. Metal clamps and drain pipe coupling shall be insulated.
iv. Drain pan shall be installed in a pitch position towards the drain coupling.
v. Drain pipe shall be of minimum diameter 25mm if size of pipe is not specified by the
manufacturer and connected to nearest suitable floor drainage system.
l) Electric Controls
i. Factory installed and wired.
ii. Compressor and fans contactors.
iii. Compressor motor running and start contactors and start relay.
iv. Manual changeover selector switch for either ventilation or air conditioning.
v. Thermostat for desired temperature setting: 10°C to 28°C.
vi. Interlock for condenser and evaporator unit with compressor circuit.
vii. Fan speed selection: High/Medium/Low/Off
TS-AC/183
MVAC INSTALLATION
10.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Fit equipment and appurtenance to the space provided and make readily serviceable.
ii. Provide all galvanised steel support beams, galvanised legs and hangers, anchor bolts,
vibration isolators, ductworks, silencers, etc., for the proper installation of the units as
recommended by the manufacturer and shown on the Drawings.
iii. Provide guards for belts, pulleys, chains, gears and other rotating parts so that any person
can safely come in close proximity thereto.
iv. Supply all condensing units holding bolts and handover for setting into the plinth. Future
cutting and drilling into the plinth shall be avoided.
v. After completion of testing on piping and accessories charge the system with refrigerant in
accordance with the manufacturer's published data.
vi. Make unit operate without noticeable vibration after installation.
vii. Provide temperature and pressure gauges at the suction and discharge pipe of compressor
and at the evaporator coil in accordance with the manufacturer installation details. The
gauges shall be mounted on a hardwood gauge board on the wall or elsewhere as directed
by the Architect/Engineer.
viii. Provide emergency stop button for all package split-type condensing units. The stop button
shall be mounted onto the units for the purpose of equipment maintenance. Weather proof
stop button shall be provided for outdoor units exposed to weather.
TS-AC/184
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 11 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME (VRV) SYSTEM
11.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacturer, supply, installation and testing of air-cooled
VRV air conditioning system which shall consist of indoor evaporator units, outdoor air
cooled condensing unit, protection devices, control and the inter-connection wiring,
piping and accessories. The ductworks and air grilles connecting to indoor units shall
also be included.
i. Belts, pulleys, chains, gears and other rotating parts shall be properly guarded.
ii. Units shall be of minimum vibration and noise levels during operation. Should these levels
be excessive and not within normal acceptable standards, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the provision of adequate vibration isolation and sound attenuation.
iii. All acoustical and thermal insulation including facings and adhesive shall be fire-
resistant and conform to the requirements of FSD.
iv. Each unit shall be a complete factory assembly, piped, wired, leak tested.
v. Provide hot-dipped galvanised steel support frame works, hangers, bracket, washer screw,
bolt and nut for VRV outdoor unit and all systems components suitable for outdoor
application.
vi. Provide wireless remote controller as specified.
i. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Furnish equipment which are the product of a manufacturer

who normally supplies this type of equipment and can show evidence that such equipment
have been in successful operation for a period of at least three years.
ii. Reference Codes and Specifications:
i. Codes and regulations of jurisdictional authorities.
iii. Provide completely matched combination between the indoor evaporator units
TS-AC/185
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue information and shop drawings for materials and equipment
including wiring and control diagrams.
ii. Submit copies of operation and maintenance manual for the packaged air conditioning
units.
iii. Submit certified performance data and sound power level of each unit.
iv. Submit noise level emissions of the indoor units in terms of dB re 10-12 watts (dB SWL)
from 125Hz to 4000Hz inclusive for all available fan speeds.
TS-AC/186
MVAC INSTALLATION
11.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. Provide units completely piped, wired, charged, and factory tested as a package.
ii. Design capacities shall be as shown on the Drawings/Equipment Schedules. The cooling
capacities given on the Drawings/ Equipment Schedules are net cooling capacities and
allowance shall be made for the loss of pipe length, fittings, accessories and etc.
iii. Produce only the latest models of its kind.
iv. If power supply to indoor unit is required, other interconnecting cables and conduits
between condenser unit, indoor evaporator and control switch shall also be provided.
v. Refrigerant shall be of zero depletion potential type, R-22 refrigerant can be used if no
better alternative is available in the market at the time of installation. The system shall be
“Inverter” type to allow variable refrigerant volume for energy saving capabilities.
vi. Each compressor shall be equipped with inverter controller, and capable of changing the
rotating speed to follow variations in cooling load.
vii. Outdoor unit shall be suitable for one type or even mix-match connection of different type
of indoor units.
TS-AC/187
MVAC INSTALLATION
viii. Standard Provisions
The unit shall be complete with the following features:
- Three speed fan control switch (High, Medium, Low)
- Cooling speed control
- Adjustable thermostat control
- Automatic cool/heat change-over control (for heat pump type only)
- Automatic air swing (up and down)
- Horizontal airflow adjustment
- Slide out washable air filter
- Display of return air temperature and error code during all normal
operation The wireless remote controller shall be able to perform the following functions:
- LCD display
- On/off control
- Three speed fan control (High, Medium, Low)
- Cooling speed control
- Automatic cool/heat change-over control (for heat pump type only)
- Temperature control
- Air-swing on/off control
- 24-hour on/off real setting timer
- Self-diagnosis function
TS-AC/188
MVAC INSTALLATION
ix. Interfacing with Building Management System (BMS) or alike as required.
This Contractor shall modify the unit to feed back ON/OFF status signal to the
BMS or the like for ON/OFF control and to enable the adjustment of the
temperature setting by receiving signal from the BMS or the like. This Contractor
shall provide all necessary wiring works and interfacing devices from the
marshalling box located near to the VRV units (marshalling box also by this
Contractor) to the actuator/sensor of the VRV work. All wiring works after the
marshalling box shall be by others.
x. Control wiring between indoor/outdoor units shall be in a form that only two pairs of signal
lines are to be connected for wiring both inside and outside for link up the whole system.
Signal wiring cable shall be polarity-free cable and of length up to 1000m. All power and
control cables between the indoor and outdoor units shall be installed in concealed
galvanised steel conduits.
xi. Radio Interference Suppression
The units shall be supplied with appropriate radio interference suppressor to meet
the requirements prescribed in the Telecommunications (Control of Interference)
Regulations.
xii. Installation in General
All installations shall be materially, structurally, electrically and otherwise safe and
shall be carried out to ensure satisfactory operation of the units, under all
conditions and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended method
unless otherwise directed by the Architect/Engineer. All in-site installations
including refrigerant pipes, insulation, cables etc. shall comply with the relevant
British Standards, power company supply rules, electricity ordinance, IEE wiring
regulations and FSD & EPD requirements.
TS-AC/189
MVAC INSTALLATION
xiii. Nuisance
Every unit shall, in addition, be installed in such a manner as to prevent the

spraying or dripping of moisture to areas beneath the unit and shall meet every
requirements of Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance.
For the indoor unit of split type air conditioner, the drip tray shall be an integral
part of the whole unit from the manufacturer. No separate drip tray shall be
allowed. Condensate shall be drained to the building drains by insulated
galvanised steel drain pipes and erected properly to give sufficient fall so that no
condensate will be accumulated inside the indoor unit.
Noise generated from any components of each unit shall not cause any nuisance
to the public. The units shall comply with the requirements as stipulated in the
latest Noise Control Ordinance. This Contractor shall be responsible for all
necessary acoustic controls to fulfil the requirements as stated in the Noise
Control Ordinance and specified by EPD.
xiv. Defects
The Contractor shall be required to make good or rectify entirely at his own cost
any defects or faults in the installation that may develop or come to light within in
a period of 12 months from the date of acceptance.
xv. Earthing
Provide earth bonding for extraneous conductive parts which shall include but not
be limited to the metal cage, platform, supporting frames, brackets and the
window frames in accordance with the Code of Practice issued by EMSD and the
Power Company Supply Rules.
TS-AC/190
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Outdoor Unit
i. The outdoor unit shall be a factory assembled unit housed in a sturdy weatherproof casing
constructed from rust-proof mild steel panels coated with a baked enamel finish.
ii. Casings of condensing units shall be constructed of sheet steel and suitably reinforced with
channels and sections to form a robust cabinet. Casing for outdoor installation shall be
of weatherproof finish & painted. Removable panels shall be provided to give access to all
working components, parts, and connection for installation and service. The compartment
housing the compressor shall be treated for effective sound insulation to ensure that the
noise emitted is within the limits specified.
iii. The outdoor unit shall be modular in design and should be allowed for side by side
installation. The noise level shall not be more than 50dB(A) at normal operation measured
horizontally at 1m away and 1.5m above floor level.
iv. The outdoor unit shall be capable of being connected up to 8 numbers of indoor unit in one
refrigerant circuit having a total capacity up to 130 percent of nominal capacity of the
outdoor unit.
v. Compressor
The compressor shall be of highly efficient hermetic scroll type and equipped with
inverter control capable of changing the speed in accordance to the cooling load
requirement. The inverter shall be efficient and quiet. The outdoor unit shall
have several steps of capacity control to meet load fluctuation and indoor unit
individual control.
vi. Refrigerant Circuit and Cooling Coil
i. Cooling coil shall be of the direct expansion type and constructed with copper tubes and
aluminium fins to give high heat transfer performance with sufficient number of rows &
tubes. An adequate collecting tray for run off and removal of the condensate shall be
provided. Each coil or circuit shall be controlled by a separate thermal electronic expansion
valve.
ii. The refrigerant circuit shall include factory assembled accumulator, electronic expansion
valves, oil separators, receivers, filter driers and all necessary shut-off valves, etc. for
operation of unit in each of the operating modes.
iii. Pipework for the refrigerant system shall be of copper pipe to refrigerant quality (i.e.
material to BS EN 1057), and internally degreased and cleaned. Joints in copper pipe
shall be flared or brazed.
iv. Refrigerant piping shall be arranged and sized as recommended by manufacturer, and all
joints and heaters with insulators in the system shall be factory supplied.
TS-AC/191
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. The VRV-system shall be equipped with an effective oil recovery system to automatically
control the return of refrigerant oil due to the significance of long refrigerant piping.
vi. For system having two compressors, an oil equalized system shall be equipped with the
outdoor unit to avoid any unbalanced between them.
vii. All refrigerant piping shall be fixed on cable trays.
viii. Where refrigerant has to be filled in after installation, the unit shall be vacuum dried properly
and no refrigerant shall be filled until reviewed without objection is given by the Architect.
vii. Condensing Fans
Fans shall be of propeller type arranged for vertical discharge unless otherwise reviewed
without objection. The fans shall be capable of handling an external air resistance of
minimum 50Pa.
c) VRV Indoor Unit
i. In selecting the VRV indoor units, actual resistance imposed on the air flow of the units due
to fresh air intake, filters, dusts, grilles and diffusers shall be allowed. This additional
resistance shall be applied to all duct type indoor units and shall be taken as a minimum
of 50 Pa (external to the unit). This Contractor shall calculate, verify and submit the
estimated air flow resistance for review.
ii. The VRV indoor units shall comprise cooling coil and direct electric motor driven fans.
iii. The VRV indoor unit shall be equipped with an electronic expansion valve and a
microprocessor type thermostat to control the refrigerant flow individually.
iv. The units shall be suitably sized to meet the duty required, matching well with the
corresponding condensing unit. The fan speed shall be in the lower range of selection to
ensure quiet operation and vibration free.
v. Each cooling unit shall be completely fabricated and assembled in factory as the
corresponding condensing unit. All of its components and accessories shall be designed
and selected to match in characteristic, function and duty with the respective condensing
unit so as to achieve an overall optimum system performance under all operation conditions.
TS-AC/192
MVAC INSTALLATION
vi. Coils
For dry expansion type cooling coil, aluminium plate fins shall be coolers drawn, belted and
firmly bonded to copper tubes by mechanical expansion of tubes. No soldering or tinning
shall be used in bonding process. Galvanized steel casings shall be provided for the
insulated coil section and be mounted pitched. Coil headers and U-bends shall not be
exposed. Refrigerant distributors shall be provided and connections to the tubes shall be
designed to ensure an equal flow of refrigerant to each tube.
vii. Fans
Each indoor unit shall be provided with one or more statically and dynamically balanced
aluminium blade forward curved centrifugal supply air fans, which shall be direct driven
from a permanent split capacitor motor. Motor shall be at least three speed, of ball bearing
types, with accessible extended oil tubes and oil reservoirs, and shall incorporate thermal
overload operation. The fan casing shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet.
viii. Motors
i. Indoor unit fan motors shall be of the „split-capacitor‟ type suitable for single phase
electrical supply. The motor shall be resiliently mounted to the fan tray or scrolls. The
motor/fan tray assembly itself shall be also resiliently mounted to the casing structure. The
tray shall be easily withdrawable for inspection and cleaning after disconnecting from the
mains supply and ancillaries with the plugs and sockets provided.
ii. The motor shall be capable of providing at least three fan speeds (plus on/off) and shall be
of adequate capacity to prevent overloading at any speed and duty of the fans.
ix. Filters
i. Filters shall be provided for all VRV indoor units.
ii. Filters shall be of removable washable type.
d) Drain Pans
i. Insulated rain pans shall be provided for all indoor units and heat pump type VRV outdoor
units. Drain pan shall be of heavy galvanized steel construction.
ii. Drain pans shall be painted internally and externally with two coats of bitumastic paint
and insulated with a minimum of 25mm foamed plastic or equivalent.
iii. Condensate pipe from indoor unit shall be connected to the nearest drain stack in the
building by insulated galvanised steel pipe.
TS-AC/193
MVAC INSTALLATION
11.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Provide complete refrigerant charge and guarantee refrigerant charge for one year after
system acceptance.
ii. Provide air filter to wall mounted type split indoor unit by the same manufacturer.
iii. Fit equipment and appurtenance to the space provided and make readily serviceable.
iv. Provide foundations, platforms, hangers and supports required for the proper installation
of equipment.
v. Make unit operate without noticeable vibration after installation.
vi. All supporting brackets, metal works and frames for holding and supporting the outdoor
unit, necessary fixing and accessories, opening through walls or structures for passage of
refrigerant piping and condensate drain pipe, resealing of openings afterwards, making
good and reinstatement to match the surrounding of the area where the opening is made
and any other work necessary for a proper installation of units shall be provided by this
Contractor.
vii. All refrigerant pipes (liquid and gas) between the evaporator and condensing units and
drain pipes shall be insulated and fixed with brackets at intervals not exceeding one metre
in straight run. At corners, bracket shall be provided on either side of the corner with
spacing between adjacent bracket not exceeding 300mm.
viii. Control & power cables between evaporator and condenser shall be run in concealed
galvanised steel conduit. Final cable connection to the outdoor unit, irrespective of running
inside or outside the building, shall be enclosed in flexible steel conduit with PVC outer-
sheath.
b) Test
i. The refrigerant pipework when completed shall be pressure tested by nitrogen gas to a test
pressure of 1.5 times the working pressure of refrigerant for at least 24 hours. Prior to
charging additional refrigerant as necessary into the system, it shall be properly vacuum
dried.
ii. Start-up and field test the units until ready for proper operation.
TS-AC/194
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 12 INSULATION
12.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture and installation of thermal insulation.
i. Deliver materials securely wrapped, packaged and labelled for safe handling.
ii. Store materials in dry store.
iii. No asbestos based insulation shall be used.
iv. Thermal insulation shall be applied to all air or water distribution system conveying
conditioned, warmed or chilled fluid.
v. Air distribution system conveying untreated fresh air and exhaust air need not be insulated
except where they pass through conditioned space or where condensation may occur.
i. The insulation materials furnished shall be a product of a manufacturer who has made
the same product for a period of at least five years.
ii. All insulation materials including the associated fasteners, adhesives, tapes, etc. shall be
tested to and with results in compliance with the following requirements of:
i) BS 5422, BS 5970 and BSEN ISO 12241 and FSD.
ii) BS 476-12 or equivalent; Ignitable T;
iii) BS 476-6 or equivalent, Fire propagation I<12, i1<6
iv) BS 476-7 or equivalent; Surface Spread of Flame Class 1
v) Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.
TS-AC/195
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue and technical information.
ii. Submit test certificates recognized by FSD.
iii. Submit all types of insulation material samples.
TS-AC/196
MVAC INSTALLATION
12.2 PRODUCTS
a) Pipework and Ductwork Insulation
i. The materials, thickness and finishes for of insulation applied for various services are
specified in Table A of this Section.
ii. Schedule of Insulation Materials
1. Rigid glass fibre pre-formed section with a factory applied aluminium vapour barrier
jacketing secured in position with aluminium bands.
Minimum Density: 64 kg/m3
Maximum K-factor: 3.3 x 10-2W/mK at 20 oC(mean
temperature) Temperature Range: 0 to 120oC.
Pre-formed glass fibre sections shall have a minimum length of 900mm.

Butt joint tapes, of not less than 100mm wide, shall be used to ensure
perfect sealing of the joints between sections. The fibre diameter of the
glass fibres shall be 4 to 10 microns and fibre length 30mm to 60mm.
2. Semi-rigid fibre glass duct wrap with a factory applied vapour barrier jacketing secured
in position with adhesives and fixing pins/retaining washers. Vapour barrier shall be double
sided aluminium foil reinforced by cross grid fibre glass filaments and its water vapour
permeance shall be less than 1.0 µg/Ns to ASTM E96 and puncture resistance shall be
at least
1.0 Joules to Technical Association of Pulp and Paper Industry
(TAPPI) T803.
Maximum K-factor: 3.6 x 10-2W/mK at 20°C (mean
temperature) Temperature Range: 0 to 120°C.
The fibre diameter of the glass fibres shall be 4 to 10 microns and

fibre length 30mm to 60mm.
TS-AC/197
MVAC INSTALLATION
3. Self-extinguishing type polystyrene board, held in place with hot bitumen.
Maximum K-factor: 3.6 x 10-2 W/mK at 25oC (mean temperature)
Temperature Resistance: 79oC.
4. Self-extinguishing type polystyrene pre-formed section held in place with hot bitumen.
Maximum K-factor: 3.6 x 10-2 W/mK at 25oC (mean
temperature) Temperature Resistance: 79oC.
5. Closed cell, CFC free, rigid pre-formed phenolic foam section with factory applied
reinforced aluminium foil vapour barrier of minimum thickness of 190µm.
Minimum density for pipes except at support points: 40
kg/m3 Minimum density at pipe support points:
Pipe diameter up to 125 mm inclusive: 80kg/m3
Pipe diameter 150 mm and above: 120kg/m3
Maximum K-factor: 2.2 x 10-2 W/mK at 20°C mean temperature

(BS4370: Part 2 method
7) Temperature range: 0 to 120°C
Closed cell content: 90% minimum (BS 4370: Part 2 method 10 or

ISO 4590)
Vapour transmission: 10 µgm/Nh at 38oC 88% RH (BS4370:Part

2 method 8 or ISO1663)
TS-AC/198
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fire rating: Class ‘O’ to UK Building Regulation, latest edition and fire
rating to BS 476-7 and test certificate from independent laboratory
Compressive strength minimum: 140kN/m2 (BS 4370: Part 1, method 3

or ISO 844)
The manufacturer shall provide evidence that the material provided has
no aging effect such that the thermal conductivity remains constant
throughout the working life.
Above properties shall be tested independent of facings which shall be

minimum 0.04mm thick white lacquered aluminium foil. The facing
shall be fully adhered to the phenolic foam.
This material shall not be used as insulation of ductwork within the

air stream.
6. Flexible elastomeric pipe insulation shall be of fire-retardant, flexible, closed-cell, CFC

free, in continuous lengths, with factory applied talc coating on inner surface. Flexible
elastomeric insulation shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke
developed rating of not over 150 for 12 mm thickness, in accordance with ASTM E84
test method.
Maximum K-factor: 4x10-2 W/mK at 20°C mean temperature
Density: 64kg/m3 for pipes, 80kg/m3 at support
Closed cell content: at least 90%
Water vapour permeability: not exceeding 0.28
µgm/Nh Maximum operating temperature: at least 80°C
The water absorption properties of the insulation shall be of not more than
0.02% by volume as per ASTM C209.
TS-AC/199
MVAC INSTALLATION
Type of Pipework Dimension Normal Plant Room Plant Normal External

(mm) (mm) & External Y Room (Note Y
(Note A) B) (Note C)
1 Chilled water, Up to 50 25 40 (5) + (2) (5) + (1) (4) + (3)
heating water pipes
& feed and 65-100 35 50 Ditto Ditto Ditto
expansion pipe
125-300 40 65 Ditto Ditto Ditto
300 & above 50 75 Ditto Ditto Ditto
2 Condensate pipes ALL 15 (5) + (2) (5) + (1) (4) + (3)

or (6) or (6)
3 Air-conditioned ALL 25 (2) + (2) (2) + (1) (3) + (3)
supply and pre-
treated air
ductwork in air-
conditioned space
supply and return
air ductwork
inside non-air
conditioned space
5 Fresh or exhaust ALL 25 (2) + (2) (2) + (1) (3) + (3)
air ductwork
inside air-
conditioned space
exhaust ductwork
inside non-air
conditioned space
7 Refrigerant pipes Gas line 19 (6) + (2) (6) + (1) (6) + (4)
(Note F)
Liquid line 12 (6) + (2) (6) + (1) (6) + (4)
8 Steam pipe Up to 40 50 (1) + (2) (1) + (1) (1) + (3)

(Up to 150oC) 50-65 65 Ditto Ditto Ditto
75-100 75 Ditto Ditto Ditto
Above 100 90 Ditto Ditto Ditto
9 Steam Up to 20 25 (1) + (2) (1) + (1) (1) + (3)
condensate pipe 25-40 40 Ditto Ditto Ditto
Above 40 50 Ditto Ditto Ditto
Notes: A Plant room – Inside plant room or back-of-house areas without false ceiling (35 oC;
95% RH).
a) Normal – Inside false ceiling or services in indoor environment or services areas not
exposed to outside atmosphere (28 oC; 80% RH).
b) Externally – Exposed to ambient
c) The insulation thickness indicated in Table A is the minimum requirement only. Calculation
of insulation thickness according to BS 5422 shall be submitted for review and thicker
insulation shall be provided as necessary.
TS-AC/200
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) All ductwork, pipework and associated valves/dempers/actuators etc. inside kitchens areas
shall be finished with 0.6 mm stainless steel sheet cladding firmly secured with proprietary
clips evenly spaced at 50mm centres.
e) Insulation for refrigerant pipes in split type system not more than 20kW cooling capacity.
For cooling capacity equal to or larger than 20kW, calculation of insulation thickness shall
be submitted for review.
f) Insulation for ductwork connecting to direct expansion air-conditioning equipment shall
have minimum density of 48kg/m
g) Finishes for Insulation
7. Insulation inside false ceiling and service ducts will not require any finishes unless
otherwise specified.
8. 0.8mm thick aluminium hammerclad cladding firmly secured with proprietary clips shall be
applied to indoor insulation which is visually exposed to view and within plant rooms.
Cladding shall be provided with means of removal for repair and maintenance.
9. 15mm cement plaster finish on chicken-wire mesh with additional finish of an acceptable
water-proofing sheeting shall be applied to outdoor type insulation which is exposed to
ambient. The whole shall be then provided with a completely weatherproof external
enclosure to the insulation. Corrosion proof bands and clips shall hold the sheeting tight
against the insulation such that ballooning will not occur.
10. Slim duct system or equivalent product with standard fittings and accessories.
- System component including side plate, bottom plate, cover, installation rack, corner fitting,
tee fitting, joint plate, sleeve, pipe holder, etc. shall be manufactured from the same
manufacturer.
- Slim duct system shall be manufactured with UV protected PVC. Finishing colour shall be
submitted for review prior to manufacture. Sample of the Slimduct system shall be
submitted for review prior to manufacture.
- All screws, nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Pipe holders shall be used to secure
the refrigerant pipe to the bottom plate or to the separate tier.
TS-AC/201
MVAC INSTALLATION
12.3 INSTALLATION
a) General
i. Insulation shall not be applied before the relevant plant or service has been satisfactorily
inspected and tested.
ii. All insulation shall be applied by skilful workmen.
iii. Apply insulation on clean and dry surface with no foreign materials, such as oil, grease,
rust, scale or any other dirt.
iv. Apply clean and dry insulation only.
v. Install insulation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation as a minimum

requirement.
vi. Provide a complete moisture and vapour seal wherever insulation terminates against metal
hangers, anchors, or other projections through insulation on cold surfaces.
vii. Provide continuous insulation through sleeves and openings unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings. Seal with 100mm wide aluminium foil to cover the pipe sleeves and
insulation on both sides.
viii. Stagger all joints with respect to the adjacent butt joint. Seal with 100mm wide aluminium
foil type for fibre glass insulation.
ix. Apply insulation in a manner to give an acceptable look and smooth surface of uniform
thickness. Steps and undulations in the surfaces will be rejected.
b) Insulation on Sheet Metal Ducts
i. Cut insulation slightly longer than perimeter of duct to ensure full thickness at corners.
ii. All insulation shall be applied with edges tightly banded.
iii. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces uniformly and firmly.
iv. For ducts wider than 450mm, provide galvanized iron metal studs’ split prongs or studs or
other acceptable devices in addition to adhesive for securing of insulation. The protruding
ends of the pins shall be cut off flush and the vapour barrier facing shall be thoroughly
sealed with a vapour barrier mastic or tape where the pins have pierced through. Pin
spacing shall not exceed 300mm on centres.
TS-AC/202
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Insulation of Pumps, Deaerators Tanks, Calorifiers
i. Fit insulation snugly against equipment without voids.
ii. Bevel curved surface edges to provide a tight joint.
iii. Provide metal insulated cover with metal fasteners, supports, frames and membranes.
d) Piping
i. Install same thickness insulation as the adjoining pipe insulation on flanges, valves and
other fittings to obtain the maximum strength and security. Seal joints, protruding metal
parts and valve stems thoroughly.
ii. For pipe size of 150mm or above, provide stainless steel straps with the insulation, at a
minimum three straps per insulation section length.
e) Application of Insulation on Pipe Saddles
i. Cut a piece of premoulded pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used on
piping, slightly larger than the void formed by the outer pipe circumference and the pipe
saddle.
ii. Press insulation into the void by hand pressure, so that both ends project slightly beyond
each end of the saddle.
iii. Cut the ends of insulation flush with saddle ends.
iv. Do not use filler, adhesive or other material to fill the void or imperfections in insulation.
f) Insulation for Anchors
i. Insulate anchors which are secured directly to cold piping as specified for a minimum
distance of 200mm from the surface of the pipe insulation.
TS-AC/203
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Insulation and Protection at Pipe and Duct Supports
i. Insulation at pipe support shall be protected by semi-circular galvanized steel protecting

shield of 1.0mm thick and 250mm long.
ii. For insulated pipes above 300mm diameter, steel bridging pieces will be allowed to
penetrate the insulation to support the pipe. All annular space between support saddle and
pipe shall be filled with insulation and the supports shall be adequately insulated to prevent
condensation (for chilled water pipes).
iii. Sheet metal strips shall be added between the air ducts and hangers.
h) Flexible Connectors
i. Flexible connections for the ductwork and pipework shall be insulated to the above
specified thickness with flexible insulation wrapped with a factory-applied vapour barrier
jacketing.
ii. 0.8mm thick aluminium hammerclad cladding firmly secured with ‘pop’ rivets shall be
provided to the services within plant room.
iii. An additional waterproofing sheet finish for a completely weatherproof external enclosure
to the insulation shall be provided to services exposed to ambient.
i) Valves, Strainers and Fittings
i. All valves, strainers, flanges, fittings, traps, etc. shall be insulated in conformity with the
pipework in which they are incorporated, and to the same thickness.
ii. Whenever the pipework are clad, the associated valves, strainers traps, flanges, fittings,
etc. shall be provided with 1.2mm thick aluminium split-boxes arranged for easy
removal.
iii. The box shall enclose the valve handle and have a lid for valve access.
iv. A canvas insertion shall be provided to allow the insulated boxes to be removed without
damage done to the insulation.
v. The insulation on the pipe immediately adjacent to flanges shall be neatly swagged off to
allow for easy removal of bolts.
TS-AC/204
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Deaerator, Condensate Tanks, Blowdown Tank, Heat Exchangers, Calorifiers,

Make Up and Expansion Tanks
i. Deaerator, condensate tanks, blowdown tank, calorifiers, make up and expansion tanks of
hot water system, heat exchanger for hot water system, and steam supply systems shall
be insulated with 50mm thick 64 kg/m3 density rigid fibre glass and enclosed by 1.2mm
thick aluminium casing to facilitate easy removal for inspection and maintenance. Detail
construction of casing shall be submitted for review.
ii. For heat exchangers, make-up and expansion tanks in chilled water application, flexible
elastomeric pipe insulation as specified in Clause 2.1.B.6 shall be used.
iii. Cold water pipes, vents and other pipes not normally insulated shall be insulated for a
minimum of 1 metre from the equipment. Full insulation shall be required where the pipes
and vents are exposed to ambient. The insulation used shall be the same as that for the
chilled water, heating water pipes.
iv. K-factor and temperature range of insulation material shall be as per Clause 2.1.B of this
Section.
v. Make up and expansion tanks exposed to ambient shall be insulated with 50mm thick self-
extinguished type pre-formed polystyrene slab covered in wire netting mesh. They shall
then be applied with cement plaster of 15mm thick and painted on completion to form a
smooth surface.
k) Insulation for Section of Ducting Passing Through Fire Barrier
i. Where a duct requiring insulation passes through a fire barrier and is provided with a fire
damper, the external insulation shall have a period of fire resistance equal to that of the
fire barriers.
ii. Foam glass or other material approved by FSD shall be adopted as insulation materials to
the same thickness as specified for the connecting ductwork.
TS-AC/205
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 13 MISCELLANEOUS MVAC EQUIPMENT
13.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacturing, supply and installation of the

followings:
i. Duct heater
ii. Expansion tank
iii. Pressure Gauge
iv. Thermometer
v. Flow meter
b) Quality Assurance
Quanlifications of manufacturer: Products shall be furnished by manufacturers

who normally supplies this type of equipment/material and can show evidence
of having furnished such equipment/material that have been in successful
operation for a period of at least five years.
c) Submittals
Submit complete catalogue information and shop drawings for material and
equipment, test certificates, etc. for review.
TS-AC/206
MVAC INSTALLATION
13.2 PRODUCT
a) Electric Duct Heater
i. The heating element shall be sheathed black heated type with a surface temperature
not exceeding 260°C in still air and shall be of FSD approved type.
Heating elements are to be proprietary make and locally made heater

elements will not be accepted and it shall occupy the entire cross sectional
area of the air duct. All electrical connections shall be wired to a terminal
box mounted externally from the duct. Internal wiring shall be carried out
in cable as used in high temperature work. The frame of elements shall be
of galvanised sheet metal.
ii. The installation of heater box shall comply to FSD’s requirement.
iii. A sequence interlocking control shall be provided that the heating elements shall not
be energized before the fan motor.
Install a suitable fused isolating switch for the heater together with a
contactor which is to be interconnected with fan starter and the thermostat
cutout to ensure that the heaters can operate within the set temperature
when the fan is running.
iv. A duct type overheat thermostat, with fail-safe feature and manual reset, shall be
provided at a distance of 600mm maximum from the heating element to switch off
the elements when the mean temperature inside the air duct exceeds 50°C+10% and
within 90 seconds of reaching this temperature.
b) Feed and Expansion Tank
i. Construction of Tank
i. The tank shall be constructed of galvanized 14 gauge mild steel with all necessary
bracing.
ii. Each tank shall have an isolating valve, strainer and ball valve, overflow, valved
outlet and a bolted cover shall be provided for access to the ball valve and for
cleaning, etc. The make up water supply to the tank shall be connected to a water
supply point.
TS-AC/207
MVAC INSTALLATION
ii. Finish of Tank
i. On the internal surfaces of the tank, two coats of acceptable bituminous compound
shall be applied. The external of the tank shall also be painted two coats of primer
and finished with a high glass top coat of oil based enamel.
ii. Feed and expansion tanks shall be insulated with 50 mm thick self- extinguished
type preformed polystyrene slab covered in wire netting mesh and 15 mm cement
plaster smoothed and painted on completion.
iii. Tank Support
i. The tank shall be mounted on a steel framework with all necessary angle and struts
to ensure the supporting structure is perfectly rigid. Lead sheet pads shall be
provided between the tanks and the supporting framework.
ii. All support beams, support legs, platforms, hangers and anchor bolts required for
the proper installation of the tanks as recommended by the manufacturer and to the
satisfaction of the Architect.
c) Temperature Gauge
i. Temperature gauges shall be first grade instruments individually calibrated and

certified and calibrated in degrees Centigrade.
ii. Temperature gauges shall be of the 100mm diameter dial type, mercury in-steel, or
mercury-in-glass type at least 300mm long with an accuracy of +0.5°C. In all cases,
thermometer shall be inserted in stainless steel pockets so that the instrument may
be replaced without draining the contents of the pipe or vessel.
iii. Temperature gauges shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, and whether
shown on the Drawings or not, in the flow and return connections of the following
plant:-
i. All heating and cooling coils (except fan coil units); and
ii. all calorifiers and heat exchangers (primary and secondary sides).
iv. Thermometer pockets shall be provided at the flow and return connections of all
pumps in heating or cooling circuits only.
v. The operating range of each gauge shall be suitable for the service and shall be
reviewed prior to ordering.
TS-AC/208
MVAC INSTALLATION
vi. Where shown on the Drawings, digital thermometers may be required to be

incorporated in the control panels for remote indication of chilled water flow and
return and other temperature.
d) Pressure Gauge
i. Pressure gauges shall be of Bourdon type with brass syphon and cock, and piping
connection to the measuring point. Size to be 100mm diameter dial.
ii. All gauges shall have black pointer, red overrun indicators, and red mark at normal
working pressure. The instruments shall be selected for the normal operating range
expected and dial calibrations shall not exceed twice the normal working pressure.
iii. Pressure gauges shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, and whether shown
on the Drawings or not, in the flow and return connections of the following plant:-
i. Chillers (condenser water and chilled water side);
ii. all pumps;
iii. all heat exchangers (primary and secondary sides);
iv. all air receivers and compressors; and
v. all pressure vessels.
iv. Tappings and cocks for receiving portable gauges shall be provided at the flow and
return connections of all water coils (except fan coil units) and at each port of all
control valves (except fan coil units).
e) Orifice Plate Flow meter
i. Provide orifice plate flow measuring devices where shown on the Drawings and
elsewhere as required for the proper commissioning of the systems in accordance
with the "Testing and Commissioning" Section of this Specification.
ii. It should be noted that the requirements for flow measuring devices as shown on the
schematics shall be sufficient indication for their inclusion in the Contract (These
devices are not always marked on the Drawings).
iii. Notwithstanding the position of flow meters on the Drawings, it should be ensured
that the installation meets the minimum requirements for straight unimpeded lengths
of pipe both upstream and downstream of the orifice plated as recommended by the
manufacturer.
TS-AC/209
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. For fresh water systems, plate carriers shall generally be of the FH type for sizes
25mm and 75mm (nominal) and GP type for sizes 76mm to 610mm (nominal).
v. On sea water, oil, gas, steam or other fluid applications, the manufacturer's
recommended carriers and materials shall be used.
vi. Orifice plates shall be completed with pressure tappings, cocks and one portable
direct reading (dial type) pressure measuring instrument complete with 4m length of
high pressure flexible hose and coupling, all as recommended by the orifice plate
manufacture for the accurate measurement of flow with his equipment.
vii. The resistance across the flow meter shall not exceed 5kPa.
viii. Orifice plates and assemblies shall be suitable for flow measurement within the
tolerance specified in the "Commissioning and Testing" Section of this Specification.
ix. Positions of all pressure tappings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
f) Annubar Type Flow meter
i. The annubar type flow meter shall be inserted as indicated and through the wall of
the pipe (via a suitable boss) with the sensing point at the centre of the pipe.
The device shall provide a differential pressure reading through:-
i. The high pressure velocity head sensor facing the flow.
ii. Inside the high pressure sensor and interpolating tube to continuously average
velocity pressure.
iii. A low pressure sensor to detect static pressure.
ii. The resultant differential pressure is to be transmitted through the instrument head
to a differential pressure flow responder meter.
For water metering purposes the pressure sensor tube inserted into the
pipe being metered shall generally be of round cross section.
iii. This type of equipment may also be utilised for air flow measurement in which case
it must be supplied with the appropriate type of insertion tube as provided by the
manufacturers.
TS-AC/210
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. The position for probe insertion shall not be near any bends or other fittings likely to
affect the water flow by turbulence or differential velocities across the pipe. The
distance from any such fitting up stream of the measuring point shall not be less than
10 diameters of the pipe.
13.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Fit equipment and appurtenance to the space provided or shown on the Drawings
and make readily serviceable.
ii. Provide hangers, supports, legs, boards, bolts, flanges for the installation of the
equipment.
iii. All equipment shall be arranged with the provision of valves/cocks so that the
equipment can be removed without draining the water circuits.
TS-AC/211
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 14 PAINTING AND LABELLING
14.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section describes the requirements for materials, methods of painting and painted
identification and labelling of equipment, ducts and pipes and other accessories.
i. All exposed metal surfaces, shall, after inspection and testing either in the factory or
on Site, be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale and rust by grit or
shot-blasting in accordance with BS 7079 and then ground smooth where necessary,
immediately after which they shall be treated.
ii. Surfaces of castings, steel work, piping and plant and machinery which are to be in
direct and permanent contact with concrete shall be properly painted and covered,
prior to despatch from the Contractor's premises, with a substantial coating of
cement wash or other proprietary coating plus a lapping of weatherproof tape. The
method of coating and waterproof tape shall be submitted for review.
iii. Except where otherwise specified, all non-embedded pipes and fittings located in
inaccessible positions (e.g. in pipe trenches, pits) shall be externally coated by
dipping in acid-free hot bituminous compound. The coating thickness shall be
submitted for review. The pipe or fitting shall then be lapped with a layer of
acceptable anti-corrosion tape.
iv. The internal surfaces of all oil service ferrous pipes and fittings shall be carefully
inspected to ensure that all scale and other particles or contaminants have been
removed and shall then be protected in an acceptable manner to prevent
deterioration during transport and subsequent erection.
v. The external surface of accessible ferrous pipes and fittings shall be treated with one
coat of acceptable primer paint prior to despatch from the place of manufacture.
vi. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, the external surfaces of all MVAC equipment
shall, unless made of non-ferrous metal, be coated with an acceptable bituminous
compound. All access ladders and platforms and associated supporting steelwork
provided shall be galvanized.
vii. All other exposed surfaces, except where otherwise specified, shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale, rust or other contaminants by power tool
operated metal brush, or preferably by shot or grit blasting, and shall then be coated
immediately with one coat of primer paint. The proposed method of treatment and
coating shall be submitted for review.
TS-AC/212
MVAC INSTALLATION
viii. Following factory tests, any rough surfaces shall be filled in and carefully dressed
smooth, on completion of which further treatment shall be as detailed hereunder:
ix. All interior surfaces of oil-filled chambers and tanks, and the external surfaces of
piping or fittings included therein, shall receive one undercoat followed by two final
coats of oil-resistant enamel paint of an acceptable colour and type.
x. All internal surfaces of cubicles, kiosks, marshalling and junction boxes, containing
wiring or other apparatus, and the internal compartments of plant components
delivered to Site in assembled or partially assembled condition, shall be paint-
finished with three coats of stove enamelled paint, the last of which shall be of an
anticondensation finish.
xi. The external surfaces of cubicles, kiosks, marshalling and junction boxes shall be
finished in stove enamel paint with not less than 50 microns dry film thickness, and
with colour in accordance with BS 381 C.
xii. All surfaces of plant and machinery shall receive protection to suit the duty involved.
In particular all surfaces forming an interior accessible compartment shall receive
one undercoat and two final coats of white oil-resistant enamel paint, the application
of which shall be undertaken only following completion of erection on Site.
xiii. Any damage to priming coats made good by the Contractor on completion of
installation shall be finally painted in acceptable colours.
TS-AC/213
MVAC INSTALLATION
i. Material shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has produced painting products

for a period of at least ten years.
ii. Relevant Codes and Standards
1. BS 245: Mineral Solvents for Paints and Other Purposes
2. BS 381 C: Colours for Identification, Coding and Special Purposes
3. BS 443: Testing Zinc Coatings on Steel Wire and for Quality Requirements
4. BS 476: Part 7: Fire Test for Building Materials and Structures
5. BS 544: Linseed Oil Putty for Use in Wooden Frames
6. BS 729: Hot Dip galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles
7. BS 1710: Identification of Pipelines and Services
8. BS 3262: Hot-Applied Thermoplastic Road Marking Materials
9. BS 4652: Zinc-Rich Priming Paint
10. BS 4756: Ready Mixed Aluminium Priming Paints for Woodwork
11. BS 4800: Paint Colours for Building Purposes
12. BS 6044: Pavement Marking Paints
13. BS 6150: Code of Practice for Painting of Buildings
14. BS 6900: Raw, Refined and Boiled Linseed Oils for Paints and Varnishes
15. BS 7079: Preparation of Steel Substrates Before Application of Paints and Related
Products
16. BS 8000: Workmanship on Building Sites
TS-AC/214
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittals
i. Submit complete catalogue information of materials.
ii. Submit colour samples.
iii. Submit manufacturer's recommendation of painting system and procedures, surface

preparation, nominal wet and dry film thickness for each coat, conditions under which
paint will be applied, estimated design life of the painting system etc. for review
before painting.
TS-AC/215
MVAC INSTALLATION
14.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. Primer Paint
1. For synthetic finishing paints on internal and external woodwork, paint shall be
aluminium primer to BS 4756, Type 1.
2. For synthetic finishing paints on internal and external metalwork, paint shall be zinc
chromate primer or metallic zinc-rich primer to BS 4652, Type 2.
3. For synthetic or non-toxic paints on galvanized metal, use an etching primer with a
zinc chromate base.
4. For polyurethane paint on internal and external metal work, paint shall be metallic
zinc-rich primer to BS 4652, Type 2.
5. For emulsion paint on internal plaster work, paint shall be an alkali resisting primer.
ii. Undercoat Paint
1. For metal work installed internally, paint shall be a linseed oil modified alkyd based
undercoat highly pigmented to appropriate shade.
2. For metal work installed externally and exposed to weather, paint shall be a
polyamide epoxy pigmented with titanium oxide.
3. For plastered surfaces, paint shall be a fungus resistant, vinyl acetate or acrylic
emulsion paint.
iii. Finish Paint
1. For metal work installed internally paint shall be long linseed oil modified alkyd with
glossy finish and fungus resistant characteristics.
2. For metal work installed externally and exposed to weather or damp environment
paint shall be polyurethane or polyamide epoxy with high weather resistance.
3. For plastered surfaces, paint shall be a fungus resistant vinyl acetate or acrylic
emulsion paint.
iv. Fire retardant paint shall be an intumescent paint which, when used alone or in
conjunction with other paints applied to combustible substrate shall be in accordance
TS-AC/216
MVAC INSTALLATION
with a manufacturer's tested system that achieves Class 1 spread of flame rating to
BS 476: Part 7.
v. Heat resisting paint shall be a heat resisting enamel paint. Priming coat and
undercoats used in conjunction with the enamel finishing coat shall be similarly heat
resisting.
b) Galvanizing
i. Unless otherwise specified, hot-dipped galvanized coating shall be provided for all
iron and steel articles.
ii. Unless otherwise specified, the galvanized coatings shall be applied by the hot dip
process and shall consist of a smooth, clean zinc coating free from defects and of
uniform thickness complying with BS 729. Sheradising, parkerizing, or other
alternative processes shall not be used without having been submitted for review.
iii. All drilling, punching, tapping and bending of parts shall be completed and all burrs
removed before galvanizing is commenced.
iv. The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not affect the
mechanical properties of the material.
v. Unless otherwise specified, semi-finished products such as hot dipped galvanized

steel sheet suitable for subsequent fabrication shall have the following coating
weights:
1. Where no paint finish is required the coating weight shall be not less than 300 g/m2
per surface.
2. Where paint finish is required the coating weight shall be not less than 60 g/m2 per
surface.
3. In the case of steel wire, the coating shall be of such thickness as to comply with
BS 443.
TS-AC/217
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Paint Finish Schedule
i. Unless otherwise specified, a paint finish to a colour to be specified shall be applied

to all exposed services including supporting rods and brackets, cable trays, trunking,
lighting fittings, pipework, ductwork, access doors/panels, surface conduits and
accessories.
ii. Unless otherwise specified, all machinery/equipment shall be finished in a colour to

be specified at the time of installation/manufacturing. Unless conforming to the
general colour scheme specified, the manufacturer's standard finish colour may not
necessarily be accepted.
iii. The requirements of paint finish shall be as follows:
1. All equipment casings and metal parts shall undergo different stages of pretreatment
such as chemical cleaning, abrasive blasting, acid pickling, galvanizing or electro-
galvanizing before painting. There shall be at least one coat of corrosion resistant
primer, one undercoat and two finish coats to suit the intended duty and operating
requirements Details of pre-treatment shall be submitted for review prior to
application.
2. If damage to paint is found during transportation, storage or installation, repaint the

whole equipment without extra cost.
3. Replace all damaged parts or components and repaint the whole equipment
without extra cost if rust is found on any equipment due to inadequate painting
material or poor workmanship or incorrect handling during transportation, storage or
installation. Removal of all the existing paint, chemical cleaning, rinsing and other
necessary pretreatment shall be included in repainting before applying primer,
undercoats and top coats. Details shall be submitted for review.
iv. Insulated pipework or ductwork where no cement plaster finishing is provided

shall be identified by colour bands of 100 mm wide as specified in Clause 2.04.
TS-AC/218
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Identification Colours
i. All finish coat colour shall be to BS 381 C and identification colour shall be as per
clause 2.05 below. Colours not covered in clause 2.05 shall be agreed.
ii. Valves
1. All valves shall be painted in the same colour as the pipe to which it is fixed, except
that handles installed in plant rooms or on roofs shall be painted red, No. 540
regardless of the service.
iii. Colour Bands
1. All insulated pipework without cement plaster finishing shall be provided with
identification colour bands of colours as specified for the relevant services in the
colours schedule.
2. Colour bands shall be provided at intervals not exceeding 2 m and whenever

necessary at bends, tees, when pipes pass through from one room or zone to another,
and when two or more pipes run in parallel. Colour bands for each pipe shall be at
the same locations.
3. Bands shall be of 100 mm wide.
iv. Hangers, spring isolators, and supports shall be painted as for the equipment
unless otherwise specified.
TS-AC/219
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Colours Schedule
i. All equipment, unless otherwise specified, shall be finished in a colour to be specified

at the time of installation. The Contractor shall obtain requirements on this in good
time.
ii. After painting and cleaning of piping and insulation is complete, exposed services
systems shall be finished generally in accordance with BS 1710 and shall be
identified by means of coloured stencilled or prefabricated legends with flow arrows
as follows unless otherwise specified.
Schedule of Colours
Description of Services Basic Colour Colour Code Indication Basic Colour
100 mm approx.
Pipework
Drinking Green Blue Green

Cooling (Primary) Green White Green
Boiler Feed Green Crimson Green Crimson Green

Condensate Green Crimson Green Crimson Green
Water Chilled Green White Green White Green
Mains supply, Cold Green White Green White Green
Mains supply, Hot Green White Green White Green

Sea, river, Green
untreated
Fire Fighting Green Safety Red Green
In either gaseous
Gases or liquefied Yellow ochre
condition
(exception)
Compressed Air Light blue
Steam Silver grey
Lubricating Oil Brown Emerald Green Brown
Town Gas Yellow ochre Emerald Green Yellow ochre
Drainage Black
Acids & Alkalines Violet
Plant Opalme Green
Electrical conduits & ductwork Orange
Ductwork White
Fire Fighting Safety red
TS-AC/220
MVAC INSTALLATION
BS Colour Reference
BS 4800
1. Basic Identification Colours
Green 12D45
Silver grey 10A03
Brown 06C39
Yellow 08C35
ochre Violet 22C37
Light 20E51
Blue 00E53
Black 06E51
Orange
2. Safety Colour
Red 04E53
Yello 08E51
w 18E53
Auxillary blue
3. Code Indication Colour
Crimon 04D45
Emerald 14E53
green 10E53
Yellow
f) Labelling
i. Label all the provided plant and equipment in both English and Chinese as to duty
or service. All such labelling to correspond to Schedules, diagram, etc. shall be
provided as part of the Record Drawings. Labels generally shall be of `Perspex'
reverse engraved with red lettering, or Black Traffolite engraved with white lettering,
or as otherwise required by the Architect.
ii. All valves throughout the installation shall be fitted with labels in the form of black
traffolite discs, not less than 50mm diameter x 1.5mm thick, engraved with white
lettering. Labels shall either be secured under the hand wheel of fixed to the body
of the valve by means of link brass chain.
TS-AC/221
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Directional Arrows and Lettering
i. Apply the directional arrows and lettering to indicate the direction of flow or return.
Colours of arrows and lettering shall be black where the background colour is other
than black and white where the background colour is black.
ii. Paint the directional arrows and lettering on all visible sides of ducting on 2.5m
centres.
iii. Paint the directional arrows and lettering on two visible sides of all piping at 2.0m
centres and adjacent to valves and tees.
TS-AC/222
MVAC INSTALLATION
14.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Painting shall be in accordance with BS 6150 and BS 8000: Part 12 and as described
in the following.
ii. All holes, cracks, and any other defects in surfaces shall have been made good prior
to painting with materials used in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations.
iii. Well brush each coat into the surface so that every part, including joints, junctions,
angles, and the like are adequately covered. Excessive or uneven thickness of paint
film, particularly at edges, angles and junctions shall be avoided.
iv. Apply coatings only to clean dry surfaces after any previous coatings have hardened,
and rub down smooth with fine glass paper before the subsequent coat is applied.
v. Successive coats of paint shall be of slightly differing tints.
vi. Apply coatings with applicators of suitable size. Flat wall brushes shall be not less
than 150mm wide. Rollers shall be covered with materials appropriate to the type of
paint and consistent with the required finished surface of the work.
vii. Mechanical spraying machines shall not be used unless instructed or reviewed.
Spray painting shall be preceded by application of priming coat (or first undercoat if
there is no priming coat) by brush.
viii. Where required, prime and paint to fixing surfaces which become inaccessible on
assembly before they are assembled.
ix. Where one or more additional coats are specified to be applied off-Site, they shall
be applied to all surfaces and edges, including those which will be concealed when
incorporated into the Works.
x. Prime and paint bottom edges before hanging.
xi. Remove all articles of ironmongery, hardware and the like before painting and
replace (with matching screws) after completion and leave everything clean and
completely free from, all paint stains and splashes.
TS-AC/223
MVAC INSTALLATION
xii. Paint shall not be applied to steelwork under the following conditions:-
1. When the ambient temperature falls below 4°C or the relative humidity rises above
85%.
2. For outdoor work, during periods of inclement weather including fog, frost, mist and
rain or when condensation has occurred or is likely to occur on the metal.
3. When the surface temperature of the metal to be painted is less than 3°C above the
dew point of the ambient air.
4. When the amount of dust in the air or on the surface to be painted is in the opinion
of the Architect/Engineer excessive.
xiii. Two-pack paints of the epoxy resin type shall not be applied and cured when the
temperature is below that recommended by the paint manufacturer.
xiv. All materials to be used shall be recommended by the manufacturers for the
particular surface and conditions of exposure, and that they are compatible with each
other.
xv. All primary, undercoating and finishings used on the same work shall be:-
1. supplied by one manufacturer and,
2. of types recommended by the manufacturer as suitable for using together.
xvi. Where surfaces have been treated with preservatives or fire retardants, the
treatment manufacturer shall confirm that coating materials to be applied are
compatible with the treatment and shall not inhibit its performance.
xvii. Any discrepancy in the requirements of painting specified in this Specification shall
be notified and accepted before proceeding with the application.
TS-AC/224
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Method of Application
i. The paint finish shall be regarded as an additional finish applied over hot-dipped
galvanized steel sheet or extruded aluminiurn surface, or other specified coatings.
Details shall be submitted for review prior to application.
ii. As far as possible, paint finish shall be applied at the manufacturer's premises prior
to delivery to Site for installation.
c) Electrostatic Painting at Manufacturer's Works
i. Electrostatic painting shall be applicable to cable trays, trunking, lighting fittings, and
other equipment which is fabricated and prefinished/painted at manufacturer's
premises. The process shall include the following steps:
1. Degreasing with alkaline liquid;
2. Washing wssith water;
3. Drying;
4. Applying primer coats of 1-2 micron thick;
5. Applying undercoats of 10-15 micron thick;
6. Applying finish coats of 10 micron thick; and
7. Baking.
TS-AC/225
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Painting on Site
Painting on Site shall also be provided to supporting rods and brackets, pipework,
ductwork and other equipment which is tailored or fabricated on Site. The
process shall include the following steps:
i. Preparation
1. Galvanized surfaces shall be washed with white spirit to remove dirt and grease. If
the metal coating is defective, proposals for rectification shall be submitted for review.
2. Mild steel or ductile iron surfaces shall be scraped or wire-brushed to remove rust
and loose scale and welding slag or splatter. Surfaces shall be cleaned out. Oil,
grease and dirt shall be removed using white spirit.
ii. General
1. Colours shall be agreed prior to painting. For each finish colour, the colour of
undercoat recommended by the paint manufacturer shall be used.
2. Control Samples: Sample areas of each paint type shall be reviewed before
carrying out the Works.
iii. Cleanliness
1. All brushes, tools and equipment shall be kept in a clean condition.
2. All surfaces shall be kept clean and free from dust during painting and drying.
3. A suitable receptacle for liquids, slops, and washing shall be provided. Disposal
shall be in accordance with the EPD Procedures.
TS-AC/226
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. Preparation of materials
1. Paints shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Any paints showing impurities, lumps, skin or uneven consistency shall be strained
through fine gauze prior to application.
3. Different paints shall not be mixed.
4. Paints shall be stirred to attain an even consistency before use.
v. Protection
1. Freshly applied paints shall be adequately protected from damage.
2. "Wet Paint" signs shall be exhibited and protective barriers shall be provided on
Site where necessary.
3. Surfaces adjacent to those being painted shall be adequately protected.
vi. Application
1. Paints shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to

clean, dry surfaces in dry atmospheric conditions and after any previous coats have
hardened.
vii. Priming
1. Water based priming coats shall be applied by brush unless other methods are
accepted.
2. Priming coats shall be to the manufacturer's recommended thickness.
3. Any primed surfaces that have deteriorated on site or in transit shall be touched-up
or re-primed.
4. Metal surfaces shall be primed on the same day they have been cleaned.
5. Unless otherwise specified, undercoats shall be applied with a brush in a wet, even
film over all the surfaces, avoiding uneven thickness at edges and angles.
6. All priming and undercoats shall be rubbed down to a smooth surface with abrasive
paper and all dust shall be removed before applying the next coat of paint.
TS-AC/227
MVAC INSTALLATION
7. Unless otherwise specified, finish coats shall be applied with a brush in a wet, even
film over all the surfaces, avoiding brush marks, sags, runs and other defects. A
second coat shall be applied within 48 hours of first coat.
8. Surface shall be cut neatly and clearly. Adjacent surfaces shall not be splashed or
marked.
viii. Materials or paint
1. All coating materials shall be submitted for review prior to ordering.
2. Coating materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's sealed containers, clearly

labelled with the following information
1. Type of material;
2. Brand name, if any;
3. Intended use; and
4. Manufacturer's batch numbers.
3. The coatings shall be assessed under the following headings and guidelines as to
flammability:
1. Application: extent of application and various properties of the paint and substrate
system on the flammability and smoke or toxic gas emission characteristics;
2. Thickness.
TS-AC/228
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 15 MOTORS
15.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This Section specifies the manufacture, installation, connecting and testing of motors.
b) General Requirement
i. Store the motors in crates and well covered and protect until for installation.
ii. Motor arranged for automatic restart shall have label of durable material permanently fixed
and in a prominent position clearly inscribed for warning.
c) Quality Assurance
i. Qualifications: Furnish motors which are the product of a manufacturer who has been
engaged in production of similar motors for a minimum of five years.
ii. Standards: Furnish motors which comply with the relevant BSEN, BS, IEC Standards, and
the requirements of this section.
iii. Nameplates: Securely attach nameplate on each motor showing manufacturer's name,
serial model number and all information as required by BSEN60034-1 or IEC60034-1.
TS-AC/229
MVAC INSTALLATION
d) Submittals
As a minimum, submit the following for review at the appropriate stages of the Works:-
i. Reports on factory tests performed on each motor.
ii. Shop drawings and manufacturer's literature including the following :-
i. Description of motor and its components.
ii. Outline dimensions, weight, mounting and fixing details.
iii. Wiring diagrams.
iv. Motor speed-torque, current, efficiency and power factor curves.
v. Manufacturer’s recommended spare parts list, operation and maintenance instructions.
vi. Material list for motor components.
TS-AC/230
MVAC INSTALLATION
15.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. Unless otherwise specified or reviewed without objection, all motors shall be of the fan-
cooled type to cooling method IC411 (Totally Enclosed Fan Ventilated – TEFV) as defined
in BSEN60034-6 or IEC60034-6.
ii. All motors shall be insulated with Class B or better materials to BSEN60085 or IEC60085,
impregnated with non-hygroscopic oil-resistant insulating varnish. Insulation materials shall
be suitable for the working conditions encountered.
iii. Motors shall be adequately rated to meet the service demands of associated driven units
under all conditions and as limited by electrical and mechanical protective devices.
iv. A.C. motors shall be squirrel-cage induction type and shall comply with BS4999 and
relevant parts of BS5000 and BSEN60034.
v. All motors shall be capable of accelerating the driven plant from standstill to rated speed
with a terminal voltage of 80% of the nominal supply voltage at 50Hz. With the
exception of short-time rated motors, all motors shall be capable of operating continuously
at rated torque, with an input voltage range between 90% and 106% of the nominal value
at 50Hz. They shall be capable of delivering the rated torque when running at 70% nominal
voltage for a period of 10 seconds without overheating. Under all of the above operating
conditions, the slip of the motor shall not exceed 10% of the synchronous speed. For short-
time rated motors, the above requirements shall also apply but for the duration of the short-
time period.
vi. All motors shall be capable of operating continuously and capable of driving the driven units
at their rated output at any frequency between 48Hz and 51Hz together with any voltage
between 90% and 106% of the nominal voltage without causing any damage to the motor.
vii. Vertical shaft motors shall have thrust bearings that are reviewed without objection.
viii. All bare steel internal parts except bearings shall be painted unless otherwise protected
against corrosion.
ix. Motors shall be designed for low shaft currents and shall have adequate provision to
prevent bearing damage by shaft currents.
x. An auxiliary marshalling box, electrically and mechanically separate from the power supply
terminal boxes, shall be securely mounted on the motor frame for marshalling all small
wiring from motor mounting.
xi. All motor components shall be subjected to the most rigid inspection during manufacture,
and completed motors shall be fully tested to comply with BSEN60034 or IEC60034. Test
TS-AC/231
MVAC INSTALLATION
certificates of all motors shall be submitted in duplicate for review if required by the Engineer
before delivery of the motor to site.
xii. All motor rotors shall be dynamically balanced. The vibration and noise level generated by
the motors shall not exceed the recommended limits as stipulated in BSEN60034-9 and
BSEN60034-14 respectively.
b) Rating and Construction
i. Motors in all cases shall be suitable for the duty intended. Power rating of all motors as
indicated on the Drawings are for guidance only. A margin of not less than 5% for
compressor, 10% for pumps and 15% for fans shall be provided over the continuous rating
of the motor (without overloading) selected to match the maximum power absorbed by the
item of equipment under its most sever operating conditions, taking into account of the
characteristics of the machine being driven by the motor.
The efficiency and power factor of motor shall not be less than the minimum values as
stated below. The values shall be based on the full load operation of the motor:
Minimum Efficiency and Power Factor of Motors
Efficiency (%) Power Factor
Power-Rating (kw) 2-Pole 4-Pole 2-Pole 4-Pole

or or
above above
2.2 p < 5.5 81 81 0.80 0.78
5.5 p < 11 83 83 0.85 0.85
11 p < 55 85 87 0.88 0.86
55 p 75 90 90 0.88 0.88
75 above 92 92 0.90 0.88
ii. All motors shall be suitable for use in the temperature and atmospheric conditions of up to
40oC and relative humidities of up to 99%.
iii. Unless otherwise specified, motors rated at 2.2kW and below shall be suitable for 220V
single phase 50Hz operation, and motors with rating greater than 2.2kW shall be suitable
for 380V 3 phase 50Hz operation.
iv. Motors with rating less than 11kW shall be suitable for direct-on-line starting. The starting
current shall not exceed 6 times the full load current.
TS-AC/232
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Motors rated between 11kW and 55kW, inclusive, shall be suitable for star-delta starting.
The starting current shall not exceed 2.5 times full load current.
vi. Motors with rating greater than 55kW shall be suitable for auto-transformer starting and
shall be provided with suitable means to limit the starting current not exceeding 2.5 times
the rated full load current.
vii. Unless otherwise specified or reviewed without objection, motor speed shall be as follows:
i. Sprinkler pumps, hydrant pumps and drencher pumps: 3000 r.p.m.
ii. Other than above 1,500r.p.m.
viii. All motors shall also comply with the following requirements :-
i. The motor shall be die cast aluminium or cast iron frame with frame end brackets, and with
provision for earthing.
ii. The motor shall be finished with red oxide zinc chromate primer with two finish coats of
ANSI 61 grey paint.
c) Protection
Unless otherwise specified, the degree of protection of the motors shall conform to
IP44 for indoor, IP55 for outdoor application and IP68 for submersible motor.
d) Termination Box and Terminals
i. Termination box shall be of die cast aluminium alloy or cast iron diagonally split type and
suitably gasketed to prevent ingress of moisture and dirt with the following additional
requirements :-
i. Rotatable in any of the four 90 degree positions.
ii. Threaded holes suitable for mounting brass cable glands.
iii. Stud type terminals for terminating electric cable as specified.
iv. Internal wiring connections to the main terminal boxes and auxiliary marshalling boxes.
ii. The numbers of terminals provided shall be in accordance with the starting method
intended.
TS-AC/233
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Final connections to electric motors shall be by means of flexible PVC insulated copper
cables in rustproofed flexible steel conduit for mechanical protection. When flexible
conduits cannot be used due to the size of the cables, the cables shall be suitably protected
in a manner that is reviewed without objection.
iv. Where direct termination of the specified cables to the motor’s termination boxes are
impossible, the cables shall be terminated to an auxiliary marshalling box which in turn
shall be connected to the motor termination box using cables of suitable type and size.
Where such cable marshalling boxes are required, detail proposals on the intended cable
size, cable type, and termination details shall be submitted for review.
e) Bearings
Bearings shall have 15 years of average life with double shields and the following
additional requirements :-
i. Ball or roller bearings with grease fittings and minimum pressure relief fittings for in-service
lubrication.
ii. Guide and thrust bearings for vertical motor drive units shall be subject to review.
f) Anti-Condensation Heater
i. Sea water pump motors located inside water-front pump chambers or motors with rating
greater than 30kW shall be provided with anti-condensation heater, and the control circuit
shall be arranged such that the heater is off when the starter is on and vice versa. Heaters
shall be wired from the respective starter in MCC or LMCP.
ii. The heaters shall be terminated in a robust terminal box electrically and mechanically
separated from any other terminal boxes. The anti-condensation heater terminal box shall
be fitted with an undrilled gland plate suitable for conduit termination or cable entry.
TS-AC/234
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Type of Drive
All motors having “V” belt drive shall be mounted on sliding rails of the bedplate
common with the driven machines, and with adjustable bolts of ample length for the
drive. All motors and drives shall be accurately turned and provided with pulleys or
couplings as required for the drive. All motors and drives shall be accurately aligned
with the driven machines. Type and number of belts for the motor shall be of the design
that is reviewed without objection.
h) Lifting Eyes
All motors with a net weight in excess of 25kg shall be provided with lifting eyes or
lugs on the casing of the motor.
TS-AC/235
MVAC INSTALLATION
15.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Install motors as required by the driven equipment.
ii. Provide lifting equipment for the installation of motors.
iii. Any additional steel works, supporting brackets and members which are required for the
motor installation shall be provided.
iv. All motors shall operate without vibration. Where possible, the motors shall be mounted
on a common bedplate with the machine being driven.
v. Frames and supports for motors shall be accurately set and leveled.
vi. Provide holding down bolts required for the fixing of motors. Should the bolts be required
to be sunk in concrete base, all the necessary details and fixings shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval in adequate time.
vii. For each motor, an emergency stop pushbutton (EPB) shall be provided as specified in
other section of the Specification.
viii. No motor shall be installed in a position where surrounding plant or building work would
obstruct the necessary periodical testing, cleaning and maintenance of the motor.
ix. All rotating parts of motors shall be properly guarded.
x. The casing of the motor shall be earthed as specified in other section of the Specification.
TS-AC/236
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 16 (NOT USE)
SECTION 17 LOCAL MOTOR CONTROL PANELS (LMCPS)
16.1 GENERAL
a) General Requirements
i. The electrical schematic diagrams for the equipment to be installed as shown on the
Drawings are for guidance only. All of the electrical equipment provided, including
switchgear, motor starters, interconnecting power cables, and busbars, shall be
compatible in every respect with the electrical characteristics of the motors provided, and
shall be designed to suit the starting, normal and abnormal operating conditions of the
motor, and under fault conditions. Any extra cost due to the modification of the
LMCPs and the interconnecting power cables necessary to meet the scheduled duties,
and the requirements of the Wiring Regulations and the power company will not be
entertained.
ii. The LMCPs shall be of the self-contained wall mounted or floor standing extensible multi-
cubicle type, built up from compartments housing the circuit breakers, fused switchgear,
relays, busbars, controls etc. as shown on the schematic wiring diagrams contained in
the Drawings and as specified hereinafter. The LMCPs shall be suitable for the service
conditions specified in this Specification.
iii. The location of the LMCPs shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
b) Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance
i. The LMCPs shall be partially type-tested assemblies (PTTA) as defined in EN60439-1,

manufactured, factory assembled and tested by a specialist switchboard manufacturer.
ii. The equipment within the LMCPs, including switchgear, controlgear and busbar
assemblies shall be certified for the category of duty specified. Relevant technical
information and literature in English and copies of type-test certificates, drawings and
test reports shall be made available for examination during factory tests to verify that the
above requirement has been met.
iii. Schedule of Standards
The whole of the LMCPs shall be designed and constructed in accordance

with the latest revision of the following standards.
TS-AC/237
MVAC INSTALLATION
BS88, EN60269,IEC60269 Cartridge fuses
BS89, EN60051,IEC6051 Electrical indicating instruments
BS142, IEC60255 Electrical protective relays
BS1433 Copper for electrical purpose
BS2757, IEC6085 Classification of insulating materials
BS3871, EN60898, IEC60898 Miniature air-break circuit breakers
BS5685, IEC60521 Electricity meters
BS5992, IEC60255 Electrical relays
BS6004, IEC60227 PVC insulated cables, non-armoured, for power and lighting
BS6231, IEC60189-5 PVC insulated cables for switchgear and control gear wiring
EN60622, IEC60622 Sealed nickel-cadmium prismatic rechargeable single cells
BS7430 Code of practic for earthing
BS7671, IEC60364 Wiring regulations for electrical installations for buildings
BS7626, IEC60185 Current transformers
EN55014 EMC Requirements for Household Tools and Similar Apparatus
EN60439,IEC439 Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies
EN60947, IEC60947 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
EMSD (Hong Kong) Code of Practice for the Electricity (Wiring)
TS-AC/238
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Submittals
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the Works:
i. Details of equipment and components and manufacturer's data, including time- current
curves for each type and rating of circuit breaker and fuse proposed, magnetising curves
of CTs proposed etc.
ii. Detailed LMCP construction drawings to show the busbar arrangement, panel layout
etc.
iii. Electrical control wiring diagrams showing details of all wirings internal and external to
the LMCP, together with terminal numbers for cable terminations.
iv. Setting levels of all adjustable tripping devices.
v. Calculation on battery sizing if required.
vi. Equipment weight.
vii. Builder's work requirements.
viii. Maximum heat dissipation from the LMCPs.
ix. Schedule of labels, inscriptions and colours.
x. Surface treatment of the LMCPs.
xi. Locations of the EPBs.
xii. Proposal on the testing procedures and report format for testing of the LMCPs at the
manufacturer's works and on site.
xiii. EMC certificates, declarations of conformity and EMC type test reports for relays, meters
and electronic components if required.
TS-AC/239
MVAC INSTALLATION
16.2 PRODUCTS
a) General
i. As far as practicable, the use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact shall be avoided.
If this is not possible, the contact surfaces of one or both of the metals shall be
electroplated or the two metals shall be insulated from each other.
ii. All similar items of the LMCPs and their component parts shall be completely
interchangeable.
iii. All parts which are subject to wear or damage by dust shall be totally enclosed in dust-
proof housings.
iv. Adhesives shall not be used in the LMCPs unless otherwise specified.
v. All bolts, studs, nuts and washers shall be high tensile stainless steel and cadmium plated.
When tolerance limitations preclude plating, corrosion- resistant steel shall be used.
vi. Washers shall be provided under all nuts and bolt heads. Bolts and studs shall protrude
by at least one thread pitch but not more than five thread pitches beyond the outside
face of nuts.
vii. The LMCPs shall be designed to conform to the best engineering practice. Arrange all
instruments, relays, switchgear, indicating lamps, control switches, push button and the
like in a neat, functional and logical manner.
viii. The LMCPs shall be designed for simplicity of operation and maintenance to give reliable
service and minimum maintenance.
TS-AC/240
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Construction
i. The LMCPs shall be self supporting, with modular top, side and back panels and doors
of not less than 1.5mm thick electro-galvanized sheet steel built up on substantial framing
to provide a rigid construction and clear accessibility to all internal components within the
LMCPs.
ii. The degree of protection of enclosures shall be to IP31 for indoor use and IP54 for
outdoor use to EN60529 and IEC60529.
iii. The complete LMCP shall comply with Form 3b segregation.
iv. Gasket all detachable panels and swing panels.
v. The LMCPs shall be of uniform height, and uniform depth front-to-back, throughout its
length and shall present a neat and tidy appearance. Arrange all control and indication
components mounted on or within the LMCPs between 500mm and 1800mm above the
finished floor level.
vi. All doors shall have concealed hinges and shall be interlocked with the switch
mechanism. Provide all doors with dust-excluding gasket of neoprene or other equivalent
and approved material.
vii. Provide non-magnetic removable gland plates of not less than 2.0mm thick at the top
and bottom of the LMCPs with suitable cut-outs for cables terminations.
viii. Adequate arrangement for air circulation shall be made within each compartment of the
LMCPs and equipment shall be adequately sized to ensure that the internal temperature
of the LMCPs will be well within the operating ranges of all electrical and electronic
components including switchgear, controlgear, busbars, relays, and timers inside the
LMCPs. Provide ventilating louvres where required.
ix. All insulators shall be non-hygroscopic and non-deteriorating.
x. Provide a base frame for the floor standing type LMCP. The base frame shall be made up
of steel channel with a minimum height of 100mm of substantial strength at the bottom of
the LMCP.
xi. Provided earthed metallic internal compartments for housing senstive metering equipment
and protective relays.
TS-AC/241
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Finishes
i. All steelwork shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale, rust and other
contaminants by shot or grit blasting, and shall be epoxy powder coated immediately
at the manufacturer's works. The epoxy powder coating shall be not less than 50
microns thick.
ii. The final colours for the equipment shall be the manufacturer's standard colours, unless
otherwise specified elsewhere in this Specification.
d) Busbars
i. Busbars shall be made of hard drawn, electro-tinned high conductivity, bare rectangular
solid copper bars. Full size phase and neutral bars shall be provided.
ii. Brace and support all busbars rigidly. The complete assembly shall be capable of
withstanding the maximum mechanical stresses to which it may be subjected under fault
conditions.
iii. Busbars, busbar connections and bare conductors forming part of the equipment of the
LMCPs shall comply as regards current-carrying capacity and limits of temperature rise
with the requirements of EN60439 and IEC60439.
iv. Whenever a vertical section of the LMCP contains more than one outgoing circuit,
provide busbar risers or droppers to which the outgoing circuits are connected. Busbar
risers and droppers shall be as short and as straight as possible and shall be so arranged
that all conductors of the outgoing circuits can be brought onto the bars without undue
bending.
v. All conductors between the main busbars, busbar risers and droppers and the outgoing
switchgear shall be of high conductivity copper bars as specified, having a current rating
of not less than that of the outgoing switchgear to which they are connected. Label all
busbars with colour code for phase identification.
vi. Jointing of busbars shall be by mechanical means, silver plated or tin-plated at joints.
Provide washers and locknuts to all bolts. The length of overlap at joints shall
not be less than the width of busbars to be jointed.
vii. Identify the nominal rating of the busbars, busbar risers and droppers by self- adhesive
colour labels.
viii. Insulators for busbar supports shall be non-hygroscopic and non-tracking moulding.
ix. Segregate busbar as specified.
x. The busbar system shall have an insulation voltage of 660V d.c..
TS-AC/242
MVAC INSTALLATION
xi.
e) LMCP Main Isolating Switch
i. Every LMCP shall be provided with an main isolating switch as a means of complete
isolation of the LMCP. The main isolating switch shall comply with the requirements on
fused switchgear as specified above except that the fuse links shall be replaced by
copper busbars of approved rating.
ii. Notwithstanding the above, each LMCP isolating switch shall be equipped with, but not
be limited to, the following:
i. Phase indicating lamps.
ii. One voltmeter complete with selector switch for line and phase voltage reading (For
main isolating switch rating 200A and above).
iii. One ammeter complete with selector switch and CTs to measure all line currents (For
main isolating switch rating 200A and above).
TS-AC/243
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Fused Switchgear
i. All fused switchgear shall comply with BSEN60947-3 or IEC60947-3 and shall be rated
for uninterrupted duty, utilization category AC-23A, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings and shall have rated fuse short-circuit current of 30kA minimum. All live parts
shall be fully screened from the front.
ii. Fused switchgear shall have mechanical interlocks between the panel door and the
switch operating mechanism and shall be so arranged that the panel door cannot be
opened with the switch in the ON position. Similarly, it shall not be possible to close the
switch with the cubicle door open, except that provision shall be made within the cubicle
for an authorized person to defeat the mechanical interlock and close the switch with the
door in the open position for test purposes.
iii. All switchgear shall be flush mounting and be fitted with mechanical ON/OFF indicators
with operating handles of the semi-flush or telescopic pattern, and with suitable means
for padlocking in either the ON or OFF position.
iv. Fused switchgear shall be provided with adequate accelerating springs and toggle
action to ensure positive quick-make and quick-break action independent of the speed
of operation of the handle and shall be capable of closing onto and remaining closed on
a fault, and able to operate even if the mechanism spring is broken. All contacts shall be
silver plated for service reliability.
v. Fused switchgear shall be triple pole with bolted neutral link, triple pole with switched
neutral, double pole or single pole with bolted neutral link, as specified. The neutral link
shall be accessible and detachable from the front of the fused switchgear panel.
vi. Fuses shall be of HRC type to BS88:Part 2, Class Q1 fusing factor.
TS-AC/244
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)
i. MCCBs shall comply with and be fully type-tested to BSEN60947-2 or IEC947-2, and
shall meet the following requirements:
Number of poles : 4 or 3 as specified on the drawings

Rated insulation voltage: 660V A.C.
Rated frequency: 50Hz
Rated uninterrupted current (derated to suit site conditions): as shown on drawings
Rated working temperature: 40 deg.C.
Rated short-circuit making capacity: 63kA at 0.25 power factor
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu): 30kA
Utilization category: A
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw): 30kA
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics): 100% of Icu
ii. All MCCBs shall be certified by a recognized national testing authority to show
compliance with the short circuit duty as specified above.
iii. MCCBs shall have all mechanical and live metallic components completely enclosed
within an all insulating moulded case.
iv. The operating mechanism shall be independent of operating speed and the overcentre
toggle action shall provide a quick-made and quick-break switching. Handles shall be trip
free. Contacts shall be non-welding.
v. MCCBs shall have over-current tripping mechanism of the thermal magnetic,

temperature compensated type to give time delay overload circuit protection and
instantaneous short-circuit interruption. The operating characteristic shall be such
that the time delay on overload tripping is inversely proportional to the overcurrent up to
a threshold value of approximately seven times the rated current at 40 deg.C.
TS-AC/245
MVAC INSTALLATION
vi. Provide handle lock attachments complete with padlock and two keys, capable of locking
the MCCB either in the open or closed position.
vii. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide MCCB with a shunt trip unit which shall
shunt trip the MCCB during an earth fault condition. The shunt trip unit shall be
controlled by an earth fault current sensing device and static electronic circuitry providing
an adjustable earth leakage tripping range between 1 to 5A and an adjustable tripping
time of 0 to 5 seconds. The shunt trip coil shall operate on the d.c. supply as
specified hereinafter. Provide an indicating lamp with lamp test and reset buttons to
indicated MCCB tripped status on earth fault.
TS-AC/246
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Motorized MCCB Units
i. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide motorized MCCB for control purpose or
tripping the MCCB during an earth fault or under-voltage condition. Operations of
the MCCB shall be by individual momentarily energized solenoid mounted on the breaker.
The closing solenoid shall operate on the mains supply while the tripping solenoid shall
operate on the d.c. supply as specified hereafter.
ii. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide an earth fault current sensing device and static
electronic circuitry providing an adjustable earth leakage tripping range of between 1 to
5A and an adjustable tripping time of 0 to 5 seconds.
iii. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide an under-voltage trip relay capable of holding
the circuit closed for a period of 0 to 5 seconds adjustable at the commencement of
complete mains failure. The under-voltage relay shall of the self-resetting type.
Incorporate a time delay circuit to close the MCCB automatically within a period of 0 to
30 seconds adjustable at the commencement of mains restoration.
iv. Notwithstanding the above, each motorized MCCB units shall be equipped with, but not
be limited to, the following:
i. MCCB OPEN/CLOSED/TRIPPED-ON-FAULT indicating lamps.
ii. MCCB OPEN/CLOSE push buttons.
iii. Control circuits, with anti-pumping relays, to ensure positive operation of the MCCB,
requiring automatic closing.
iv. Auxiliary contacts for local status indications, controls and 20% spares.
v. Lamp test push button.
vi. Auxiliary contacts for remote status indications, controls and 20% spares.
vii. REMOTE/LOCAL-MANUAL MCCB control selector switch, whenever remote control is

specified.
TS-AC/247
MVAC INSTALLATION
i) Automatic Transfer Switches
i. Where indicated on the Drawings as paired MCCBs, each breaker shall be equipped
with, but not be limited to, the following:
i. MCCB as specified, but with motorized mechanism for ON/OFF operation. Operations of
the breaker shall be individual momentarily energized solenoid mounted on the breaker.
The closing and tripping solenoid shall operate on the AC supply as specified hereafter.
ii. Electrically and mechanically interlocking to facilitate automatic/manual changeover from

the normal source to the standby source.
iii. Automatic/manual changeover selector switch.
iv. Interlocking facility to ensure that normal breaker tripped on fault will not cause the
standby breaker to close or vice versa, unless the breakers are reset manually. Provide
padlock facilities for both breakers to prevent accidential re-closure during maintenance.
v. The changeover system between the normal and standby sources shall be as follows:
1. A 3-phase undervoltage relay with time delay facility shall be provided in the MCC to
monitor the voltage condition of the normal source. Upon failure of one or more phases
of mains supply or a reduction of voltage to a value of 90% to 70% (adjustable) of the
nominal value, the normal breaker shall be tripped by the undervoltage relays.
2. Another set of undervoltage relay as specified above shall also be provided to monitor
the voltage condition of the standby source. Once the voltage from the generator supply
reaches 90% of the nominal value, the standby breaker shall close automatically.
3. Upon restoration of the normal power supply, which has been determined stable after a
time delay, the standby breaker shall open and the normal breaker shall close,
transferring the loads to the normal supply. It shall also be able to switch the load back
to the normal supply under manual control.
vi. Incorporate in the control circuit a test switch to simulate mains power failure and initiate
the changeover sequence to allow on-load testing.
TS-AC/248
MVAC INSTALLATION
j) Motor Starters
i. Every motor starter shall be designed to perform the following functions efficiently
and safely:
i. To start the motor without damage to the drive or driven equipment whilst regulating the
starting current to the satisfaction of the power supply company and ensuring that at all
stages of starting, the motor will develop sufficient torque to accelerate the load.
ii. To stop the motor.
iii. To prevent damage to the motor due to overload, disconnection of one phase etc.
iv. To prevent damage to reduced voltage started motors and danger to personnel due to
resumption of the electricity supply following a failure.
v. To limit the damage to the motor due to stalling or internal electrical or mechanical faults
by quickly disconnecting the supply.
vi. To prevent damage to the motor or the starter itself due to improper unskilled or hesitant
operation or failure to complete a starting sequence once it is connected.
vii. To enable the motor and starter to be completely isolated from the main supply and from
all control supplies for inspection and repairs by means of a single switch.
ii. Each motor starter assembly shall comprise switchgear, contactors, protection relays
and accessories as specified hereinafter. The whole unit shall be enclosed in the
cubicle from which no access can be gained to adjoining cubicles. The contactors, in
conjunction with its immediate upstream switchgear, shall pass the Type 2 co-ordination
under short circuit conditions as specified in Clause 7.2.5 of BSEN60947-4-1 or
IEC60947-4-1.
iii. All starters shall be in accordance with section 7.2 of BSEN60947-4-1 or IEC60947-4-1,
and shall be adequately rated for the conditions in which it shall operate.
iv. All contactors shall be electro-magnetic type and shall comply with BSEN60947- 4-1 or
IEC60947-4-1, utilization category AC-3 of intermittent duty class 30.
v. All starters shall be of electrically held on pattern and shall not release until the voltage
falls below 75% of nominal.
vi. Control circuits shall be operated on mains supply derived from the LMCPs, suitably
protected by fuse to BS88: Part 2 and Part 6.
TS-AC/249
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Direct-on-line (DOL) Starters
i. Motors rated below 11kW shall be direct-on-line started provided that the maximum
starting current does not exceed six times the rated motor full load current, otherwise
star-delta starters shall be provided.
ii. The starters shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
i. Fused switchgear or MCCB as specified.
ii. Triple pole air break contactor.
iii. One triple pole motor protection unit incorporating three phase over-current and single-
phasing protection. The over-current protection unit shall be of thermal type, with a
minimum setting of 110% of full load current. No external re-set shall be provided.
iv. No-volt release device of automatic resetting type.
v. Local/off/remote control selector switch lockable in each position.
vi. Set of start and stop push button.
vii. Set of indicating lamps for motor running, off and tripped on fault.
viii. Set of dry contacts wired to terminals for remote indication of motor running, off, tripped
on fault and summary alarm to the various central control panels at the location shown
on the Drawings.
ix. One set of terminals wired to provide for connection to the following:
1. Emergency stop pushbutton, effective in all positions of the local/remote switch, if any.
2. Remote start/stop of the motor, effective only in the remote position of the selector
switch.
x. Hour run meter.
xi. Lamp test button.
xii. Any other items required to effect satisfactory motor starting and control as specified
elsewhere in the Specification.
TS-AC/250
MVAC INSTALLATION
l) Star-delta Starters
i. Motors rated at and above 11kW and 55kW, inclusive, shall be star-delta started to limit
the maximum starting current within 2.5 times the rated motor full load current.
ii. Star-delta starters shall be equipped as per DOL starters specified above, with the
following additional provisions:
i. Electrically and mechanically interlocked triple pole air break contactors arranged for
automatic open transition star-delta motor starting, with an adjustable automatic timing
device for switching over from star to delta connection.
ii. One ammeter to read red phase current with matching CTs.
iii. One triple pole motor protection unit incorporating three phase over- current, single-
phasing and earth leakage protection. The over-current protection unit shall be of thermal
type, with a minimum setting of 110% of full load current. The earth leakage protection
unit shall be selected to isolate the motor circuit with a maximum fault disconnection time
of 5 seconds in case of earth leakage without causing nuisance tripping of the motor
circuit due to motor starting and transient current saturation.
m) Reduced Voltage (RV) Starters
i. Motors rated above 55kW shall be reduced voltage started to limit the maximum starting
current within 2.5 times the rated motor full load current.
ii. Reduced voltage starters referred herein shall be auto-transformer starters and shall be
equipped as per star-delta starters specified above, with the following additional
provisions:
i. Electrically and mechanically interlocked triple pole air break contactors and reactor
arranged for closed transition reduced voltage motor starting, with an adjustable
automatic timing device for switching over from reduced voltage to full voltage connection.
The reactor shall be provided with three tappings at 110%, 100% and 90% of the
recommended designed setting for adjustment on site.
ii. Air-cooled copper winding auto-transformer with insulation Class F and suitraable
tappings for the closed transition reduced voltage mortor starting. The auto-
transformer have with three tappings at 50%, 65% and 80% for adjustment on site and
shall be suitable for 6 starts per hour.
TS-AC/251
MVAC INSTALLATION
n) Soft Starters
i. Where indicated on the Drawings, soft starters shall be provided to limit the maximum
starting current as specified hereafter.
i. Fused switchgear or MCCB as specified in the Drawings.
ii. One set of solid state motor controller as specified below:
1. The solid state soft motor controller shall be a power electronic type motor starting device.
It shall control the voltage applied to the motor smoothly by varying the conduction
angle of the solid state
A.C. switches which can be triacs, reverse parallel connected SCR- diode circuit or
reverse parallel connected SCR-SCR circuit etc. or using, other similar technique.
2. The solid state motor controller shall be manufactured to conform to the following
relevant standards or other similar recognised international standards:-
BS EN 60068-2 (IEC 68-2-6) For vibration
resistance, BS EN 60068-2-27 (IEC 68-2-27) For shock
resistance,
BS 6667 Part 3 (IEC 801-3) For radio-electrical interference

immunity
BS EN 50081 For electromagnetic compatibility.
3. The solid state motor controller shall be manufactured by a reputable manufacturer which
has continuously manufactured softstarters for at least 5 years and the manufacturer
shall have a local agent to provide full technical support, including adequate spares
holding and technical expertise in testing, commissioning and trouble-shooting.
Training shall be provided by the manufacturer‟s representatives on operational and
maintenance aspects including essential trouble-shooting techniques.
TS-AC/252
MVAC INSTALLATION
4. Full technical details of the solid state motor controller provided by the manufacturer shall
be submitted and shall cover at least the following:-
i. technical guide on its applications.
ii. schematic and wiring drawings, and down to circuit board level where possible.
iii. shop drawings and as-fitted drawings.
iv. operation manuals with commissioning guide.
v. maintenance manuals with trouble-shooting guide.
vi. parts list and recommended spare parts with price.
5. Degree of Protection of Enclosure
The solid state motor controller shall be protected to at least IP20 for operation without
derating under ambient temperature of up to 40 deg. C and relative humidity of up to
95%.
6. Voltage and Power Rating
Unless otherwise specified, the rated operational voltage shall be 380 Volt ±6%, 3-phase,
50 Hz ±2%. The rated power and quantities of the solid state motor controllers shall be
as indicated on the Drawings.
7. Mode of Operation
The solid state motor controller shall provide the following modes of operation and shall be
transitionless without causing any current inrush and torque surges during operation:-
i. Voltage ramp - The motor voltage shall begin initially at a preset „start voltage‟ and
increase to line voltage at a preset ramp rate‟.
ii. The acceleration ramp time shall be adjustable up to 30 sec.
iii. Current limitation - It shall be capable of limiting the maximum starting current which
shall be adjustable up to 5 times of rated current.
iv. Soft stop - A deceleration voltage ramp shall be applied to the motor for applications
which require an extended coast to rest. The voltage ramp down time shall be
adjustable up to 60 sec.
TS-AC/253
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Kickstart - A current pulse shall be provided in softstarter to develop additional torque at

start for loads which may need a boost to get started.
vi. Apart from the above, other modes of operation such as energy saving, voltage pedestal
starting, full voltage starting,
vii. D.C. injection braking etc. shall also be provided when specified.
8. Protection
The solid state motor controller shall have an integral protection to the motor and
softstarter and LED diagnostics to aid in set-up and troubleshooting. The protection shall
include, but not be limited to the following:-
i. thermal overload protection of the motor and solid state motor controller.
ii. mains supply protection for phase failure and phase unbalance.
iii. internal fault protection.
iv. stalled motor protection.
9. Auxiliary Contact
The solid state motor controller shall provide auxiliary contacts for end of starting (by-pass)
and fault condition. The output relay contact shall be suitable for 220 V A.C. operation in
category AC11 and D.C. operation in category DC11.
10. Selection of solid state motor controller and Operating Precautions
i. The starting current-speed transition curve of the selected solid state motor controller
shall closely match with the starting torque-speed characteristics of the motor and
loading. The ratings of the solid state motor controller shall be selected based on „hot
start‟ operation i.e. the motor is re- started immediately after operating at the maximum
rating for a period of time.
ii. The motor associated with the solid state motor controller shall be capable of starting the
driven load when is supplied at reduced voltage and current. In case of severe duty, it
shall Check with the motor manufacturer that its derating is compatible with the operating
cycle and the starting times.
iii. The heat sink of the solid state motor controller shall be of good quality aluminium
construction and shall provide sufficient thermal inertia to permit successful starting of
the motor without exceeding permitted junction temperature of the solid state AC
switches.
iv. The solid state motor controller shall be capable of continuously delivering the rated
output voltage (or reduced output voltage under energy saving mode) with power factor
TS-AC/254
MVAC INSTALLATION
of not less than 0.9 lagging without external chokes or power factor correction capacitors
at any load. A by-pass contactor shall be provided and the order to close and open the
contactor shall be controlled by the built-in signal of the solid state motor controller.
v. The solid state motor controller shall have the provisions to accept DC input from an
external device such as Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) for controlling the start
and stop of the unit.
vi. Semiconductor fuses, one for each phase, shall be provided and have the characteristics
suitable to protect the solid state motor controller.
vii. The solid state A.C. switches shall have a blocking voltage of at least 1400V with a rate
of rise of reapplied voltage tolerance of at least 1000V per microsecond. However, an
isolation contactor or isolator shall be available as an option to isolate the supply in the
„Off‟ state of the solid state motor controller for the safety of the operator.
viii. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should power factor correction equipment be connected

between the solid state motor controller and the motor. If power factor correction
equipment is employed, it should be connected to the supply side of the solid state motor
controller.
11. The solid state motor controller shall be suitable for 20 starts per hour.
i. Triple pole air break contactor as by-pass contactor. The contactor shall be parallel
connected with solid state motor controller.
ii. One triple pole motor protection unit incorporating three phase over-current, single-
phasing and earth leakage protection. The over-current protection unit shall be of
thermal type, with a minimum setting of 110% of full load current. The earth leakage
protection unit shall be selected to isolate the motor circuit with a maximum fault
disconnection time of 5 seconds in case of earth leakage without causing nuisance
tripping of the motor circuit due to motor starting and transient current saturation.
iii. One ammeter to read red phase current with matching CTs.
vi. Start and stop push button.
vii. Indicating lamps for motor running, off and tripped on fault.
viii. Dry contacts wired to terminals for remote indication of motor running, off, tripped on
fault and summary alarm to the various Central Control and Monitoring System (CCMS).
TS-AC/255
MVAC INSTALLATION
x. Emergency stop pushbutton, effective in all positions of the local/remote switch, if any.
xi. Hour run meter.
xii. Lamp test button.
xiii. Any other items required to effect satisfactory motor starting and control as specified
TS-AC/256
MVAC INSTALLATION
o) Variable Speed Drive Starters
i. Where indicated on the Drawings, variable speed drive starter shall be provided
specified hereafter.
i. Fused switchgear or MCCB as indicated on the Drawings.
ii. One set of variable speed drive (VSD) as specified below :
a) The variable speed drive (hereinafter referred to as VSD) shall be a solid-state converter
to convert three phase mains supply of 380V±6% and 50Hz ±1 Hz to an adjustable
voltage and frequency output at its rated throughput power. VSD shall conform to BSEN
50081 or other similar recognized international standards on Electro-magnetic
Compatibility (EMC) compliance for industrial or commercial applications and shall be
manufactured to ISO 9001. Certificate of compliance shall be issued for each standard
rating of VSD used in the Contract after being fully tested at the manufacturing facility.
b) The VSD shall be manufactured by a reputable manufacturer which has continuously

manufactured VSDs for at least 5 years and the manufacturer shall have a local agent
to provide full technical support with adequate spares holding and technical expertise in
testing, commissioning and trouble-shooting. Training shall be provided by the
manufacturer's representatives on operational and maintenance aspects including
essential trouble-shooting techniques.
c) The VSD shall incorporate a 6-pulse full-wave uncontrolled diode bridge, fixed voltage
fed DC link with inductors and capacitors to form a filter, a mains filter for EMC
compliance, a pulse width modulation (PWM) inverter bridge utilising insulated gate
bipolar transistors (IGBTS) and output inductors in the motor lines. The inverter bridge
shall be controlled by a microprocessor to produce a pulse width modulation (PWM)
waveform or similar technique which would result in full motor voltage and sinusoidal
current mains supply in the motor circuit. The VSD shall be equipped with built-in RS
485/232 serial communication ports.
d) The VSD shall be capable of continuously delivering rated output voltage even when the
mains supply voltage is down to 6% of its nominal value and shall be able to control a
standard BS 5000 3- phase squirrel cage induction motor over a speed range of 20% to
100% continuously and smoothly without de-rating the motor kW rating. The VSD shall
provide total power factor of not less than 0.9 lagging, without external chokes or power
factor correction capacitors, at all loads within the speed range. The inrush current shall
be zero and during starting, the current shall start from zero and rises as the load
accelerates wih no danger of exceeding full load current.
e) The VSD shall allow unlimited switching of the motor circuit, at any load and within the
controlled speed range without damage and without the need of auxiliary control
switching. The VSD shall be capable of automatically reconnecting to a spinning fan and
run without tripping, following mains interruption and on transfer from backup source.
TS-AC/257
MVAC INSTALLATION
The VSD shall be capable of running with no motor connected during functional
testing. The VSD shall have voltage/frequency (V/f) ratio suitable for centrifugal pumps
and fans control. Selectable V/f ratios shall be provided and it shall not be possible to set
a constant V/f ratio, to prevent damage to connected equipment and to optimise energy
usage.
f) The complete VSD unit shall be housed in the LMCP with front- access door. It shall be
suitable for continuous operation without derating under ambient temperature of up to
40oC and relative humidity of up to 95% unless otherwise specified. The
manufacturer shall arrange their equipment to be fully tested including motor loading at
their manufacturing facility or by an approved testing authority to certify that their
equipment conforms to the aforesaid standard. Certificate of compliance shall be
issued for each standard rating of VSD used in the Contract after being fully tested at
the manufacturing facility or by the testing authority.
g) The VSD shall be fully rated to provide the performance as follows:-
i. minimum efficiency of 95% at 100% load and not less than 90% at any other operating
loads;
ii. output torque shall be limited to 105% of full load torque;
iii. no faculty for reversing the motor rotation shall be incorporated;
iv. the maximum allowable fifth harmonic current distortion expressed in percent of the
fundamental input current at the VSD input terminals during operation within the variable
speed range shall be less than 35%.
v. the electromagnetic compatibility shall be to BS EN 50081 or similar international

standards.
vi. the harmonic distortion shall comply with the Supply Rules issued by the power supply
company.
h) The following minimum features shall be incorporated in the VSD unit complete with an
integral control panel:-
i. it shall accept digital and analogue 0-10 V, 4-20 mA control signals;
ii. display of warning/fault/alarm status;
iii. data can be transmitted on the RS 485/232 output for remote interrogating and
reprogramming;
iv. selectable local or remote control;
TS-AC/258
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. integral measurement and selectable display of:
1. output current
2. output voltage
3. output frequency
4. output speed
5. output power
6. motor temperature
vi. it shall have programmable relay output (250V 2A) and programmable analogue output
of 4-20mA or 0-10V DC suitable for the application;
vii. 5 programmable preset speeds (including at least 2 skip frequencies of adjustable

bandwidth to overcome mechanical or air system resonance);
viii. it shall have the following integral protection against: -
1. loss of mains and motor phase

2. motor short circuit
3. motor circuit earth fault
4. motor overheat
5. overvoltage
6. VSD overheat
7. under voltage
8. input transients
9. VSD and motor overload
10. mains input accidentally couples to motor output terminals
i) it shall have an integral full 3-term PID control to provide closed loop control direct
from a signal transmitter without need for external signal conditioning;
j) it shall have a facility for controlling motor anti-condensation heater for heater operation
when the motor is idle.
iii. One set of appropriate type starter for manually changeover operation in case of VSD
failure. The type of starter shall be direct-on-line or star-delta or reduced voltage and
shall be selected according to the motor rating.
vi. Set of start and stop pushbutton.
vii. Set of indicating lamps for motor running, off and tripped on fault.
TS-AC/259
MVAC INSTALLATION
viii. Set of dry contacts wired to terminals for remote indication of motor running, off, tripped
on fault and summary alarm to the Central Control and Monitoring System (CCMS).
x. Emergency stop pushbutton, effective in all positions of the local/remote switch, if any.
xi. Hour run meter.
xii. Lamp test button.
xiii. Any other items required to effect satisfactory motor starting and control as specified
p) Control and Auxiliary Relays
i. Provide control and auxiliary relays where necessary to ensure a sound and effective
operations of the MCCBs and contactors.
ii. Relays shall be plug-in type, rack mounted, provided with cable connection sockets and
anchored by quick fastening vibration-proof devices.All contacts shall be double
breaking type. Relay coils shall be suitable for a.c. or d.c. operation as required.
iii. All protective relays shall conform to the EMC immunity standard EN 50082-1 or EN
50082-2 if required.
q) Volt-free Contacts (Dry Contacts)
Provide volt-free contacts where required. They shall comprise a pair of contacts
operated directly by the equipment but electrically separated such that no electrical
potential derived from the equipment appears at the contacts. Use volt-free contacts
to complete external control, alarm or indication circuits. The volt-free contacts shall
be rated at 1A, 250V or better.
r) Current Transformers (CT)
i. All CTs shall be rated for Class B temperature rise.
ii. CTs shall be of epoxy resin encapsulated type and shall be capable of providing the
necessary output to operate the connected protective device or instruments.
iii. Earth one secondary terminal of each set of CT through a removable link.
TS-AC/260
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. Protection CTs shall be suitably rated. E. Measurement CTs shall be suitably rated and
of Class 1 accuracy or better.
s) Indicating Instruments
i. All indicating instruments shall be of the flush-mounted, back-connected, dustproof,

heavy duty, switchboard type with matt black bezels. Scale plates shall be white with
black pointer and markings not subject to fading.
ii. All indicating instruments shall have a frame size of approximately 100mm by 100mm
with a scale arc of approximately 240 degrees and with mechanical zero adjustment
accessible from the front without dismantling the instruments. The range selected shall
be suitable for the voltage and current levels to be indicated with the normal maximum
reading at approximately 60% of full scale.
iii. All indicating instruments shall be of the moving iron spring controlled type. The accuracy
class shall be 1.5 for indicating instruments and 1 for integrating meters. All indicating
instruments shall not be damaged by occurrence of a short-circuit or over-voltage which
can be withstood by the switchgear.
iv. Indicating instruments shall comply with the requirements of relevant parts of EN60051.
Integrating meters shall comply with the relevant requirements of BS5685, IEC521, or
IEC211.
v. Combination digital instrumentation in lieu of one or more of the above mentioned

analog indicating instruments is acceptable provided that its performance is equal to or
better than the analog indicating instrument specified.
t) Indicating Lamps, Push Buttons, Selector and Control Switches
i. All indicating lamps, luminous push buttons, selector and control switches shall be of
the heavy duty switchboard type, suitably insulated and rated for the voltage level and
current rating intended.
ii. The lamp bulb rated voltage shall be at least 20% higher than the nominal working
voltage to enhance a lamp life of not less than 4,000 hours. The indicating lamps shall
be designed to permit removal of lamp lenses and bulb from the front of the units
without the need of any special tool and opening of the panel doors.
iii. Selector switches for ammeters shall be of the rotary type with make-before- break
contacts for selection to read the three phase currents, with the necessary engraved
plates with R, Y, and B clearly indicated. Selector switches for voltmeters shall be of the
rotary type with break-before-make contacts for selection to read the line and phase
voltages, with the necessary engraved plates with phase voltages RN, YN, BN and line
voltages RY, YB, BR clearly indicated.
TS-AC/261
MVAC INSTALLATION
iv. Switches for circuit breaker control shall be of the pistol grip type, with spring return to
the neutral position, and with an interlock to prevent repetitive closing without moving
first to the trip position.
v. Switches for other control selection and other purposes shall have spade type handles.
vi. "STOP" push-buttons shall be in red and "START" push-buttons shall be in green. All
other push-buttons shall be in black.
vii. "START" push-buttons shall be effective when the selector switch (if fitted) is in the
"LOCAL" position, and shall not be effective when the selector switch is in the "OFF" or
"REMOTE" position.
viii. Control switches shall be fitted with facilities for locking to prevent unauthorized
operations.
u) Emergency Stop Pushbuttons (EPB)
i. EPBs shall be connected to the starter circuits and shall be effective under all conditions.
ii. EPBs shall be in red and designed for palm-push operation, with mushroom-head button
and rotating release.
iii. All EPBs shall be to IP65.
v) Terminal Blocks
i. Terminal blocks for control wiring shall comprise banks of rail-mounted, screw- clamp,
spring-loaded insertion, solder-lug or stud type terminals as appropriate to the design
and duty of the cables to be terminated. Single terminals shall be replaceable without
dismounting adjacent terminals.
ii. Terminal blocks shall be designed to securely clamp the wire between two plates secured
by a captive screw. Pinch screw type terminal blocks where the screw is in direct
contact with the conductor will not be accepted.
w) Fuses and Links
i. Fuse carriers and solid link carriers and bases shall be made of molded insulating
material.
ii. The contacts of the fixed portion of the fuse or link carrier shall be shrouded so that
accidental contact with live parts cannot be made when the cartridge is removed. It shall
be possible to change fuses with the circuit alive without danger of contact with live
parts.
TS-AC/262
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Fuses shall be to BS88: Part 2 and Part 6, designed to handle the anticipated short circuit
current, and of the cartridge type.
iv. Fuse base shall consist of glass filled, high impact resistant, thermoplastic polyester and
shall incorporate a 35mm DIN rail mounting facility as well as a single screw fixing.
x) Panel Heaters
i. Provide each LMCP with a panel heater of an approved design and rated at 100W
minimum. Shroud all the heaters and mount at the bottom of the LMCP.
ii. Provide individual heater with fuse and rotary ON/OFF selector switch, thermostatic
controls and a lamp to indicate the energization of the heaters at the front.
iii. The heater shall operate from the mains supply derived from the respective LMCP.
y) Earthing
i. Provide a tinned copper earth bar of dimensions not less than 25mm by 3mm within the
LMCPs for bonding of the framework of all modular sections, complete with terminals for
connections to the armouring or metal sheath of all incoming and outgoing circuits, and
to the electrical earth.
ii. Provide an external earth terminal on the outside of both ends of the LMCP for earthing
connection to the electrical earth.
z) Labels
i. Labels shall not be less than 75mm high. Lettering shall be of not less than 50mm
high.
ii. All labels shall be manufactured from laminated traffolyte or similar plastic materials,
engraved and fixed by chrome plated screws.
iii. All label shall be in English and Chinese.
aa) Internal and Control Wiring
i. All internal and control wiring shall be 600/1000V grade PVC insulated copper cable to
BS6231.
ii. All cables shall be adequately rated single core multi-strand conductors of not less
than 1.5 sq.mm, run on PVC cleats or trunkings.
TS-AC/263
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Each wire shall be fitted at both ends with a white ferrule with a black engraved
inscription to correspond with the diagram of connections.
iv. Different insulant colours shall be provided to distinguish the various circuits.
TS-AC/264
MVAC INSTALLATION
16.3 EXECUTION
a) Installation
i. Segregation
Where equipment carrying currents of different types or at different voltages is grouped in a

common assembly, all equipment using any one type of current or any one voltage shall be
effectively segregated from equipment of any other type, to avoid mutual detrimental
influence.
ii. Polarity
i. Arrange polarity of all apparatus as follows when viewed facing the front of the LMCP:
ii. For two pole apparatus: phase and neutral when reading from top to bottom or left to
right.
iii. For three or four pole apparatus: red, yellow and blue phases and neutral when reading
from top to bottom, or left to right.
iii. Cable Arrangement
i. Provide all the necessary cable lugs etc., and fix in positions on mounting plates and
straps, to suit the types and directions of entry of the cables as shown on the Drawings
or as specified.
ii. Arrange cable conductors for all circuits within the LMCPs in a tidy manner and secure
all conductors mechanically at regular intervals to restrain any movement of the
conductors, either under operation conditions (e.g. thermal expansion, vibration, etc.) or
due to short circuit in any one of the circuits, that may cause any damage or short circuit
to any healthy bare live parts in the LMCPs.
iii. Allow maximum segregation between high current carrying cables and instrumentation
cables or provide earthed metallic partitions.
iv. Cable Terminations
1. Do not rest insulated conductors against bare live parts or sharp edges.
2. Connect one conductor to a terminal only. The connection of two or more conductors to
one terminal will not be accepted.
3. Shroud all LV terminals and any other terminals which may remain live with the mains
isolated by heat shrinkable insulation. Label adequately with cautionary signs.
TS-AC/265
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Control and Internal Wiring
1. Neatly bunch all wiring by nylon type cable ties and install in PVC trunkings or flexible PVC
tubing. Use colour coded cable for identification.
2. Enclose wiring across door hinges by a flexible PVC tubing and loop wiring to permit the
opening of doors and removal of components for inspection without disconnecting and
over-flexing of the cables.
3. Provide removable links/fuses for all control circuits to facilitate isolation, Checking and
maintenance.
vi. Wiring Terminations
1. Terminate cables having the same number at adjacent terminals and interconnect by
means of cable jumpers at the terminal block.
2. Shield and label terminals which may remain live when the equipment is isolated from the
mains supply adequately from accidental contact.
3. Provide white ferrules on each terminal for circuit identification, numbered according to
the wiring diagrams.
vii. Fuses and Links
1. Provide fuses and links to enable any circuit to be isolated as necessary for
maintenance and test purposes without isolating the whole of the control circuit.
2. Mount fuses and links in a readily accessible position within the LMCP. Group fuses and
links which are functionally associated with the same circuit.
3. Provide at least 10% and not less than 2 spare fuses and links for each rating of fuses
and links provided for the LMCPs. Fit spare fuses and links in clips within a
dedicated compartment of the LMCPs.
TS-AC/266
MVAC INSTALLATION
viii. Terminal Blocks
1. House terminal blocks for interfacing with other trades in dedicated and segregated
compartments at the uppermost compartment of the LMCPs.
2. Group terminal blocks according to the function and voltage of the control circuit.
Segregate each group from the other group.
3. Connect no more than two wires to one terminal.
4. Provide at least 10% and not less than 2 spare terminals for each terminal block provided.
ix. Earthing
Provide circuit protective conductor to all doors, cover plates, etc., to ensure earth
continuity. Size the circuit protective conductor according to the maximum cross-section of
supply lead to the equipment attached to the doors, cover plates, etc., and in any case not
less than 2.5 sq.mm.
x. Nameplate and Label
1. Provide labels for every panel to describe the duty of every instrument, relays and items
of control equipment mounted externally and internally. The designation on these labels
shall be clear and concise, and shall, where applicable, incorporate the device number.
2. Provide labels to all fuses and links to identify the current rating.
3. Provide warning labels on the rear panels with white lettering on a red background in
both English and Chinese characters denoting "DANGER - 380V". Provide similar
warning labels for all live parts, including test terminal blocks.
4. Provide warning labels at the front and in the cabling compartment for each
automatic/remote closing or changeover switch denoting "BEWARE - AUTOMATIC
CLOSING".
5. Provide warning labels for the terminals of the d.c. supply control circuit which may
remain live when the main equipment is isolated from the mains supply to reduce the
risk of accidental contact.
6. Provide in a conspicuous position a nameplate to every LMCP. The nameplate shall be

metallic and engraved or stamped with the manufacturer's name, serial number and date
of manufacture.
TS-AC/267
MVAC INSTALLATION
xi. Finishes
Make good any damage to the finished coating of the LMCPs and hand paint to its original
finish color on completion of the installation.
xii. Wiring Diagrams
Provide in every compartment of the LMCPs with a wiring diagram as if viewed from the
point of access to the enclosure. The wiring diagram shall be suitably treated to prevent
deterioration from dirt and age, and shall be securely fastened to the inside of the access
door of that compartment.
xiii. Emergency Stop Pushbuttons
One EPB shall be provided and positioned in the immediate vicinity of every motor. In
general, the EPB shall be provided within 1m of the associated motor, and at about 1m
above the finished floor level. The exact locations shall be submitted for approval.
b) Discrimination
i. Ensure full discrimination between the upstream switchgear and the switchgear of the
LMCPs so that short circuits or overloads on the motor circuits will not trip the upstream
circuit breakers but will effectively isolate the faulty circuit, leaving the healthy circuits
unaffected.
ii. Where earth fault detection is provided, discrimination shall be ensured as for overloads
above. Sufficient adjustment shall be provided so that spurious tripping due to the
inherent earth leakage of long cable runs and other equipment will not occur without
comprising the requirements of full discrimination.
iii. Where circuit protection devices are not provided with earth leakage detection, arrange
to trip on earth leakage by means of the overcurrent protection by ensuring a low earth
loop impedance in accordance with the Code of Practice for the Electricity (Wiring)
Regulations and BS7671.
TS-AC/268
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Interfacing with Central Monitoring and Control System (CMCS)
i. The CMCS, to be provided by others, will monitor and control the conditions of the
switchgear and motor starters as specified elsewhere in the Specification. All status
and control wirings to be linked to the CMCS shall be brought to a marshalling cubicle
from which the information will be picked up by the field equipment of the CMCS. All
status and control interface shall be provided in the form of dry contacts, and in pairs of
N.O. and N.C. contacts.
ii. Provide transducers for transmission of analogue measurements such as current,

voltage and power. The output of the transducers shall be compatible with the signalling
system of the CMCS and shall be of the 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V or 4 to 20mA type for the
current and voltage transducers and pulsed output for the power transducer.
iii. Provide control wirings in conduits and trunkings to the nearest data gathering panels for
interfacing with the CMCS.
d) Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)
i. General
i. Carry out the following minimum tests to provide assurance that the
equipment/plant/material being supplied will meet the performance requirements of this
Specification. Where applicable, all tests shall be carried out in a manner as set down in
relevant BS. The list provided is an indicative minimum of the tests required.
Develop and submit full test schedules, procedures, circuit diagrams for approval in
accordance with the requirements of the other sections of the Specification. Use
standard testing forms attached to the Specification as appropriate, otherwise, develop
and submit testing forms for approval.
ii. Visual Checks
i. Carry out visual inspection of the general construction of the LMCP, the busbar system,
switchgear, instrumentation, cabling provisions, etc. to determine if the LMCP is ready
for further testing and subsequent delivery to site.
iii. Verification of Measuring Instrument Accuracy
i. With the secondary injection test set connected to the ammeter terminals, inject currents
ranging from 0 to 100% of the rated value in steps of 25%. Compare the meter readings
with the calibrated ammeter readings.
ii. With a 3-phase variac connected to the voltmeter terminals, vary the voltage from 0 to
100% of the rated value in steps of 25%. Compare the meter readings with the calibrated
voltmeter readings.
TS-AC/269
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Follow manufacturer's instructions for the calibration of voltage, current and power
transducers.
iv. With a 3-phase variac connected to the under-voltage relay circuit, vary the supply
voltage gradually to record the drop-off and pick-up voltages of the relay.
iv. Dielectric Test & Insulation Test
i. With all switching devices in open positions, carry out 1000V meggar test for phase to
phase, phase to neutral, and phase to earth and neutral to earth to measure the
insulation resistance.
ii. Repeat the above test with all switching devices in closed position.
iii. Apply 2kV AC between all live parts and the exposed conductive parts (ie between
R+Y+B+N and E) for 60 seconds and measure the leakage current.
iv. Repeat the above test between each pole and all the other poles connected to the
exposed conductive parts (ie between R and Y+B+N+E, Y and R+B+N+E, B and
R+Y+N+E, N and R+Y+B+E).
v. The test voltage at the moment of application shall not exceed 1000V and shall then be
increased steadily within a few seconds to 2000V and maintained for 60 seconds.
vi. Prior to the HV test, disconnect all electrical equipment which are designed for a lower
test voltage, and current-consuming apparatus such as measuring instruments in which
the application of the test voltage would cause the flow of a current.
vii. Repeat the meggar test with all switching devices in closed position after the HV test.
v. Secondary Injection Test
i. Record the following information for every circuit being tested:-
1. Circuit number.
2. Make, type, serial number, rated current, trip coil voltage of every O/C and E/F relay.
3. Nominal full load current and CT ratio of the associated PCT.
ii. Inject secondary current in increasing amount to the relay and measure the minimum
current that the relay starts to pick up, and the minimum operating current that the relay
operates.
TS-AC/270
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. After the relay contacts are made, reduce the injected current slowly and measure the
minimum reset current when the relay resets to its normal position.
iv. With the O/L relay PSM at 100% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times the
rated value and measure the operating time. Repeat the test at 5 times and 10 times
the rated secondary current.
v. Repeat the above test at any other relay settings as directed during the test.
vi. With the E/F relay PSM at 20% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times, 5
times and 10 times the rated secondary current and measure the operating time. Repeat
the test at any other relay settings as directed during the test.
vii. Compare the measured operating times and the theoretical nominal operating times read
from the manufacturer's published relay characteristic curves.
viii. Record the relay settings being left at the end of the test.
vi. Polarity Check
i. Carry out polarity Check to verify all CTs are correctly connected.
vii. Functional Tests
i. Carry out functional tests to Check that all control circuits are correctly wired, and that all
control schemes specified are fully incorporated.
ii. Carry out mechanical operation tests of switchgears to verify that all switching
mechanisms are functional, and all drawout type switchgears are correctly aligned.
viii. EMC Test
i. If required, carry out EMC tests for the whole assembly in accordance with IEC61000-4
standards as appropriate if EMC certification for the EMI susceptible equipment are not
available.
TS-AC/271
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Site Acceptance Tests (SAT)
i. General
i. Perform tests to verify that the complete installation will meet the requirements of this
Specification. Develop full test schedules for the approval in accordance with the
requirements of the Specification.
ii. Visual Checks
i. Carry out visual inspection of the general construction of the LMCP, the busbar system,
switchgear, instrumentation, cabling provisions, etc. to determine if the LMCP is ready
for further testing and subsequent delivery to site.
iii. Verification of Measuring Instrument Accuracy
i. With the secondary injection test set connected to the ammeter terminals, inject currents
ii. With a 3-phase variac connected to the voltmeter terminals, vary the voltage from 0 to
voltmeter readings.
iii. Follow manufacturer's instructions for the calibration of voltage, current and power
transducers.
iv. With a 3-phase variac connected to the under-voltage relay circuit, vary the supply
iv. Dielectric Test & Insulation Test
phase, phase to neutral, and phase to earth and neutral to earth to measure the
insulation resistance.
TS-AC/272
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Polarity Check
i. Carry out polarity Check to verify all CTs are correctly connected.
vi. Functional Tests
i. Carry out functional tests to Check that all control circuits are correctly wired, and that
all control schemes specified are fully incorporated.
f) Routine Test and Inspection During Maintenance Period
i. The following test shall be carry out for every six months during Maintenance Period and
for each time a test report shall be submitted for record.
i. Insulation Test
ii. Functional Test
ii. At the end of the Maintenance Period, an Inspection and Test Report shall be submitted
within two weeks before the completion of the Maintenance Period. Such Inspection and
Test Report shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
i. Insulation Test
ii. Functional Test
iii. The “LMCP” is operated in good condition.
iv. The work carried out and any adjustments made during Maintenance Period.
v. Any recommendation on the necessary improvement or rectification on the “LMCP”.
TS-AC/273
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. The test and inspection shall be carried out with the prior approval if such would require
shut-down of the “LMCP”. Where dictates, the work shall be carried out at any time
outside normal hours as required.
TS-AC/274
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 18 LV CABLING
17.1 GENERAL
a) Description
i. Provide a complete LV cabling system as specified hereafter.
ii. The general routing and the minimum rated current carrying capacity shall be as
indicated on the Drawings.
b) Particular Requirement on Quality Assurance
i. Each type of cables specified shall have been certified by an internationally recognized
testing laboratory that it has been designed and manufactured to the appropriate BS or
IEC publication.
ii. When applicable, the current carrying capacities and voltage drop of cables shall be
equal to or better than those tabulated in the IEE Wiring Regulations, with ratings
adjusted to suit local conditions, viz. grouping, maximum ambient temperature, etc.
c) Submittals
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the Works.
i. Detailed schedule of equipment and components and manufacturer's data, including

manufacturer's type test certificates and testing documents.
ii. Cable routing drawings showing the coordinated routing of cables, the disposition of the
cables on cable trays/ladders, methods of fixing of cable trays/ladders and cables, etc.
iii. Cable straight joints and tee joints installation methods.
iv. Builder's works requirements.
TS-AC/275
MVAC INSTALLATION
17.2 PRODUCTS
a) PVC Insulated Sheathed Cables
i. Cables of this type shall be 600/1000V grade complying with BS6346, copper core, PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed.
ii. Conductors shall be plain annealed copper conductors complying with BS6360 or
IEC228.
iii. The core of the cable shall be identified by the appropriate colour as specified in BS6346
throughout the whole of the insulation.
iv. The oversheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC complying with the
requirements of BS4066: Part 1 or IEC332-1 for flame retardance.
b) PVC Insulated Steel Wire Armoured Cables
i. Cables of this type shall be 600/1000V grade complying with BS6346, copper core, PVC
insulated, extruded PVC bedded, steel wire armoured and PVC sheathed.
IEC228, and each conductor core shall be of the same cross-sectional area.
iii. Each core of the cable shall be identified by the appropriate colour as specified in
BS6346 throughout the whole of the insulation.
iv. Wire armour shall consist of a single layer of galvanized steel wires of the size in the
appropriate table in BS6346 and comply with BS1442.
v. The oversheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC complying with the
TS-AC/276
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Cross-linked Polyethylene Insulated Steel Wire Armoured Cables
i. Cables of this type shall be 600/1000V grade complying with BS5467 or IEC502 and
IEC811, copper core, cross-linked polyethylene insulated, extruded PVC bedded, steel
wire armoured and PVC sheathed.
IEC228. For multi-core cables, each conductor core shall be of the same cross- sectional
area.
iii. The insulation of cores shall be cross-linked polyethylene complying with BS6469 or
IEC811.
iv. Each core of the cable shall be identified by the appropriate colour as specified in
BS6346 throughout the whole of the insulation.
v. Wire armour shall consist of a single layer of galvanized steel wires of the size in the
appropriate table in BS6346 and comply with BS1442.
vi. The oversheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC complying with the
d) Mineral Insulated Cables
i. Cables of this type shall be 750V heavy duty grade complying with BS6207 or IEC702,
copper core, magnesium oxide insulated, seamless copper sheathed and PVC
oversheathed.
IEC228 and each conductor core shall be of the same cross-sectional area.
iii. The oversheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of PVC complying with the
e) Fire Resistant Cables
i. Cables of this type shall be 600/1000V, grade, copper core, steel wire armoured cables
insulated with fire resistant materials designed to maintain circuit integrity under fire
conditions. These cables shall be category CW (i.e. resistance to flame temperature
of 950 deg.C for 1 hour minimum and water spray as defined in BS6387).
ii. The oversheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC complying with the
requirements of BS4066: Part 3 or IEE332-3 for flame retardance.
TS-AC/277
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Cable Glands and Accessories for Armoured and Non-armoured Cables
i. All cable glands shall be manufactured and tested to the requirements of BS6121.
ii. All cable glands shall be manufactured from unplated brass complying with the
requirements of BS2874.
iii. Cable glands for armoured cables shall be accurately machined and have water- tight
seals between outer sheath and gland, and between inner sheath and thread fixing
component, with electric bond for metallic inner sheath. The brass gland nut shall
incorporate a cone-grip armour clamp which shall be designed to ensure that each
armour wire contributes equally to the conductance of the bonding connection. Cable
glands for non-armoured cables shall be accurately machined and have water-tight
seals on outer and inner sheath.
iv. Each cable gland shall be supplied with a brass gland locknut, plain brass slip-on earth
tag and flame retardant PVC outer gland shroud. The earth tag shall be flat circuit
ring type and placed between the gland and the apparatus into which it is screwed to
ensure metal to metal contact between equipment/earth tag and gland. The thread
engagement shall not be reduced to below the limits as specified in BS4683 or
BS5501:Part 4 where appropriate. The PVC shroud shall totally enclose the gland body
and form an effective seal down onto the cable's sheathing overall.
v. The body of cable glands shall be stamped with identification for the size, type and
manufacturer.
vi. For cables which are protected by ACBs or MCCBs, an integrally cast earth lug shall be
provided as the entry portion of cable gland for armour clamp. The lug shall be complete
with zinc passivated bolt for earthing the armour to the main earth system at the supply
end.
TS-AC/278
MVAC INSTALLATION
g) Cable Glands and Accessories for Mineral Insulated Cables
i. All cable glands, cable seals, cable clips, cable joints, connectors, etc. specified herein
shall be supplied by the same manufacturer of the cables.
ii. Cable glands shall be compression type brass glands for connecting the cables to
equipment and switchgears. The gland shall consist of a gland body, compression ring
and backnut to provide a water-tight seal between the cable sheath and gland as well as
a good earth continuity.
iii. Cable seals shall be screw-on type seal with brass pots, caps, insulating sleeving and
compound suitable for continuous operation at 105 deg.C. Alternatively, for sealing of
large single core cables, heat shrinkable seals using irradiated cross- linked semi-rigid
polyolefin seal tubing and conductor sleeving may be used.
iv. Where it is necessary to joint the cables, standard straight through joints shall be used.
Each joint shall consist of an internally screwed brass sleeve, cable seals and glands at
both ends with compression connectors or tinned soldering ferrules for each conductor,
where appropriate.
v. Cable saddles and clips shall be of copper with plastic cover, and shall be secured by
means of brass screws.
vi. For conductor sizes of 6 sq.mm and above, lug type cone grip cable sockets shall be
used for conductor termination. Crimp type conductor ferrules shall be used for
conductor sizes below 6 sq.mm.
TS-AC/279
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Cable Ladders
i. The complete cable ladder system shall be designed so that drilling will not be necessary
on site and cutting will be kept to a minimum.
ii. Cable ladders shall be manufactured from mild steel and hot-dip galvanized to BS729.
The two side rails of the cable ladder shall be of 40mm minimum in height with returns
at top flange to gain extra strength. The rung shall be spaced at approximately 300mm
centres with sufficient width for various cable fixing methods including nylon tiles, saddles
and perforated strips, cable clamps and cleats.
iii. Factory standard right-angle bends, tee junctions, off-set reducers, straight reducers
shall be used for horizontal bends, vertical bends, branching out and reduction of cable
ladder width. Factory standard expansion splice plate shall also be provided to allow
for expansion and contraction of the cable ladders.
iv. All clamping nuts, bolts, washers etc. shall be hot-dipped galvanized to BS729.
v. Notwithstanding the above, complete cable ladder system shall be electrically continuous.
i) Cable Trays
i. Cable trays shall be manufactured from mild steel and shall be hot-dipped galvanized to
BS729 after perforation.
ii. Perforation shall be of admiralty pattern.
iii. Standard bends and tee-pieces shall be used.
iv. Cable trays shall have the following dimensions:
Width Thickness Flange

Height
(mm) (mm) (mm)
50 1.6 13
100 1.6 13
150 1.6 13
300 1.6 19
450 2.0 19
600 2.0 19
750 2.0 19
900 2.0 19
TS-AC/280
MVAC INSTALLATION
17.3 EXECUTION
a) Cable Installation
General
i. Deliver all cables on robust cable drums with cable ends treated to form an effective seal.
When a cable is cut from a drum, seal all cable ends immediately in an approved manner
to prevent the ingress of moisture.
ii. Install cables along the routes as indicated on the Drawings and according to the
approved working drawings.
iii. Take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to cables during installation.
iv. Where cables are installed in situations where works by other trades are still incomplete,
take all reasonable precautions to protect the cables against damage arising from the
execution of such other works.
v. Carry out cable laying by means of normal hand running off the cable drum. Use roller
guides throughout and draw cables through by hands. Do not use cable winches for
cable laying.
vi. Protect all cables against any risk of mechanical damage to which they may be liable
in normal conditions of services.
vii. Install cables in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations. In particular, the
internal radius of every bend in a cable shall be such as not to cause damage to the
cable and not less than the appropriate value as stated in the IEE Wiring Regulations.
viii. Except for cables laid in ducts or conduits, lay all cables on cable trays/ladders, vertically
and horizontally, and properly fixed in the prescribed manner. Use nylon cable ties to
secure cables laid in the horizontal directions. Use approved clips and saddles to
secure cables laid in the vertical direction. The spacing of cable fixings shall be in
accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations.
ix. Where three phase power is run in single core cables, arrange and tie the cables in a
single layer and separate from cables of other circuits by at least two times the cable
diameter of the largest cable in the adjacent group of cables.
TS-AC/281
MVAC INSTALLATION
x. Not more than one circuit of single core cables or one multi-core cable shall be
grouped together. The spacing between groups of single core cables or multi-core
cables shall be at least two times the diameter of the largest cable in the adjacent group
of cables.
xi. Where cables pass through floors and walls, seal the opening made with approved fire-
resistant material to maintain the same fire rating as the floors and walls penetrated.
xii. Where cables pass through expansion joints, form a cable loop of such size to allow
any movement in the joint without imposing any stress to the cables.
xiii. Do not carry out laying of cables, fixing of cables, terminations, etc. when both the
cables and the ambient temperature are below 0 deg.C and have been so for the
previous 24 hours.
xiv. All cables supplied shall be in one continuous length between terminal points and
without intermediate joints. If by reasons of the length or nature of the route of the
cable straight joints are deemed to be necessary, submit for approval the intended
method of cable jointing prior to carrying out the work.
TS-AC/282
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Cable Terminations
i. PVC and XLPE Insulated Cables
1. Terminate cables using suitably chosen cable glands as specified.
2. Provide a PVC shroud as specified to cover the gland body.
3. In the case of armoured cables, thoroughly clean all armour and all faces of armour
clamps or connectors making contact with them before termination. Tighten the clamps
to ensure good electrical contact.
4. Cable conductor terminations shall be by means of heavy duty solderless cable lugs.
The lugs shall be of high conductivity copper electro-tinned and applied to the conductor
by means of a hydraulic crimping tool unless otherwise specified.
ii. Mineral Insulated Cables
1. Dry thoroughly the ends of the cables before termination.
2. Terminate cables with matching cable glands. Use only the tools recommended by the
cable manufacturer. Adhere to cable manufacturer's recommended methods in all
cases.
3. Measure and record the insulation resistance between cores and sheath before and
after the cable termination. This resistance must be infinity on 500V Megger type tester.
4. For termination of single core cables to equipment, a piece of non- ferrous gland plate
shall be provided.
5. Cable conductor terminations shall be by means of cable sockets as specified.
iii. Armour Earthing
1. Bond metallic sheaths and/or armour of all cables in the same circuit solidly together at
both ends of their runs. The bonding shall extend from the earth lug or earth tag attached
to the cable glands to the main earth system.
2. Select bonding conductor with cross-sectional area in accordance with the IEE Wiring
Regulations.
3. The bonding conductor shall be as short and straight as possible.
iv. Cable Identification
TS-AC/283
MVAC INSTALLATION
1. Provide cable identification markers at each end of the cable, at entry and exit
points of buried ducts, and in such other positions as are necessary to identify
and trace the route of any cable. Where cables are not enclosed in ducts
and are of multiple runs, provide markers at 10m intervals.
2. Cable identification shall be assembled from elliptical profiled plasticised PVC markers,
carrier strip and nylon ties. The complete assembly shall be suitable for a maximum
service temperature of 70 deg.C.
3. For every single core cable and every core of a multicore cable, provide identification at
the terminations in the form of tapes, sleeves or discs of appropriate colours as
prescribed in the IEE Wiring Regulations.
c) Cable Tray/Ladder Installation
General
i. Use cable ladders in plant rooms and switchrooms, and cable trays in the public area.
ii. Where two straight lengths of cable tray/ladder are to be jointed together, use an
external coupler to prevent any sag or bending at that point. Secure the coupler to
each section of the tray/ladder by means of not less than two screws fixed from the
side of the tray/ladder.
iii. Bends in cable trays/ladders shall be such that the bending radius of the largest
cables to be clipped to the tray/ladder does not exceed the bending radius limit as
specified in the IEE Wiring Regulations.
iv. Use factory bends and tee-pieces.
v. Support cable trays/ladders from the structural slabs, beams, walls, etc. by mild steel
brackets and hangers at intervals not exceeding 1.0m for straight runs and at
225mm from bends and tee-offs. The brackets and hangers shall be hot-dipped
galvanized and painted with rust-proof primer.
vi. Where required, paint cable tray/ladder and the associated brackets and hangers in
accordance with the requirements of the Specification with the finishing coat as
specified in Appendix 3 contained in the Specification.
d) Cable Tray/Ladder Earthing
Each joint shall have a tinned copper bond bolted to each adjacent tray/ladder at two
locations to ensure electrical continuity.
TS-AC/284
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 19 ELECTRICAL WIRING IN CONDUITS AND TRUNKINGS
18.1 GENERAL
a) Description
Complete conduit/trunking system, power circuits for motors and associated control
circuits shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this
Specification.
b) Particular Requirements on Quality Assurance
All conduits, trunkings and associated accessories of the PVC type shall be of the same
manufacture to facilitate interchangeability and to eliminate problems of different
manufacturing tolerances.
c) Submittals
As a minimum, submit the following for approval at the appropriate stages of the Works:
i. Detailed schedule of equipment and components, manufacturer's data and samples.
ii. Detailed and co-ordinated working drawings on the works described herein.
iii. Builder's works requirements.
TS-AC/285
MVAC INSTALLATION
18.2 PRODUCTS
a) Metallic Conduits and Conduit Accessories
i. All conduits shall be heavy gauge, hot-dip galvanized welded steel complying with
BS4568: Part 1, Class 4. All conduit fittings and components shall be in accordance
with BS4568: Part 2.
ii. Flexible conduit and fittings shall comply with BS731: Part 1 and shall be galvanized
water-tight pattern, flame retardant PVC oversheathed and with a separate earth wire
enclosed within the conduit.
iii. No conduit shall be of less than 20mm diameter.
iv. Circular pattern conduit boxes shall be malleable iron with long spouts internally
threaded incorporating a shoulder for the proper butting of conduits of 20mm and 25mm
diameter. Deep pattern boxes shall be adopted for concealed system within structure
and shallow pattern boxes shall be adopted for surface mounted system. All conduit
boxes shall have a brass earth terminal fitted in the base.
v. Rectangular pattern adaptable boxes shall be used for conduits of 32mm diameter
and larger. Adaptable boxes shall be of cast iron not less than 50mm deep and of such
dimensions as will enable the largest size cable, for which the conduit run is suitable,
to be drawn in without excessive bending of the cables. Provide covers of the same
gauge with brass fixing screws. All such boxes shall be drilled for holes according to
the conduit entry required.
vi. Conduit outlet boxes shall be of hot-dipped galvanized steel complete with adjustable
lug, ample knockouts, and brass earth terminals fitted in the base, and shall comply
with BS1363 and BS4662.
vii. Distance saddles for fixing conduits shall be malleable cast iron, designed to space the
conduits approximately 10mm from the surface to be mounted on.
viii. Surface mounting type outlet boxes shall be used for surface conduits installation as
specified herein.
ix. All conduit entries to adaptable boxes, outlet boxes and switchgear shall be made with
coupling and hexagon male bush.
x. All flexible conduits shall be covered with contoured flame retardant PVC sheath and
fitted with sweated brass nickel plated adaptors at each end. The adaptors shall be
made to screw onto the flexible tubing and also into the conduit. The adaptor shall be
brazed to the metallic tubing, otherwise it is likely to become detached and expose the
cables to mechanical damage.
TS-AC/286
MVAC INSTALLATION
xi. All boxes and conduit accessories shall be fully weatherproof when used in outdoor
locations. Weatherproof boxes and conduit accessories shall also be used in locations
other than outdoor when so specified on the Drawings.
b) Metallic Cable Trunkings
i. Trunkings and fittings shall comply with BS4678: Part 1, Class 2 protection.
1. Cable trunkings shall be manufactured in minimum lengths of 2m from

galvanised sheet steel. The thickness of material of metal trunking shall be as
the following table:
Nominal Size Min. Thickness

(mm x mm) (mm)
50 x 50 1.0
75 x 50 1.2
75 x 75 1.2
100 x 75 1.2
100 x 100 1.4
150 x 100 1.4
150 x 150 1.6
i. Covers of the cable trunkings shall be of the quick fix pattern with centre captive screw.
Other fixing arrangement will not be accepted.
ii. Provide vertical run trunkings with pin racks inside the trunkings to support the weight
of the cables, and to enable the cables to be secured during installation. These pin
racks shall consist of steel pins sheathed with insulating material and shall be mounted
on backing-plates at intervals of 3m.
iii. Terminate trunking with end flanges which shall be bolted direct to distribution boards,
or apparatus. Connecting pieces shall be used and bolted with cadmiun- plated
mushroom head steel screws, nuts and vibration resistant locking washers.
iv. Each trunking joint shall have a tinned copper bond bolted to each adjacent trunking to
ensure electrical continuity.
TS-AC/287
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) PVC Conduits and Conduit Accessories
i. All conduits shall be of heavy gauge, complying with BS4607: Part 1 and BS6099:
Section 2.2 or IEC614-2-2, Type A.
ii. No conduit shall be of less than 20mm diameter.
iii. All PVC conduit accessories shall comply with BS4607, as applicable.
iv. Where appropriate, conduit junction boxes shall be of the circular pattern with
appropriate spout entries.
v. All plastic boxes including adaptable boxes, surface boxes for the enclosure of
electrical accessories or wiring cables shall be made from insulating materials and
shall comply with BS4662 and BS1363, complete with adjustable lug, ample knockouts,
and brass earth terminals fitted in the base. The dimensions of the plastic boxes shall
be such that they are inter-changeable with steel boxes. The minimum wall thickness
of boxes shall be 2mm.
vi. All boxes and conduit accessories shall be fully weatherproof when used in outdoor
locations. Weatherproof boxes and conduit accessories shall also be used in locations
other than outdoor when so specified on the Drawings.
vii. PVC flexible conduits shall not be used. Flexible conduits shall be metallic, complying
with BS731: Part 1, and shall be galvanized water-tight pattern, covered with contoured
flame retardant PVC sheath and fitted with sweated brass nickel plated adaptors at
each end. The adaptors shall be made to screw onto the flexible tubing and also
into the conduit. The adaptor shall be brazed to the metallic tubing, otherwise it is likely
to become detached and expose the cables to mechanical damage.
d) PVC Cable Trunkings
i. All-insulated trunking shall be heavy duty, clip-on lid type complying with the relevant
BS requirements. Any non-standard trunking accessories shall be fabricated by the
same manufacturer.
TS-AC/288
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) PVC Insulated Cables
i. Unless otherwise specified, install power and control circuits in conduits and trunkings.
ii. Cables of this type shall be 450/750V grade complying with BS6004 or IEC227, copper
core and PVC insulated.
iii. Conductors shall be plain annealed copper conductors complying with BS6360 or
IEC228.
iv. The core of the cables shall be identified by the colour as specified below throughout
the whole of the insulation.
Phase: Red, Yellow, Blue

Neutral: Black
Earth: Green/Yellow
Control Wiring: White
v. The cables shall comply with BS4066: Part 1 or IEC332-1 for flame retardance.
vi. The current carrying capacities and voltage drops of cables shall be in accordance with
those tabulated under Appendix 6 of the Wiring Regulations (COPEL), with ratings
adjusted to suit local conditions.
vii. The minimum size of cables shall be as specified below, unless otherwise specified.
Power: 2.5 sq.mm

Control: 1.5 sq.mm
f) Flexible Cords
i. Flexible cords shall be 450/750V grade, multi-stranded copper conductors, high

temperature, PVC insulated with flame retardant white circular PVC oversheath to
BS6500 or IEC227 and IEC245.
ii. The minimum size of conductors shall be 1.5 sq.mm for control, and 2.5 sq.mm for
power.
TS-AC/289
MVAC INSTALLATION
18.3 EXECUTION
a) Metallic Conduits and Conduit Accessories
i. Conduit system within false ceiling void, electrical and mechanical plant rooms shall be
surface mounted on wall or ceiling slab.
ii. Conduit system in any other areas shall be carried out in concealed conduit.
iii. Conduits cast in concrete shall be so formed that the radial thickness of concrete or
screed surrounding the cross-section of the completed conduit is not less than 15mm
at every point. As far as possible, parallel conduits cast in concrete shall be separated
by a spacing of not less than 25mm.
iv. All surface mounted conduits shall be run neatly on the surface of the building and
truly vertical and horizontal, substantially supported and shall be fixed with spacing
saddles at intervals not exceeding 1.2m.
v. Where there are several conduits running in parallel, they shall be arranged to avoid
crossing at points where they take different directions.
vi. Where conduits are laid direct on the shuttering of the reinforced concrete slab, deep
pattern circular conduit boxes shall be used to raise the run of conduit to between the
top and bottom reinforcement. Attendance shall be provided whilst the concrete pouring
or screeding operation is being carried out in order to avoid damage being caused to
the conduits and also to ensure that the conduit work is in sound condition, properly
and efficiently maintained during this installation period.
vii. Particular care shall be taken when setting out conduit runs to outlet points which are
to be fitted to furniture and equipment. Close co-ordination shall be exercised to
ascertain exact details of furniture and fittings constructions in order that conduit work
shall wherever possible be concealed.
viii. Conduits installed in chases of walls and floors shall be firmly secured by wrought iron
pipe hooks or crumpets and these fixings shall in themselves be sufficient to hold the
conduits in place. A wire mesh shall also be provided on top of the conduit to maintain
plaster bonding.
ix. Adaptable boxes shall be provided immediately after every two bends, or after a bend
plus a total maximum straight run of 10m or after a maximum straight run of 15m to
permit easy draw-in of cables.
x. All conduit systems shall be arranged, wherever possible, to be self-draining to conduit

outlet point.
TS-AC/290
MVAC INSTALLATION
xi. All conduit systems shall be electrically and mechanically continuous and watertight
after installation. All joints shall be formed by screwing into threaded couplers. Plain
slip or pin-grip sockets shall not be used.
xii. During the building construction, all open ends of conduit termination and conduit boxes
shall be plugged with wooden plugs to prevent ingress of concrete, plaster and foreign
materials into the conduit system.
xiii. Before wiring, all wooden plugs shall be removed and the conduit system shall be
thoroughly swabbed through to clean out all dirt, burrs and moisture.
xiv. Where conduits terminate at boxes, trunkings and accessories not fitted with spout
entries, they shall be terminated by means of smooth bore male brass bushes,
compression washers and sockets to obviate damage to the cables.
xv. All sets of bends in conduit runs shall be formed on site in bending machines,
inspection bends and tees may be permitted at columns, where large bends shall be
avoided.
xvi. The inner radius of every conduit bend shall be not less than 2.5 times the outside
diameter of the conduit.
xvii. Any damage to the finishes of all conduits (including threads cut at site) shall be made
good and shall be painted with two coats of good quality lead paint and finished with
high grade cold galvanized paint.
xviii. Telescopic conduit system shall be employed where conduits passing structural joints
of the building. A separate circuit protective conductor shall be installed to maintain an
effective electrical continuity across the structural joint. The circuit protective conductor
shall have a cross-sectional area rated to suit the largest current carrying conductor
drawn into the conduit.
xix. Where flexible conduit is employed, the length of the flexible conduit shall not exceed
2m and shall be provided with an internal earth continuity conductor of size not less
than 2.5 sq.mm copper cored, PVC sheathed cable to ensure the earth continuity of
the installation between the two ends of the flexible conduit.
xx. Where a conduit is exposed to different temperatures (either by surrounding air

conditions or by virtue of the surrounding medium with which it is in contact) at any
particular time, the section of the conduit at the higher temperature shall be isolated
from the section at the lower temperature by means of a conduit box filled with an
approved permanent plastic compound, after completion and testing of all wiring. Such
a condition would arise if a conduit running in a warmed building is run to exterior points.
xxi. Surface mounted conduits shall be painted as directed on site.
TS-AC/291
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Metallic Trunking System
i. Trunking shall be supported on walls or suspended from ceiling at intervals of 1.25m to

1.5m, and shall be truly vertical and horizontal so that no visible sag is observed when
loaded with cables. At the suspension point, the trunking shall be reinforced by
a plate or washer of minimum thickness 3mm whose cross- sectional area shall not be
less than half that of the trunking.
ii. Vertical trunkings shall be fitted with supporting devices to prevent movement of cables
as well as strain on cables due to cable weight.
iii. In every vertical trunking, internal barriers shall be provided so as to prevent the air at
the top of the channel from attaining an excessively high temperature. The
distance between barriers shall be the distance between floors or 5m whichever is the
less.
iv. Where trunking crosses expansion joints, an approved trunking system shall be used
which will allow for expansion and maintain earth continuity.
v. Every entry to finished trunking shall be placed so as to prevent the ingress of water,
or be protected against such ingress.
vi. All frayed and sharp edges shall be removed from trunking before installation.
vii. Conduit entry to trunking shall be by a galvanized coupling and brass male bush.
viii. Knockouts shall not be provided, and trunkings shall be drilled on site. After cutting, the
sharp edges of the trunking shall be smoothed to prevent abrasion of cables and shall
be painted with anticorrosive paint while the work proceeds.
ix. In positions where cables may fall out when the cover is removed, the trunking shall be
fitted with cable retaining bars or other suitable cable holding devices.
x. All trunkings shall be painted as directed on site.
TS-AC/292
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) PVC Conduits and Conduit Accessories
i. All conduits shall be jointed and terminated in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Permanent adhesive shall be used where rigid water-tight joints are
required, in conjunction with standard couplers and accessories. Flexible adhesive
shall be used where expansion facilities are required in long conduit runs, in conjunction
with expansion couplers.
ii. Conduits up to 25mm diameter may bend cold with the appropriate bending spring
(obtained from the conduit manufacturer) inserted internally. The inner radius of every
conduit bend shall be not less than 2.5 times the outside diameter of the conduit.
iii. Where bending larger size conduits, the section to be bent shall be heated uniformly
until it is pliable. When the conduit is well heated, it shall be bent around a suitable
former with the appropriate bending spring inserted internally.
iv. Adequate allowance shall be made for linear expansion and contraction of the conduits
under normal working temperature. Expansion couplers shall be used on all straight
runs of conduit exceeding 6m in length. Conduit shall be free to slide within saddles.
v. Special consideration shall be given to the fixing of accessories in situation where the
temperature fluctuates excessively. Oversized or slotted fixing holes shall be
used.
vi. Conduits shall be supported with saddles at a distance not exceeding 1.2m in
accessible positions. Where working temperatures tend to be high, the spacing shall
be reduced accordingly.
vii. Notwithstanding the above, the works carried out shall be strictly in accordance with
the requirements as specified for the metallic conduits and conduit accessories
hereabove, wherever applicable.
d) PVC Cable Trunkings
i. Trunkings shall be suspended with stirrup type support at a maximum of 1.0m intervals.
ii. Expansion joints with gaps, shall be incorporated in all runs. External couplings with
elongated slots and fixing holes shall be drilled oversize to give freedom for linear
movements.
iii. Notwithstanding the above, the works carried out shall be strictly in accordance with
the requirements as specified for the metallic cable trunking hereabove, wherever
applicable.
TS-AC/293
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Power and Control Circuits Cabling
i. Conduit system and trunking system shall be completely erected before cabling.
ii. The maximum number of cables that can be accommodated in a given size of
conduit/trunking shall be in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations.
iii. In conduit or trunking system, where outlets for Category 1 and Category 2 circuits, as
defined in the IEE Wiring Regulations, are mounted in or on common boxes, the cables
and connections of the two categories of circuits shall be partitioned by means of rigidly
fixed screens or barriers.
iv. All wiring shall be carried out in one continuous length between terminal points. No
intermediate joints or connectors will be allowed in any such cables.
v. Cables for each power and control circuit in trunking system shall be individually
bunched and tied together.
vi. Where cables are installed in trunking which pass through floors and walls, suitable
internal fire-resistant barriers shall be provided to prevent the spread of fire.
vii. Where cables pass through holes in metalwork, precautions shall be taken or prevent
abrasion of the cables on any sharp edges.
viii. Where appropriate, final connections to fixed equipment shall be by means of PVC
cables in flexible conduits as specified.
ix. Exposed ends of conductors of 6 sq.mm and above, where not provided with cable
sockets, shall have their individual strand sweated solid before connection to apparatus
terminals.
x. Cables shall be fed into the conduit in such a manner as to prevent any cables crossing,
and also to avoid them being pulled against the sides of the opening of the draw-in box.
The drawing-in shall be assisted by rubbing chalk on the cables.
TS-AC/294
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Power Circuits/Control Circuits Earthing
i. Where cables are to be installed in PVC conduit and trunking system, each power and
control circuit shall be provided with its circuit protective conductor. The minimum
cross-sectional area of the circuit protective conductor shall be chosen according to
Table 54G of the IEE Wiring Regulations. The circuit protective conductor of each
circuit shall be run along with its associated circuit. The live conductors and the circuit
protective conductor of each circuit shall be individually bunched and tied together
within conduit system.
ii. Where cables are to be installed in metallic conduit and trunking system, each power
or control circuit shall be provided with its circuit protective conductor. The
minimum cross-sectional area of the circuit protective conductor shall be chosen
according to Table 54G of the IEE Wiring Regulations. The circuit protective conductor
of each circuit shall be run along with its associated circuit. The live conductors and
the circuit protective conductor of each circuit shall be individually bunched and tied
together within conduit system.
TS-AC/295
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 20 EARTHING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
19.1 GENERAL
a) Description
i. This Section of the Specification covers the design, supply, installation, testing,
commissioning and setting to work of complete earthing network as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
ii. The Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor will provide an earthing network with the
incoming power feeders to this Contractor’s MCC and LMCPs. This Domestic Sub-
Contractor shall provide all earthing connections thereon.
iii. The LV electrical earthing system provided by the Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor will
conform to the TT system as described in the IEE Wiring Regulations.
b) Submittals
As a minimum, the following shall be submitted for review at the appropriate stages
of the Works:
i. Detailed schedule of equipment and components, manufacturer’s data and samples.
ii. Design and calculations on the earthing systems as specified.
iii. Builder’s works requirements.
TS-AC/296
MVAC INSTALLATION
19.2 PRODUCTS
i. Networks shall be formed from high conductivity annealed copper tapes complying with
BSEN13601, or single core PVC insulated copper cables as specified, where appropriate.
ii. Copper tapes with PVC oversheath shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings.
iii. All copper tape clips, holdfasts, clamps, etc. shall be supplied by the same manufacturer
of the copper tapes and rods.
19.3 EXECUTION
a) Connections
i. Joints in the copper tapes shall be by exothermal welding such that the resistance of the
section containing the joint shall not exceed that of an equivalent length of unjointed
conductor. Any joint so made may be required to be tested to prove compliance with this
requirement.
ii. The contact faces of all protective conductors shall be cleaned before connections are
made.
iii. No drilling of the earth bar shall be permitted except in terminations.
b) Networks
i. Earthing networks for the earthing system shall be as specified hereafter and as shown
on the Drawings.
ii. Earthing strip shall be flat copper tapes as specified. Fixing to buildings shall be by
means of naval brass clamps with brass screws and plastic wall plugs. Conductors shall
run only in vertical and horizontal directions. Changes of direction in the plane of the
conductions shall be by right-angle joints. Folding of the conductor will not be accepted.
TS-AC/297
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) LV Electrical Earthing Requirements
i. An earthing bed will be provided by others for LV electrical earthing, the resulting earth
resistance will not be greater than 0.5 ohm.
ii. All incoming power feeders to the LMCPs and MCC provided by others will be supplied
with suitably sized circuit protective conductors. This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall
accept these circuit protective conductors and effectively bond to the LMCPs or MCC.
The earthing network shall be further extended thereon, bonding all the motors, control
equipment, associated exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts of the
mechanical equipments provided by the Domestic Sub-Contractor.
iii. The electrical earthing system shall be installed both vertically and horizontally and shall
form a network bonding all LMCPs, MCC, control panels, motors, air- ducts, metallic
pipework, and all exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts to the
building’s main earth bar.
This requirement does not apply in the following instances :-
1. Steel reinforced concrete poles in which the steel reinforcement is not accessible.
2. Exposed conductive parts which owing to their reduced dimensions or their disposition
cannot be gripped or cannot be contacted by a major surface of the human body in excess
of 50mm by 50mm, provided that connection of these parts to a protective conductor
cannot readily be made or cannot be reliably maintained. This item applies to small
isolated metal parts such as bolts, rivets, nameplates and cable clips.
3. Fixing screws for non-metallic accessories provided that there is no appreciable risk of
the screws coming into contact with live parts.
4. Short lengths of metal conduit for mechanical protection of cables having a non-metallic
sheath.
iv. All exposed conductive part (e.g. motor frames) shall be effectively connected in a
manner that is reviewed without objection to the earth terminals of the LMCPs or MCC.
The circuit protective conductors shall be PVC insulated single core copper cables or high
conductivity annealed copper tapes specified, and shall have the same route as the cable
trays. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum cross-sectional area of the circuit
protective conductors shall be selected in accordance with the following table :-
TS-AC/298
MVAC INSTALLATION
Type/Rating of Overcurrent Protective Min. CPC Size for

Device to be Protected Installation
Fuses to BS88-2
62A – 32A 2.5sq.mm
40A – 50A 4sq.mm
63A 6sq.mm
80A – 100A 10sq.mm
125A – 160A 16sq.mm
200A – 250A 25sq.mm
315A 35sq.mm
400A 50sq.mm
500A – 630A 70sq.mm
MCBs, MCCBs As per table 11 of Code of
Practice for the Electricity
(Wiring) Regulations
ACBs As per table 54G of IEE
Wiring Regulations
v. All metallic sheaths and armour of the cables shall be effectively bonded at both ends to
the apparatus which shall in turn be bonded to the earthing busbars provided.
vi. Earthing connections for all items of equipment shall be made between the equipment
and the distribution board feeding it and as specified.
vii. All connection between circuit protective conductors and apparatus shall be by bolts or
studs so arranged that the resistance between the apparatus and the earth conductor
shall not exceed 0.1 ohm.
viii. Particular care shall be taken on cable termination boxes to ensure that the cable sheath
and armour is adequately bonded to the frame of the item of plant to which the cable
is connected. If the earth continuity through the cable termination gland is
inadequate, a special copper connection shall be made between the apparatus frame and
the cable sheath and armour.
ix. Main equipotential bonding conductors shall be provided and shall connect to the main
earth bar all the extraneous conductive parts including the following :-
1. main service pipes and ductings,
TS-AC/299
MVAC INSTALLATION
2. risers of central heating and air-conditioning system.
The main equipotential bonding conductors shall be of 25sq.mm high

conductivity annealed copper tapes as specified.
x. Local supplementary bonding conductors shall be provided between simultaneously

accessible (i.e. within 2.5m) exposed conductive parts of equipment, between exposed
conductive parts and simultaneously accessible extraneous conductive parts, and
between simultaneously accessible extraneous conductive parts. The bonding
conductors shall be PVC insulated single core copper cables and shall be sized in
accordance with Clause 547-03 of the IEE Wiring Regulations. The sections of metallic
air-ducts adjacent to the fan motor is a typical example of extraneous conductive part.
xi. All equipment equipotential bondings in areas other than plant rooms and within false
ceiling shall be concealed. Any remedial work required afterwards due to bad connection,
open circuit, etc. shall be borne by the Domestic Sub-Contractor.
xii. In the case where metallic trunking and conduits are adopted along the whole of the routes
of the current carrying conductors, the additional circuit protective conductors as specified
in item D above shall still be required.
TS-AC/300
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 21 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MVAC INSTALLATION
20.1 GENERAL
a) Description
This section specifies the testing, commissioning and balancing of all air and water
system.
i. In addition to all commissioning and testing called for elsewhere in this Specification,
carry out all necessary testing and commissioning procedures comprising tests at maker's
Works, site tests during construction, commissioning and acceptance tests all as
specified in this Section.
ii. All tests shall be witnessed by the Architect/Engineer or his representative. Not less than
fourteen days notice shall be given for this purpose.
iii. All tests shall be properly certified in a manner to be agreed and triplicate copies of all
certificates shall be issued on completion.
Only when the installations have been so certified and all test figures and other
relevant information have been recorded in the prescribed manner and
accepted shall the works be considered fit for handling over to the Employer.
iv. This Contract shall include all costs associated with the above mentioned testing and
commissioning procedures including the cost of making good any defects arising out of
such tests and having the work re-tested. Such costs shall also include the provision of
all necessary instruments and test points etc.
v. Equipment shall be of minimum vibration and noise level during operation. Should
these be excessive and not within normal acceptable standards, adequate vibration
isolation and sound attenuation shall be provided without additional cost and to the
satisfaction of Architect/Engineer.
i. The Contractor shall show at least five years experience in testing and balancing of air
and water systems.
ii. Instrument Calibration: All instruments required for air and water balance shall be
Checked for calibration prior to using on this project.
TS-AC/301
MVAC INSTALLATION
iii. Perform tests, adjust, and balance when outside conditions are approximate to design
conditions as shown for heating and cooling function.
iv. Reference Codes and Specifications:
1. The appropriate British Standard or BS Code of Practice.
2. ASHRAE latest "Systems Handbook" chapter on "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing".
3. Relevant CIBS commissioning Codes.
4. ASHRAE noise criteria curves.
d) Submittals
i. Submit organization chart of testing and balancing team.
ii. Submit complete schedule and program of all testing and commissioning activities.
iii. Submit proposed formats and procedures for testing and commissioning reports.
e) System Temperatures and Working/Test Pressures
Services supplied shall have the temperatures and working/test pressures as

scheduled below unless otherwise specified on Drawings :-
Service Temperatur Working/Test

e Pressures
°C kPa (Gauge)
Chilled water circuit 6 1035/1553
Condenser Water 38 1035/1553
Make up water 15 1035/1553
Condensate drain 12 800/1200
Refrigerant 4 2270/3100
Feed and Expansion 25 1035/1553
TS-AC/302
MVAC INSTALLATION
f) Tests at Manufacturer's Works
i. The following equipment shall be pressure tested at the manufacturers' works at the test
pressures listed in Clause 1.5 of this Section for a period of not less than two hours and
test certificates in triplicate shall be submitted proving that each plant item has withstood
the specified test without leakage or loss of pressures:
1. Chiller evaporator and condensers
2. Cooling coils
3. Fan coil units
4. Valves
ii. All water circulating pumps and air fans shall be tested at the manufacturers' works and
test certificates in triplicate shall be submitted proving that each plant item has achieved
the specified performance. Pumps shall be tested to ISO 9906.
g) Site Tests During Construction
The following pressure tests shall be carried out on site in convenient sections during the
construction of the Works, before any insulation has been applied. Before the tests are carried
out, remove any equipment liable to damage and provide and fix all necessary blank flanges
etc.
i. Ductwork
No pressure tests are required for low velocity ductwork but all such systems shall be
inspected for air tightness.
ii. Water Pipework
iii. All water pipework shall be hydraulically pressure tested to the pressure listed under
Clause 1.5 of this Section of the Specification for a period of not less than twelve hours
without leakage or loss of pressure.
iv. Refrigerant Pipework
All refrigerant pipework shall be air tested to the pressures listed under 1.5 of this section
of the specification for a period of not less than six hours without leakage or loss of
pressure.
v. Water Tanks
All open top tanks shall be subjected to a standing leak test for twenty-four hours (no
leakage shall be permitted).
TS-AC/303
MVAC INSTALLATION
h) Preliminary Commissioning Checks
i. Ensure that all equipment is thoroughly cleaned, lubricated and Checked for serviceability
immediately before setting to work. Particular attention is drawn to the removal of building
debris from the air systems, motors, fan bearings and pipework systems.
ii. Special attention is drawn to the need for thoroughly flushing out all pipework systems
(including compressed air pipework) to ensure that all foreign matter is removed.
iii. All automatic controls and safety devices shall be inspected and Checked for
serviceability before the working fluid of electricity is applied to the system.
i) Testing of Electrical Systems
Refer to 'Electrical Works' Section of this Specification.
j) Commissioning
When the various installations have been completed (but before the "Date of Completion") and
the preliminary commissioning Checks carried out, set to work, regulate and calibrate the
entire installation. Special attention shall be paid to the following items:-
i. That all valves, dampers, switches, controls etc. are regulated and capable of proper
operation and in the case of valves that they are capable of tight shut off.
ii. That all apparatus is silent in accordance with the requirements of this Specification.
iii. That all instruments are correctly calibrated and read accurately.
iv. That all services are tested in accordance with the details in the relevant clauses of this
Specification.
v. Each air handling and ventilation plant is to be operated with the air volumes for each
individual space measured, regulated and correctly related.
vi. Operate compressors, pumps, cooler heater batteries etc. to ensure that all control
systems are functioning correctly and are properly sequenced or interlocked.
vii. Arrange for all major plant items to be fully commissioned by the Manufacturer as
specified elsewhere in this Specification.
TS-AC/304
MVAC INSTALLATION
k) Balancing
i. Submit test and instrument location plans. After initial balancing measurements, submit
shop drawings for additional equipment (such as balancing dampers, pressure taps, and
balancing cocks, required to effect proper air and water balance.)
ii. Submit three copies of the complete air and water balance report for evaluation and
review. Report shall include but not be limited to the following data for each system
balanced.
1. Types, serial numbers, and dates of calibration of all instruments.
2. Air balance reports:
1. As Table 1 of this Section.
2. Velocity tests of main and branch ducts:
3. Duct size
4. Number of velocity readings
5. Duct average velocity
6. Total volume of flow, cu.m/s.
iii. Individual outlets and inlets:
1. Outlet and inlet identification (Location and number designation)
2. Manufacturer and type.
3. Effective face area factor, core area, or neck area in sq.m.
4. Required and resultant test velocities in m/s.
5. Required and resultant test quantities in cu.m/s.
6. Deflector settings.
iv. Supply register:
1. Temperature and velocity traverse at the centerline for each supply register. The traverse
consists of simultaneous readings at:
2. One and one half meters above the floor level at 1, 2, 3, 4 meters from registers.
3. At the register.
TS-AC/305
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Noise criteria levels:
8 Octave band noise level spectrums in areas 1.5m above floor level at a number of
points as directed.
vi. Water balance reports:
As Table 2, 3, 4, 5 of this Section.
l) Final Acceptance Tests
Following commissioning of the entire installation, carry out final acceptance tests (before
the "Date of Completion") in accordance with a programme to be agreed.
Should the results of the acceptance tests show that plant, systems and/or equipment fail
to perform to the efficiencies or other performance figures as given in this Specification or as
accepted in the Tender, if necessary the equipment shall be adjusted, modified and replaced
at the Domestic Sub-Contractor’s cost in order that the required performance be
obtained. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to attend to items of plant as above
described, he will be responsible as to cost for any damage or deterioration to the building or
other services consequent on such attendance.
Acceptance tests shall be carried out to demonstrate that the installed systems are achieving
the design intent:-
i. Test on Chillers
Each chiller shall be manually and independently tested as follows:-
1. Steady load test at 100% design duty for three hours duration.
2. Steady load test at 15% design duty for three hours duration.
3. Fluctuating load test with chiller brought steadily from 15% load up to 100% design
duty and back down to 15% load again to be repeated four times in two hours.
Prior to testing, the chiller under test shall be fully instrumented to give continuous readings
of:-
1. condensing and suction pressures and temperatures.
2. chilled water flow/return temperatures and volume flow through the evaporator.
3. voltage, current and power factor drawn by the machine.
TS-AC/306
MVAC INSTALLATION
ii. Test on Water Pumps
The developed head of each circulating pumps shall be listed and Checked against the
performance curve to demonstrate that the design flow rate is being achieved. Current drawn
shall be listed and Checked against the efficiency and meets the Specification.
iii. Test on Water Circulation Systems
The water pressure drop across each item of hydraulic equipment e.g. strainers, chillers,
cooling coil, etc. shall be listed and Checked against manufacturer's data.
In addition to the measurement of flow rate at each flow meter, the regulation of each main
and sub water circuit shall be Checked by pressure and/or temperature differential test.
iv. Supply and Exhaust Air Fans
The air pressure differential across each fan shall be listed and Checked against the
performance curve to demonstrate that the design flow rate is being achieved.
v. Air Handling Units / Primary Air Handling Units
The air pressure differential across each section of each air handling unit shall be listed and
Checked against manufacturer's data. ON/OFF coil conditions shall be listed and Checked
against manufacturers' data.
vi. Air System
Air flow rates shall be Checked for all louvres, grilles and diffusers, all main and branch ducts.
vii. Electric Duct Heaters
The acceptance test shall be a steady load heat and shall prove that each heater supplied
meets the requirements in respect of :-
1. heating output capacity
2. steps of operation of heating elements
3. air pressure differential across each section of each heater.
4. control and instrumentation.
TS-AC/307
MVAC INSTALLATION
20.2 PRODUCT
a) Testing Equipment
i. Provide all equipment required for the commissioning and testing, including but not
limited to the following
1. Octave band sound meter
2. Sling psychrometer
3. Tachometer
4. Mercury in glass thermometers
5. Pitot tube and included gauge-manometer
6. Electronic rotating vane anemometer
7. Velometer
8. Insulation megger
9. Ammeter
10. Voltmeter
11. Cable test kit
12. Pump pressure test unit
ii. All instruments shall have been recalibrated within three months of the start of
commissioning on testing.
iii. All commissioning equipment shall be the products of overseas manufacturers who are
experienced in the manufacture and calibration of such equipment.
iv. Provide any additional equipment (such as balancing dampers, pressure taps, balancing
cocks and butterfly valves, etc.) required to effect proper air and water balance at no
additional cost to the Contract.
TS-AC/308
MVAC INSTALLATION
20.3 EXECUTION
a) General
i. Provide, maintain and pay all costs for equipment, instruments and operating personnel
required for tests.
ii. Make final adjustments or balancing to equipment or systems as required for acceptable
operating conditions and to meet specified performance.
iii. Recommend to replace or revise the equipment, systems or work found deficient during
tests.
iv. Air balancing and testing shall not begin until systems has been completed and in full
working order. All air and water systems shall be put into operation as required and
shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing.
b) Pre-test Requirements
i. Before operating any equipment or systems, make a thorough Check to determine

that systems have been flushed and cleaned as required and equipment have been
properly installed, lubricated and serviced. Check factory instructions to see that
installations have been made accordingly and that recommended lubricants have been
used.
ii. Use particular care in lubricating bearings to avoid damage by over-lubrication and
blowing out seals. Check equipment for Installation. Repair damaged equipment or
replace with new equipment.
iii. After completion of requirements above and immediately before starting completion tests.
Clean, replace or renew air filter media.
iv. Clean pipes free of scale and thoroughly flush piping systems. Provide temporary bypass
for all water coils to prevent flushing water from passing through coils, clean all strainers
and valves. Fill all systems with the media required and remove air from, the water
systems by operating the air vents.
v. Clean all debris from the inside of all air handling equipment and plenums and then
vacuum clean small particles of rubbish and dust before operation of the equipment and
before installing outlet and inlet grilles, registers and diffusers.
TS-AC/309
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Balancing and Performance Tests
i. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least fourteen days in advance of starting these test.
ii. Upon completion of pre-test requirements, or at such time prior to completion as

determined by the Architect/Engineer operate and test mechanical equipment and
systems for at least five consecutive eight-hour days to demonstrate satisfactory overall
operation of system.
iii. Adjust and balance all air-handling and water systems and appurtenances applicable to
those systems to deliver the air and water quantities as specified and accepted.
Separate tests shall be conducted to verify all modes of operation for all stations. Make
final tests after all necessary system modifications are completed. Seal instrument tests
holes upon completion of the balancing operation.
1. Test and adjust each air outlet and inlet to within plus or minus 10% of design
requirements.
2. Test and adjust each fan air discharge to within plus 10% of design requirements.
iv. Air Balance:
1. Perform air quantity measurements in main and branch ducts by pitot tube traverse of
the entire cross-sectional area of the duct. Use inclined manometers (draft gauge) or
magnahelic gauges for measurements in ducts having velocities of 5.1m per second or
more. Use micromanometers, hook gauges or similar low pressure instruments in ducts
having velocities of less than 5.1m per second. Seal openings in ducts for pitot tube
insertion with snap-in plugs after air balance is completed.
2. Perform air quantity measurements at outlets and inlets using direct reading velocity
meters in accordance with the register and grille manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Obtain total air quantities by adjustments of fan speeds. Use volume or splitter dampers
to adjust branch duct air quantities. After air balance is complete, mark damper positions
permanently so that they can be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time.
4. Air quantity adjustment by means of outlet deflectors, grilles, or air scoops will not be
permitted.
5. After air quantity balance at each register, adjust the supply register bars, during the
cooling season, to obtain the best distribution pattern.
TS-AC/310
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Water Balance:
1. Perform water measurements, to balance flow, using annubar tubes and portable flow
meters.
2. Set automatic control valves to full flow conditions through coils during balancing
procedure.
3. Determine pump capacities by differential pressure measurements. Adjust water circuits

using balancing cocks or automatic flow control valves. After balance is complete, mark
balancing cock positions permanently so that they may be returned to their correct
position if disturbed.
4. After balancing, take running current readings at all circulating pumps. Correct any pump
motor which is overloaded and at no additional cost to the Employer.
vi. If required operating conditions cannot be obtained for above tests, place equipment in
proper condition for long shutdown or until such time as post- contract completion tests
or preseason start-up can be made as specified herein. Provide periodic Checks as
required and conform to manufacturer's recommendations for such shutdown.
vii. Post-contract Completion Tests: If required operating conditions cannot be obtained at

time of completion tests due to outdoor season temperatures or indoor operations, return
to job site when requested and operate equipment and systems at such time of year when
outdoor temperatures and indoor operations will permit proper loading of equipment and
systems as required provided, however, that such tests will be completed during the
guarantee period. After notification, seven calendar days will be allowed to start tests.
viii. Pre-season Start-up: When required during the DLP, start up for early ventilating, cooling
or heating season use, equipment and systems that have remained shut down
immediately after completion tests and that have not performed full load Contract and
post-contract completion tests.
d) Rejection of Plant
Any item of plant or component which fails to comply with the requirements of this
Specification in any respect whatsoever at any stage of manufacture, test, erection
or on completion at Site may be rejected either in whole or in part as they consider
necessary. After adjustment or modification if so directed, submit the items for further
inspection and/or tests. Plant or components with defects of such a nature to that the
requirements of this Specification, shall be replaced without additional cost and to the
satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer.
TS-AC/311
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) Maintenance and Operation Period
i. The Maintenance and Operation Period for the purpose of this Contract shall be a period
of twelve months from the date of Practical Completion. During this period, provide
without charge labour and materials for the routine maintenance required to properly
maintain and operate all works installed under this Contract on a continuous 24 hours a
day operational basis, and services report must be submitted for reference. The
maintenance scheme at the aforesaid period shall be submitted for review.
ii. During the Maintenance and Operation Period, facilities of 24 hours 'call-out' shall be
provided whereby at any time of day or night. Skilful men shall be sent to repair any
equipment that has broken down.
iii. At the completion of the Maintenance and Operation Period, the plant including all filters,
condensers, etc. shall be cleaned and operational to a standard equal to that as if the
system was unused.
TS-AC/312
MVAC INSTALLATION
TS-AC/313
MVAC INSTALLATION
Table 1 : Air Handling Units and Fans
Design Data Installed Field Test Results

Capacity, l/s Manufacturer Capacity, l/s
Head, kPa Size and unit ref. no Discharge pressure
(Full flow, design flow and no flow), kPa
Speed, rpm Type Suction pressure
(Full flow, design flow and no flow), kPa
Pump, Motor Brake kW Motor kW, Volt/ phase/ Hz, Full load current, speed Plot tested points on pump
characteristic curves.
Temp of incoming water °C Operating head, kPa
Temp of outcoming water °C Design flow, amp
Full flow current, amp
No flow current, amp
Calculated brake, kW
TS-AC/314
MVAC INSTALLATION
Table 2 : Pumps
Design Data Installed Field Test Results
Flow, cu.m/s Manufacture Flow, cu.m/s
-Static pressure at fan discharge Size and unit ref. number Static pressure at fan discharge, pascal.
Motor kW Arrangement, discharge Fan speed, rpm.
Percent fresh air Class Fan motor operating current
Table 3 (not use)
TS-AC/315
MVAC INSTALLATION
Table 4 : Cooling Coil
Design Field Test

Cooling capacity: Coil identification unit ref. no.
- Sensible
Required water temp. drop corrected for actual test conditions.
- Latent (cooling only)
Entering and leaving water temp. °C

Water flow rate, (L/s) Entering air temp. (db°C/wb°C)
Entering and leaving water temp. (°C) Leaving air temp. (db°C/wb°C)
Entering air temp. (db°C/wb°C) Pressure drop, (kPa)
Leaving air temp. (db°C/wb°C) Control valve:
- liters per secondS
- pressure drop, (kPa)
Table 5 (not use)
TS-AC/316
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 22 PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS ON TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF

ELECTRICAL WORK
21.1 GENERAL
This Section covers particular requirements on the testing and commissioning of the
complete electrical installation to determine its full compliance with the Specification
and design intent. It shall be read in conjunction with other sections of the
Specification.
21.2 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTS (FAT)
a) General
Carry out the following minimum tests to provide assurance that the
equipment/plant/material being supplied will meet the performance requirements of
this Specification. Where applicable, all tests shall be carried out in a manner as set
down in relevant BS. The list provided is an indicative minimum of the tests
required. Develop and submit full test schedules, procedures, circuit diagrams for
approval in accordance with the requirements of the other sections of the Specification.
Use standard testing forms attached to the Specification as appropriate, otherwise,
develop and submit testing forms for approval.
b) MCC and LMCPs
i. Visual Checks
1. Carry out visual inspection of the general construction of the MCC and LMCPs, the
busbar system, switchgear, instrumentation, cabling provisions, etc. to determine if the
MCC and LMCPs are ready for further testing and subsequent delivery to site.
ii. Verification of Measuring Instrument Accuracy
1. With the secondary injection test set connected to the ammeter terminals, inject currents
2. With a 3-phase variac connected to the voltmeter terminals, vary the voltage from 0 to
voltmeter readings.
3. Follow manufacturer's instructions for the calibration of voltage, current and power
transducers.
TS-AC/317
MVAC INSTALLATION
4. With a 3-phase variac connected to the under-voltage relay circuit, vary the supply
iii. Dielectric Test
1. With all switching devices in open positions, carry out 1000V meggar test for phase to
phase, phase to neutral, and phase to earth to measure the insulation resistance.
2. Repeat the above test with all switching devices in closed position.
3. Apply 2kV AC between all live parts and the exposed conductive parts (ie between
4. Repeat the above test between each pole and all the other poles connected to the
5. The test voltage at the moment of application shall not exceed 1000V and shall then be
6. Prior to the HV test, disconnect all electrical equipment which are designed for a lower
7. Repeat the meggar test with all switching devices in closed position after the HV test.
iv. Primary Injection Test
1. Record the following information for every circuit being tested:-
- Circuit number.
- Make, type, serial number, CT ratio, class, burden of every PCT and MCT.
2. Inject primary current at the rated value to individual phase and neutral conductors and
measure the secondary current of the associated CT to be tested.
3. Repeat the above measurement with primary current set at 50% of the rated value.
TS-AC/318
MVAC INSTALLATION
v. Secondary Injection Test
1. Record the following information for every circuit being tested:-
- Circuit number.
- Make, type, serial number, rated current, trip coil voltage of every O/C and E/F
relay.
- Nominal full load current and CT ratio of the associated PCT.
2. Inject secondary current in increasing amount to the relay and measure the minimum
operates.
3. After the relay contacts are made, reduce the injected current slowly and measure the
4. With the O/L relay PSM at 100% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times the
5. Repeat the above test at any other relay settings as directed during the test.
6. With the E/F relay PSM at 20% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times, 5
7. Compare the measured operating times and the theorectical nominal operating times
read from the manufacturer's published relay characteristic curves.
8. Record the relay settings being left at the end of the test.
vi. Battery Test
1. Under fully charged condition, open the input switchgear to the battery charger. Record
the battery voltage against time and operate the ACBs and controlgear to verify that
the battery provided is adequate for its intended duty.
2. After the battery discharge test, resume the power supply to the battery charger. Record
the charging voltage and charging current against time to verify that the battery
charger and battery provided is adequate for its intended duty.
TS-AC/319
MVAC INSTALLATION
vii. Functional Tests
1. Carry out functional tests to Check that all control circuits are correctly wired, and that all
2. Carry out mechanical operation tests of switchgears to verify that all switching
TS-AC/320
MVAC INSTALLATION
21.3 ON-SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
a) At appropriate stages of the installation, inspection and testing prior to the

energising of equipment, carry out insulation tests and submit records for
approval.
b) At appropriate stages of the installation and prior to operational testing, carry out
potential tests of equipment and submit records for approval.
c) Carry out operational tests of all electrical equipment in proper staged phases
prior to energising and submit records for approval.
d) Develop a complete and detailed plan for the site testing of the power supply
systems beginning with the incoming breakers and following a logical plan which
will allow energisation of the system in a safe and secure manner and to interface
and co-ordinate with the other electrical and mechanical installations. For example,
the battery charger and batteries shall be Checked prior to furnishing the DC
control power for the circuit breakers. The circuit breaker control shall be
operationally Checked for all local control, including testing up to interface terminal
points for signals and control interconnection to other system or installation prior
to carrying out operational tests of the circuit breaker.
e) Carry out surveillance and security Check of the power supply systems including
padlocking or otherwise maintaining control of the power supply, padlocking of
switchgear and circuit breaker units, distribution switchboards, etc. throughout all
energisation stages of the installation. Co-ordinate with the other specialist
contractors and Domestic Sub-Contractors to assure no downstream cables or
other electrical equipment is energised before being tested and before other
specialist contractors' and sub- contractors' facilities are ready and secure. This
requirement shall remain in force for each part of the system until such a time that
the complete installation is certified complete in writing by the Employer's
Authorized Representative.
f) Take precautionary measures during testing and the method of tests shall be such
that no danger to persons or property can occur even if the circuit being tested is
defective.
TS-AC/321
MVAC INSTALLATION
21.4 SITE ACCEPTANCE TESTS (SAT)
a) General
i. Perform tests to verify that the complete installation will meet the requirements of this
Specification. Develop full test schedules for the approval in accordance with the
requirements of the Specification.
ii. SAT shall show, inter alia, the following as a minimum:
1. All equipment, cabling, etc. are electrically and mechanically safe.
2. All interlocks, isolators and door and cover securing mechanisms are properly fitted and
adjusted.
3. All exposed metal work is properly bonded and earthed in accordance with IEE Wiring
Regulations, relevant BSCP and statutory requirements and that all connections and
points required to be earthed for safety and satisfactory operation are properly earthed
in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.
4. All cables, cores and terminations are properly made off, secure, properly supported and
correctly identified and coloured.
5. All phases, polarities, neutral and common connections are correctly switched as
required, that power is correctly available at all points and that voltage and frequency at
all equipment are correct and in accordance with requirement for correct working.
6. All supplies are properly fused, or otherwise protected to give satisfactory discrimination
and safe disconnection under fault conditions.
7. All contacts are properly aligned and not subject to excessive wear or erosion.
8. All protective covers are properly fitted, all warning and designating labels are correct
and in position and the inside of all boxes and cubicles are clean and free of "swarf" and
cable strippings.
9. Batteries, if provided, are properly ventilated, installed, connected and fitted, and that
battery chargers are working correctly.
10. Insulation resistance of all cabling and equipment is not less than that required by BS
and IEE Wiring Regulations.
11. All instruments and meters are energised with correct polarity and working properly.
TS-AC/322
MVAC INSTALLATION
12. All fault indications and alarms are working correctly.
13. All essential equipment fed from battery systems continues to function correctly and
without disturbance during all supply failure, restoration and standby sequences.
14. All interlocks, sequences and protection for normal and emergency operations are in
order.
iii. The list provided below is an indicative minimum of the tests required.
b) Cables
i. Continuity Test.
ii. Insulation Resistance Test.
iii. Earthing Test.
iv. Polarity Test.
v. MCC and LMCPs
vi. Visual Checks
i. Carry out visual inspection of the general construction of the MCC and LMCPs, the
busbar system, switchgear, instrumentation, cabling provisions, etc. to determine if the
MCC and LMCPs are ready for further testing and subsequent delivery to site.
TS-AC/323
MVAC INSTALLATION
b) Dielectric Test
earth, phase to phase, phase to neutral, and phase to earth to measure the insulation
resistance.
TS-AC/324
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Secondary Injection Test
i. Record the following information for every circuit being tested:-
1. Circuit number.
2. Make, type, serial number, rated current, trip coil voltage of every O/C and E/F relay.
3. Nominal full load current and CT ratio of the associated PCT.
ii. Inject secondary current in increasing amount to the relay and measure the minimum
operates.
iii. After the relay contacts are made, reduce the injected current slowly and measure the
iv. With the O/L relay PSM at 100% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times the
v. Repeat the above test at any other relay settings as directed during the test.
vi. With the E/F relay PSM at 20% and TMS at 1.0, inject secondary current at 2 times, 5
vii. Compare the measured operating times and the theoretical nominal operating times read
from the manufacturer's published relay characteristic curves.
viii. Record the relay settings being left at the end of the test.
d) Functional Tests
i. Carry out functional tests to Check that all control circuits are correctly wired, and that all
TS-AC/325
MVAC INSTALLATION
e) LV System
Carry out tests for the following items, where relevant, in the sequence indicated.
i. Continuity of each power and control circuit conductors.
ii. Continuity of protective conductors, including main and supplementary equipment

bonding.
iii. Insulation resistance.
iv. Insulation of site-built assemblies.
v. Protection by electrical separation.
vi. Polarity.
vii. Earth fault loop impedence.
viii. Functions of all items of equipment.
TS-AC/326
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION 23 - FREE MAINTENANCE AND SPARE PARTS
22.1 GENERAL
a) The MVAC Contractor shall service and maintain the complete air conditioning
installation for a period of 12 months which shall coincide with the same period of
the 12 months Defects Liability without additional charge to the Employer.
b) Service and maintenance during the 12 months maintenance period following the
substantial completion shall include but not be limited to the requirements set out
below. This service shall be inclusive of the cost of all spare parts, refrigerant, oil,
and other items necessary for the operation of the system.
22.2 GENERAL MONTHLY INSPECTION
a) Carry out a general inspection of all equipment. Checking for abnormalities or

unusual noisiness of operation.
b) Inspect all valves for noticeable signs of leaks and Check to ensure correct
operation.
c) Inspect all belt-drives and adjust tension and alignment. All belts should hang
evenly and when correctly adjusted should be drawn about 25mm from the normal
position. Always replace with matched sets.
d) Inspect all bearings, etc., and lubricate as required with approved lubricants.
Actual relubrication intervals shall be determined by the condition of bearings, etc.
at the time of inspection but the following table may be used as a guide to
requirements.
Lubrication Guide Table
Type of Service Drive Motor (KW) Maximum Interval
"Standard" up to 4 24 months
e.g. 8 hours per day above 4 to 30 18 months
5 days per week above 30 to 100 9 months
over 100 6 months
"Severe" up to 4 12 months
e.g. 24 hours per day above 4 to 30 6 months
7 days per week above 30 to 100 4 months
over 100 3 months
e) Inspect all pumps, adjust glands where applicable, to permit occasional drip and
repack with approved packing.
f) Inspect all drains, clean out where necessary to maintain free discharges.
g) Inspect all pipework, ductwork and equipment insulation and make good as required.
h) Furnish a written report at the completion of each inspection.
TS-AC/327
MVAC INSTALLATION
22.3 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
a) Check operation of compressor oil heaters.
b) Check refrigerant compressor oil levels before startup of plant and top up as
necessary. Oil shall be taken from a sealed can and a perfectly clean pump shall
be used. Special care shall be taken to keep dirt out of the system.
c) Test all joints and seals in refrigerant piping, valves and controls for leaks, and
adjust as required. Oil must not be used for detection of leaks. Recharge with
refrigerant as required.
d) Inspect cooling coils and clean down as required, Check operation of control valves
and auxiliary safety devices.
e) Note in Log Book suction, discharge and oil pressure, superheat settings,
condenser temperatures, and dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures off cooling coils.
If readings are outside normal operating limits, adjustments shall be made to
maintain optimum performance.
f) Check operation of all refrigerant controls, safety devices, thermometers and

gauges and adjust as required.
g) Clean all strainers on refrigerant and water systems. Special care shall be taken
to purge all air from the strainer before tightening down.
h) Not used
i) Check water treatment system.
j) Not used
22.4 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
a) Inspect all air handling equipment including fans and associated motors, starters
and devices.
b) Clean air filters in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations.
c) Inspect all visible ductwork for leaks, particularly at plant connections.
d) Inspect all diffusers, registers and grilles and correct abnormalities.
TS-AC/328
MVAC INSTALLATION
22.5 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a) Check operation of all electrical wiring equipment and control panels, etc. for
satisfactory function.
b) Examine contact points, lubricate pivot bearings as required and correct equipment
operating with excessive noise.
22.6 THREE (3) MONTHLY INSPECTION
a) Inspect all paint work and where rusting is evident clean down, prime with an
approved rust-inhibiting paint and paint with finishing coat to match existing paint
work.
b) Check faces of all contactors and starter equipment, clean and/or replace contacts
as required.
22.7 SIX (6) MONTHLY INSPECTION
a) Inspect all operating linkages, adjust and tighten where necessary.
b) Tighten electrical connections in motor control centre where necessary.
c) Inspect motor terminal connections and tighten where necessary.
d) Check and adjust temperature and pressure controls.
22.8 YEARLY INSPECTION
a) All control devices shall be Checked and adjustments made as required for
satisfactory function of plant and equipment.
b) Inspect all flexible motor couplings and advise if replacement is necessary.
c) Inspect cooling and condenser coils and tubes for evidence of corrosion and submit
report on condition.
d) Service suction and discharge pressure controllers.
e) Check air quantities to ensure that design requirements are being maintained and
adjust dampers etc. as necessary.
f) Clean down all diffusers, registers and grilles.
TS-AC/329
MVAC INSTALLATION
22.9 SPARE PART AND TOOL LIST
The spare parts and special tools shall be handover to the Employer within 1 month
after Practical Completion. The gauges and the thermostats shall be presented in
hardwood boxes purpose made for storing each instrument. The Contractor shall also put
forward a spare parts list complete with unit prices. These spares may be wholly or partly
purchased at the discretion of the Employer. All the above must be signed for by the
Employer upon receipt.
The Contractor shall supply spares and tools as follow: -
a) Two sets of spanners to fit, all nuts on fans, motors, VRV indoor units, VRV outdoor
units etc. mounted on hardwood board fitted
b) Two sets of spare fuses for each type/rating of starters.
c) Two altitude pressure gauges of each range.
d) Two pressure gauges of each type and range.
e) Six valve packings for each type of valve installed.
g) Two sets of keys to fit lock shield valves.
h) Filters for split type / VRV indoor unit of quantity equal to 10% (of each and every
size) to those installed.
i) Four nos. belt for each size and length installed.
j) Three nos. contacts for each type/range of contactor and relay installed except for
the starters of the chiller.
k) Twenty nos. indicating lights of each colour installed.
l) Five sets electric thermostats and speed switches for VRV units.
m) 3% total numbers of all washable type (Renewable panel filter) for VRV units.
n) Minimum of 3 nos. of fuse cartridge for each TP fuse switch or switchfuse.
o) Four nos. push buttons of all colours and sizes.
p) Four number of condensate pump for split unit.
q) Ten number of fire damper fusible links.
r) Up to 10% of electronics printed circuit board (PCB) or modules supplied

under
The Contract will be sampled for tested on Site. The Contractor shall provide to the
Employer all necessary special tools required to operate or maintain the equipment
offered under this Contract as advised by the Manufacturer.
TS-AC/330
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION B1 - EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES (GTWW BUILDING 1)
1. The Technical Summary must be fully completed by the tenderer. Completion of this
Schedule shall not preclude the tenderer from providing additional technical information with
his tender.
2. The attention of tenderer is drawn to the following conditions:
(i) The base tender must include equipment manufactured in accordance with the
Specification. In completing this schedule, the tenderer shall refer to the listing of
acceptable manufacturers contained in this schedule which reflects the standard of
quality of equipment required for this project. However, it is emphasized that listing of the
manufacturers by the tenderer in this schedule, and acceptance of the tender including
such listings, does not in any way imply acceptance of the particular manufacturer's
standard products. It is the tenderer's duty to ensure that all equipment and materials
offered are fully in compliance with the Specification.
(ii) The tenderer is allowed to include up to three offers for any one item provided that such
makes and types are of comparable standards to those listed in the schedule and are
fully in compliance with the Specification.
EQ-AC/1
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
A. AIR-SIDE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT & SPECIFIED MAKE & OFFERED

MATERIALS ITEM MANUFACTURERS
CBI
1. Centrifugal Fan
Comefri
Flakt-Woods
GEC
Kiloheat
National
Nicotra
Rosenberg
Wolter or Approved
Equivalent
2. Cabinet Fans and In-line Fantech
Centrifugal Fans Flakt-Woods
LHG
Systemair
Nicotra
Nu Aire
Ostberg
Roof Units
Rosenberg
Vent-Axia
Wolter or Approved
Equivalent
3. Axial Fans Engart
Fantech
Flakt-Woods
Nu Aire
Systemair
Vent-Axia
Witt & Sohn or Approved
Equivalent
Flakt-Woods
4. Propeller Fans
KDK
Panasonic
Nu Aire
Roof Units
Systemair
Vent-Axia or Approved
Equivalent
Frico
5. Air Curtain
Hitachi
KDK
Mitsubishi
Panasonic or Approved
Equivalent
Carrier
6. Split Type Air Conditioner
Daikin
General
Hitachi
Midea
Mitsubishi or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/2
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Panasonic
Trane
York or Approved Equivalent
7. Variable Refrigerant Volume Daikin
Air Conditioner Hitachi
Mitsubishi
Sanyo or Approved
Equivalent
B. PIPES AND FITTINGS
EQUIPMENT & ACCEPTABLE MAKE & OFFERED

Hyundai
1. Galvanised Steel Pipes
Maruichi
Nippon Steel
NKK
Pusan
Shinho
Sumitomo
Tosa or Approved Equivalent
2. Galvanised Steel Pipe Fittings ASK
Cocoon
Gourd
Riken
Ring
TM
TOP or Approved Equivalent
Crane Enfield
3. Copper Pipes and Fittings
Kembla
Wednesbury
Yorkshire or Approved
Equivalent
Halberg
4. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
Kubota
Stanton
Thyssen
Tyco or Approved Equivalent
Anchor
5. UPVC / PVC Pipes and Fittings
Aron
Asahi
Better Pipe
Crown
Iplex
Novakay
RKS
Snow
Terrain
Vinidex or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/3
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Crane
6. Gate/Globe Valve
Fratelli Pettinaroli
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Nibco
Showa
Toyo
Valvemakers
Victaulic or Approved
Equivalent
Apco
7. Swing Check Valve
Crane
Empire
Giacomini
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Nibco
Toyo
Val-Matic
Valvemakers
Equivalent
Empire
8. Silent Check Valve
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Mity
Nibco
Showa
Stockham
Toyo
Val-Matic or Approved
Equivalent
AVK
9. Strainers (Y-type)
Crane
Giacomini
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Showa
Toyo
Victaulic
Yoshitake or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/4
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Apco
10. Automatic Air Relief Valve
Broady
Giacomini
Oventrop Showa
Spirax Sarco
Yorkshitake or Approved
Equivalent
Glenfield
11. Ball Float Valve
O C Keckley
Petersmith or Approved
Equivalent
ABB
12. Electromagnetic Flow Meter
Endress + Hauser
Isomag
Krohne
Sparling or Approved
Equivalent
Flexmetallic
13. Stainless Steel Pipe
John Cardwell
Flexible Connector Mason
Metraflex
Thermosel Tozen
Equivalent
AFA
14. Rubber Flexible Connector
John Cardwell
Mason
Proco
Tozen or Approved
Equivalent
John Cardwell
15. Expansion Joint
ORK
Mason
Tozen or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/5
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
C. DUCTWORKS AND FITTINGS

AAF
1. Air Filter
Cambridge farr
Camfill
FCR
Trox
Unisorb or Approved
Equivalent
AAF
2. Bag Filter
Cambridge farr
Camfill FCR
Trox or
Approved Equivalent
AeroTech
3. Grille, Diffuser, Register &
Golden Horse
Washable Panel Type Pre- Filter Janford
Johnson Controls
Laser
Pepsway
Wing Shing
Wysermann Colman
Sun Rise or
Approved Equivalent
AeroTech
4. Jet Nozzle
Barber Colman
Golden Horse
Johnson Controls
Laser
Titus
Trox
Waterloo
Wysermann or
Approved Equivalent
ACE
5. Silencer
Cemac
IAC
NAP
Vibro Acoustic
Vibron
Sound Attenuation or
Approved Equivalent
Duro Dyne
6. Duct Flexible Connectors
Insulco
Phenotherm Asia
Ventglass
PAL
Sargent or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/6
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
DEC
7. Flexible Duct
Supaflex or
Approved Equivalent
8. Volume Control Damper/

Action Air
Fire Damper/Smoke and Advanced Air
Ruskin
Fire Damper/Motorized Damper
Prefco
Trox or
Approved Equivalent
9. Stainless Steel and G.I. Kawasaki

Sheet Metal Duct Moonstar
Nippon or
Approved Equivalent
D. INSULATION

ACI
1. Fibreglass Insulation
Afico
ASK
Cape
Keumkang
Owens Corning Tarec or
Approved Equivalent
Cape
2. Phenolic Foam
Kemflex
Kooltherm
Phenotherm
Tarec or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/7
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Armaflex
3. Closed Cell Insulation Material
Insultube
Kemflex
K-Flex
Thermalflex or
Approved Equivalent
E. CONTROL & MISCELLANEOUS

Honeywell
1. Control
Johnson Controls
Satchwell/
Invensys
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
Apollo
2. Duct Smoke Detector
Honeywell
Johnson Controls
Nitton
System-Sensor or
Approved Equivalent
Codela
3. CO/CO2/NO2 Sensor
Crowcon
Macurco
Oldham
QEL
Sick
SiemensSontay or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/8
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Ashcroft
4. Pressure & Temperature Gauges
Bell & Gossett
KK
Nisshin
Refco
Toko
Yamamoto or
Approved Equivalent
Kinetics
5. Vibration Isolators
Mason
VCS
Vibration Mountings
VMC or
Approved Equivalent
6. Bio-oxygen Generator
JEC or
Approved Equivalent
F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES

1. Motor
ABB
Brook Hansen
Mitsubishi
Parkinson
Siemens
VEM or
Approved Equivalent
2. Variable Speed Drive

ABB
Allen Bradley
Danfoss Meiden
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/9
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
3. Motor Control Centre/

ABB-Honor
Local Control Centre Dragon Palace
Federal
Metrix
Ready
Rickson
Vikings & Ellision or
Approved Equivalent
4. Fuseswitch/ Switchfuse/ Switch

ABB
Bill
Ellison
Federal
GEC
Holec
LK
MEM
Metrix-Plasma
Nilsen
Simplex
Socomec or
Approved Equivalent
5. Cable
Aberdare
AEI
Alcatel
BICC
Draka
Irish
Mitsubishi
Pirelli or
Approved Equivalent
6. Metallic Conduits
Longmore Maruichi
Nippon
Setsuyo
ZS or
Approved Equivalent
7. Metallic Conduit Accessories

Appleby
HN
Taily or
Approved Equivalent
8. PVC Conduit & Accessories

Clipsal
Ega
Gilffex-key
Kinglion
Marshell Tufflex
Univolt
EQ-AC/10
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Vinidex
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent
9. Flexible Conduits
Adaptaflex
Burntubes
Flexicon or
Approved Equivalent
10. Push Button Switch / Selector Switch

Breter
Crompton
Fuji
Izumi
Mibuka Denki
Salzer
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
11. Motor Starter, Contactor, Relay

Klockner Moeller
Omron
Schneider
Stromberg or
Approved Equivalent
12. Micro-switch
Fuji
Izumi
Omron
Schneider
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
13. Current Transformer

Crompton ECT
QA
Saci or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/11
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
14. Indicating Light

Breter
Crompton
Fuji
Izumi
Mibuka Denki
Salzer
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
15. MCCB/MCB
ABB
Federal
MG
Mitsubishi
Square D
Terasaki
Unelec or
Approved Equivalent
16. Ammeter/Voltmeter
Celsa
Crompton
GEC
Izumi
Mitsubishi or
Approved Equivalent
17. Hot dip galvanized

BEC
cable tray Boson
Lik Hung
Shun Cheong Tak Cheong
Unistruct
WEW
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent
18. Trunking (Hot-dip galvanized)

BEC
Boson
Lik Hung
Shun Cheong
Tak Cheong
WEW
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/12
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE:
PIPEWORK MATERIALS
DESCRIPTION SPECIFIED
a) Chilled Water System Black steel seamless pipe to BS 1387/BS EN 10255:2004 :

heavy-duty grade C for chilled water pipe.
Black carbon steel pipe ERW 320 grade steel to BS 3601 /
BS EN 10216-1:2002 / BS EN 10217-1 : 2002 with wall
thickness not less than 6.0mm, for pipes above 150mm dia.
Fittings to BS 143 and 1256, BS 1740 / BS EN 10241:2000
for BS 1965 / BS EN 10253:2007 as appropriate.
Primer paint shall be applied on all chilled water pipe prior
insulation work.
Thermal insulation “Type A”, (complying with FSD
requirement) shall be completed for all sizes of chilled water
pipes running inside false ceiling.
Thermal insulation shall be polystyrene insulation with min.
50mm thick cement plastering and painting for all chilled
water pipes running exposed to sight or weather.
Insulation thickness shall be complied with EMSD’s COP for
Energy Efficiency of Building Services Installation 2018(or
latest) requirement.
b) Condensate Drain Galvanized steel pipe to BS 1387 / BS EN 10255 : 2004,
medium.
Thermal insulation, “Type A” shall be completed for all
pipework running inside false ceiling and duct shaft.
Thermal insulation “Type A” shall be completed with
aluminum cladding for all pipework running exposed to sight
or weather.
EQ-AC/13
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Finishes Insulated and non-insulated pipework exposed to sight or

weather shall be painted as appropriate to Design
Consultant’s Approval.
d) Refrigerant System Hard drawn copper tube to ASTM B-88, Type K, fitting and
valves to matching ASTM standards.
e) Insulation for Indoor or Thermal insulation “Type B”, (complying with FSD
enclosed in services duct requirement) shall be completed for all sizes of refrigerant
refrigerant piping pipes running inside services duct or false ceiling.
Insulation for Outdoor or Thermal insulation “Type B”, (complying with FSD
exposed refrigerant piping requirement) shall be completed with weather proof slim duct
for all sizes of refrigerant pipes running at outdoor area.
EQ-AC/14
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
DUCTWORK MATERIALS
a) Air Ducts Galvanized steel rectangular ducts for all supply air,
return air, pretreated fresh air, transfer air and exhaust air
ducts in general.
Thermal insulation “Type D” with aluminium foil vapour

barrier for supply air, return air pretreated fresh air,
transfer air ducts in air conditioned areas.

barrier and aluminium cladding for supply air, return air,
pretreated fresh air ductwork exposed to sight.
Thermal insulation “Type D” with aluminium cladding for

supply air, return air, pretreated fresh air ductwork
exposed to weather.
Insulation thickness shall be complied with EMSD’s COP
for Energy Efficiency of Building Services Installation
2018(or latest) requirement.
b) Kitchen Exhaust Ducts 1.2mm Stainless steel 304 rectangular ducts comply with
DW143, DW144 and DW172.
c) Acoustic Lagging on Air “Type D” external insulation with aluminium cladding.

Ducts
d) Finishes Print shall be provided for the insulated and non-insulated

ducts exposed to sight or weather excepted ductwork with
aluminium cladding. Colour shall be subjected to Design
Consultant’s approval.
TYPE OF THERMAL INSULATION MATERIALS
Phenolic Foam Insulation – (CFC Free)
“Type A”
(i) Temperature Range – For pipe material – sub zero to 120oC
For board material – sub zero to 80oC
(ii) Density: For pipe material – 35 kg/m3
For board material – 40 kg/m3
For pipe support – 80kg/m3 or 120 kg/m3 as per manufacturers recommendations
Except at pipe, ducting and other support points where a higher density load bearing
quality insulation shall be used in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
EQ-AC/15
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
(iii) Compressive strength (BS 4370 : Part 1, method 3) :

For pipe material – 100 kN/m2
For board material – 140 kN/m2
(iv) Thermal conductivity 0.024 W/moC at 10oC mean temperature (BS 4370 : Part 2, method
7).
(v) Closed cell content – 90% minimum (BS 4370 : Part 2, method 10).
(vi) Vapour transmission 10μ gm/Nh at 38oC 88% RH (BS 4370: Part 2, method 8).
(vii) Fire rating – shall have class “O” fire rating and test certificate from independent laboratory.
(viii) Smoke emission – shall be low and comply with BS5111 Part 1.
Above properties to be tested independent of facings which shall be factory applied Class “O”
double sided reinforced foil vapour barrier for both condensation control and mechanical
protection. The external side shall be white antiglare coating and the internal side shall be
aluminium foil fully adhered to the Phenolic foam. Facing with all service jacket on the outside is
also acceptable. The surface emittance of the all service jacket shall be 0.7 or greater when
tested with ASTM E-408. In addition, the performance of both vapour barriers and all service
jacket have to comply with the requirement stipulated at e) Vapour Barrier.
The manufacturer must provide evidence that the material supplied has no aging effect such that
the thermal conductivity remains constant through out the working life.
For wall thickness of 30mm or above, the phenolic foam joint shall be of unique Z-shape slip
along the longitudinal joint for thermal lock purpose.
Rigid cut sections shall be used with factory applied Class ‘O’ facing for pipework. ‘Butt-joint’ of
slabs shall be sealed with minimum 75mm wide matching Class ‘O’ self adhesive tape as
recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Overlap of factory applied Class ‘O’ facing for cut
pipe sections shall be sealed with manufacturers recommended adhesive tape.
Neatly cut, mitre the insulation to fit around fittings and great care must be taken to ensure that
all mitred joints are a close fit and that the finish coat of aluminium foil adhesive tape is neatly
applied.
Flanges and other protrusions shall be insulated by fabricating oversize performed sections
ordered to suit the diameter of the flange or adjacent pipe insulation whichever is the greatest.
The oversized section shall overlap on to the adjacent pipe insulation by a minimum of 75mm on
each side.
Reference shall be made to the insulation manufacturer recommended support details to ensure
correct lad bearing and dimensions of high density foam inserts and associated metal plate
supports are correct to spread the point loads involved.
Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation
“Type B”
Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation shall be CFC free, in continuous lengths, with factory
applied talc coating on inner surface. Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation shall comply
with the following requirements:
EQ-AC/16
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
(i) Thermal conductivity : ≤ 0.04 W/moC

(at 20C mean temperature)
(ii) Density : 65 kg/m3 ± 5%
(iii) Water vapour permeability : 0.28 μgm/Nh

(without additional vapour barrier foil)
(iv) Max. operating temperature : 80oC
(v) No putrefaction and mildew should form on the insulation material. The water absorption
properties of the insulation shall be of not more than 1.5% after 28 days.
(vi) The material, including adhesives and all accessories shall have fire properties to Class “O”
comply with the requirements of the latest edition of Building regulation in UK. The
insulation material shall be “built-in” vapour barrier and achieve condensation control
without any additional vapour barrier foil.
(vii) The flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation sheet shall be supplied in rolls in dimensions
recommended by the manufacturer for application in air duct so that the top and bottom
pieces overlap the sides. Adhesives shall be applied evenly to the entire contact surfaces
if the elastomeric insulation sheet is not a self adhesive sheet.
(viii) When shifting large bore flexible closed cell elastomeric tube which has become elliptical
during storage, the slit shall be made in the flattened surface.
If the Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation is exposed to weather, or view, UV paint shall
be applied.
Minimum thickness
For conditioned space

25mm(min) – for pipes up to and including 100mm nominal bore.
For un-conditioned space

32mm (min) – for pipes up to and including 15mm nominal bore.
40mm (min) – for pipes 15mm to 54mm nominal bore.
50mm (min) – for pipes 54mm nominal bore and above.
Polystyrene Insulation
“Type C”
Only where specified or approve preformed or slab polystyrene may be used.
Polystyrene insulation must be of the required thickness to meet the thermal insulation values
stated in Tables “A” and “B” or as stated in the particular specification.
The material must be of the type which is defined as “non-self combustible”. Unless otherwise
expressly instructed by the Design Consultant, polystyrene insulation shall be covered in wire
meeting of 25mm mesh, 1mm dia. coat with 15mm cement plaster smoothed and painted on
completion.
EQ-AC/17
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Preformed Fiberglass Rigid Type Insulation
“Type D”
This form of insulation shall not be used on pipework.
Insulation used for ductworks shall be semi rigid having a density of not less than 64kg/m3 and
thickness not less than 52mm. The fiber diameter of the fiberglass shall be 4 to 10 micron and
fibre length shall be 3 to 6cm.
The thermal conductivity (k value) of the fiberglass shall not be more than 0.035W/moC at mean
temperature of 24oC. The thermal resistance (R value) should more than 1.08m2oC W.
All fiberglass insulation should be completely sealed by effective vapour barrier and self adhesive
foil tape.
All fiberglass insulation should be completely sealed at all joints. All holes, tears, punctures, etc.
made in the vapour barrier should be completely sealed with the same specified foil tape.
When pins are required to used to support the fiberglass blanket, all the pins must be sealed by
same specified foil tape after installation.
The material shall be adheared to the ducts with moisture and fire resistant adhesive of an
approved type. Where performed fiberglass slabs are to be adhered to flat surfaces such as
ductwork the method of fixing shall be approved by the Design Consultant before commencing
work.
The Contractor shall bear the cost and provide relevant certificates from an approved testing
laboratory in order to prove the physical properties of the fiberglass are being conform to
specification when requested by the Design Consultant.
Vapour Barrier
(i) Where thermal insulation is applied to the outside of piped and ducted services, equipment
and plant used to convey, store or generate fluids or gases at temperatures lower than the
design ambient dew point temperature indicated, a water vapour barrier shall be provided.
The vapour barrier where employed shall be applied such that it is continuous and gives
protection to the whole surface of the insulation which it protects.
It shall not be pierced or otherwise damaged by supports or by the application of external

cladding.
The insulation on continuous pipe and duct shall be sectionalized by vapour barriers to
applied at, say, 5m intervals to isolate condensation problems caused by perforation of
external barrier to the affected section.
(ii) Aluminium foil vapour barriers used for insulation of all pipes and ducts shall conform to the
following requirements:
• Machine Direction Tensile Strength (ASTM D828) ≥12kN/m.

• Cross Direction Tensible Strength (ASTM D828) ≥ 9kN/m.
• Bursting Force (AS2001.2.19:1988) ≥ 120N or Bursting Strength ≥ 6kg/cm 2 in
accordance with ASTM D 774.
• Water vapour permeance (ASTM E96) ≤ 1.0ηg/Ns
EQ-AC/18
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
• Surface emittance of external surface (ASTM E408) ≥ 0.7
Vapour Barrier
(iii) All joints should be either factory or on job site fabricated. All joints must allow for 50mm
overlap of vapour barrier and the joints must be completely sealed using foil tape with a
minimum width 75mm conforming to the following specifications:
• Tape thickness minimum 0.04mm without release paper.

• Machine and Cross Direction Tensile Strength (ASTM D882) ≥ 2.0 kN/m.
• Bursting Strength ≥ 10kg/cm2 in accordance with ASTM D3662.
• Peel Adhesion to steel (ASTM D3330:1986) ≥ 10N/25mm.
• Shear adhesion (BS7116) : 311.
• Surface Emittance (ASTM E408) ≥ 0.7.
Any and all punctures, holes, tears, etc. that can be seen or occur on the job site should be
completely sealed with the same tape as specified above.
(iv) The material chosen for the vapour barrier and its method of application shall be
compatible with thermal insulation which it is to protect. The following may be used:-
• Wet-applied vapour barriers of the cut-back bitumen type, bitumen emulsions with or
without elastomer latex, vinyl emulsions and solvent based polymers.
• Elastomer sheets with all joints adequately overlapped and continuously sealed.
• Polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polyisobutylene or other plastics tapes or sheets.
• Epoxide and polyester resins.
• Sheet metal with all joints adequately overlapped and continuously sealed to a vapour-
tight condition.
(v) Metal foil and alone or laminated to building paper, building sheet or plastics film with all
joints adequately lapped and continuously vapour sealed.
Facing materials used on insulation materials to provide vapour barrier shall be not more
than 0.8mm thick. All metal foil vapour barrier and foil tape used shall be class “O” to UK
Building Regulation 1991.
The Contractor shall ensure the selection of thermal insulation and thickness can comply with the
above requirement and BEC 2018.
EQ-AC/19
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Equipment Schedule No. : AC-5
VRV AC Unit: VIU-01
DESCRIPTION SPECIFIED OFFERED
VRV AC Unit No. VIU-01
Quantity
Manufacture Daikin/ Mitsubishi/ Hitachi/

McQuay/ Equivalent
Country of Origin Note 1
Model Note 1
Type Ceiling Mounted Cassette
Refrigerant R32/ R410A
Function
Total Cooling capacity (kW) 2.2
Total Heating capacity (kW) -
Evaporator Section
Evaporator Design Air volume to 7.5

room (m³/min) at medium speed
External static pressure (Pa) 50

Speed
Operating range for cooling (°C) 16°C – 30°C
Operating range for heating (°C) -
Operating weight (kg) Note 1
Power Supply (Volt/Ph/Hz) 220/1/50
Full load current (A) Note 1
Power consumption for cooling (W) 20
EQ-AC/20
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-01
Power consumption for heating (W) -
Overall dimension (HxWxD) (mm) 208 x 570 x 570
Evaporator Cooling
On coil temperature DB/WB (°C) 27°C /19°C
Off coil temperature DB/WB (°C) Note 1
Evaporator Heating
On coil temperature DB/WB (°C) -
Off coil temperature DB/WB (°C) -
Control and Features
Wireless remote controller Required
Pre-filter Required
Timer On/Off Required
Operating sound power level to Note 1

surrounding (dBA) measured at 1m
(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)
Wiring adapter allow the system to Required

operate with no system error
indicator in event of the interruption
of power supply to other indoor
units
Notes
1. To be stated by Tenderer / trade contractors.

2. Indoor units shall be completed with supply air grille and hinged type return air grille. Panel filter shall be
provided at return air plenum.
3. Each indoor unit shall be provided with stainless steel 304 drain pan and condensate drain pump.
4. Insulation materials complied with FSD requirement.
5. Central control for VRV system shall be provided
EQ-AC/21
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-02
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Function
Evaporator Section
Evaporator Design Air volume to 12


Speed
EQ-AC/22
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-02
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/23
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-03
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Type Ceiling Concealed Type
Function
Evaporator Section


Speed
EQ-AC/24
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-03
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/25
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-04
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Function
Evaporator Section


Speed
EQ-AC/26
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-04
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/27
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-01
VRV AC Unit No. VOU-01
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Type Horizontal discharge
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

(Comply latest BEC 2018)
Power Supply (Volt/Ph/Hz) 220 / 1 / 50
Total Cooling Capacity (kW) 11.2
Total Heating Capacity (kW) -
Type of Fan Propeller
External air static (Pa) Note 1
Air flow rate (m³/min.) 78.8
Operating range for Cooling (°C) 5°C –52°C
Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/28
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-01
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1
Type of compressor Hermetically Sealed Scroll

Type
Overall dimensions 981 x 1050 x 330

(H x W x D)mm
Sound Level (dBA) Note 1
Operating Weight (kg) Note 1
E-stop Required
Wired Remote Controller Required
Notes

2. All specified dated such as cooling capacities, etc. of outdoor units shall be achieved at outdoor
temperature of 35oC DB.
EQ-AC/29
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-02
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/30
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-02
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/31
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-03
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Type Vertical discharge
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Air flow rate (m³/min.) 175
Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/32
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-03
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/33
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Split Type AC: OU-01/ IU-01
Designation of A/C unit OU-01/IU-01

Manufacturer Daikin/ Mitsubishi/
Hitachi/ McQuay/
Equivalent
Country of origin Note 1
Model Note 1
Quantity
Type Wall Mounted Type
Outdoor unit
Cooling Capacity (kW) Min. 5.0
Duty Cooling Only
Refrigerant used R32/ R410A
Total Power Input (kW) Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 2.6

Type of Drive Constant on/off
Overall dimensions (HxWxD)mm Note 1
Indoor unit
Air flow rate (L/s) 150
Overall dimensions (HxWxD)mm Note 1
Volt/Phase/Hz 220/1/50
Remote Control Wired

Notes
2. Insulation materials complied with FSD requirement and blower should be factory fabricated galvanized
steel.
3. The indoor unit shall comply with BS476: Part 4 for the use at protected space.
4. Condition: 27oC/19oC Indoor (DB/WB), 35oC Outdoor (DB)
EQ-AC/34
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-BF-01
Fan No. EAF-BF-01
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1
Manufacturer Ostberg/ Kruger/

FlaktWoods/ Equivalent
Type Axial/ In-line Centrifugal
Design air flow rate (l/s) 400
Operating Temperature (oC) 40
Fan Diameter (mm) Note 1
Fan Static Pressure (Pa) 100
Fan Efficiency (%) Note 1
Fan Brake Power (kW) Note 1
Fan Speed (rpm) Not more than 1450
Type of Drive Direct
Sound Power Level (dB) Note 1
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 0.37
EQ-AC/35
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Motor Speed (rpm) Not more than 1450
Motor Efficiency (%) Note 1
Power Factor at Operating Load Min. 0.85
Sound Power Level (dBA) Note 1
- 3m free field
Vibration Isolator/ Min. Deflection Spring Mount/25

(mm)
Total Operating Weight (kg) Note 1
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL
Make/ Origin of Starter Note 1
Overall Maximum Operating Sound 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

Power level (dB)
63 Hz to 8kHz Octave Bands
Notes

2. Actual static head to be calculated and ascertained by the trade contractor to the actual ductwork
installation on site and to suit requirement of all relevant equipment.
3. The trade contractors shall ensure that the fans offered shall be suitable for incorporation into individual
sub-systems of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning installation such that the resultant operating
noise levels of the installation shall not exceed various noise criteria specified for individual occupied areas
as per the Schedule of Noise Criteria. Any deviations from the specified noise criteria in the tenderer’s
offer shall be identified in the tender covering letter.
4. FC - Forward Curve Centrifugal, BC - Backward Curve Centrifugal, DIDW – Double Inlet Double Width.
EQ-AC/36
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-BF-02
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Type Wall Mounted Propeller
Fan Static Pressure (Pa) /
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/37
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/38
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-BF-03
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/39
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/40
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-BF-04
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/41
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/42
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-BF-05
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/43
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/44
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-BF-06
Location B/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/45
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/46
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-GF-01
Fan No. EAF-GF-01
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/47
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/48
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-02
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/49
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter Carbon Filter
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/50
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-03
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/51
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

5. The fan shall be sparkless and explosion prove according to F.S.D. Circular Letter No. 4/96.
EQ-AC/52
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-04
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/53
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/54
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-05
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/55
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/56
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-XXF-01 (2/F-16/F) (4/F, 14/F Omitted)
Fan No. EAF-XXF-01

(“XX” denote floor number)
Location 2/F-3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-16/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/57
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field
Vibration Isolator/ Min. Deflection N/A

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/58
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-XXF-02

Location 2/F-3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-16/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/59
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/60
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-17F-01
Fan No. EAF-17F-01
Location 2/F-3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-16/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/61
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/62
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-17F-02
Location 2/F-3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-16/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/63
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/64
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-RF-01
Fan No. EAF-RF-01
Location 17/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/65
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/66
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-02
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/67
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/68
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-03
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/69
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/70
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-04
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/71
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/72
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-05
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/73
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/74
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fresh Air Fans: FAF-GF-01
Fan No. FAF-GF-01
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Type Axial/ In-line centrifugal
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/75
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fresh Air Fans: FAF-GF-01
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/76
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fresh Air Fans: FAF-XXF-01 (2/F-16/F) (4/F, 14/F Omitted)
Fan No. FAF-XXF-01

Location 2/F-3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-16/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/77
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/78
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fresh Air Fans: FAF-17F-01
Fan No. FAF-17F-01
Location 17/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/79
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/80
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
Carpark Air Conducting Fan: ACF-01
Fan No. ACF-01
Location B/F, G/F Carpark
Make Note 1
Model Note 1
Manufacturer Mitsubishi/ Sewon/ ECTA/

Equivalent
Type Axial/ Propeller
Air Quantity 580
Fan Diameter(mm) Note 1
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin
EQ-AC/81
GTWW BUILDING 1
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

2. Tenderer / trade contractors shall submit carpark computational fluid dynamic (CFD) simulation regarding
air flow distribution and velocity pattern of the space,
EQ-AC/82
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION B2 - EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (GTWW BUILDING 3)
Schedule shall not preclude the tenderer from providing additional technical information with
his tender.
EQ-AC/83
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
A. AIR-SIDE EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT & SPECIFIED MAKE & OFFERED

CBI
1. Centrifugal Fan
Comefri
Flakt-Woods
GEC
Kiloheat
National
Nicotra
Rosenberg
Wolter or Approved
Equivalent
2. Cabinet Fans and In-line Fantech
Centrifugal Fans Flakt-Woods
LHG
Systemair
Nicotra
Nu Aire
Ostberg
Roof Units
Rosenberg
Vent-Axia
Wolter or Approved
Equivalent
3. Axial Fans Engart
Fantech
Flakt-Woods
Nu Aire
Systemair
Vent-Axia
Witt & Sohn or Approved
Equivalent
Flakt-Woods
4. Propeller Fans
KDK
Panasonic
Nu Aire
Roof Units
Systemair
Vent-Axia or Approved
Equivalent
Frico
5. Air Curtain
Hitachi
KDK
Mitsubishi
Panasonic or Approved
Equivalent
Carrier
Daikin
General
Hitachi
Midea
Mitsubishi or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/84
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Panasonic
Trane
York or Approved Equivalent
7. Variable Refrigerant Volume Daikin
Air Conditioner Hitachi
Mitsubishi
Sanyo or Approved
Equivalent
B. PIPES AND FITTINGS

Hyundai
Maruichi
Nippon Steel
NKK
Pusan
Shinho
Sumitomo
Tosa or Approved Equivalent
2. Galvanised Steel Pipe Fittings ASK
Cocoon
Gourd
Riken
Ring
TM
TOP or Approved Equivalent
Crane Enfield
Kembla
Wednesbury
Yorkshire or Approved
Equivalent
Halberg
Kubota
Stanton
Thyssen
Tyco or Approved Equivalent
Anchor
Aron
Asahi
Better Pipe
Crown
Iplex
Novakay
RKS
Snow
Terrain
Vinidex or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/85
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Crane
6. Gate/Globe Valve
Fratelli Pettinaroli
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Nibco
Showa
Toyo
Valvemakers
Equivalent
Apco
Crane
Empire
Giacomini
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Nibco
Toyo
Val-Matic
Valvemakers
Equivalent
Empire
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Mity
Nibco
Showa
Stockham
Toyo
Val-Matic or Approved
Equivalent
AVK
Crane
Giacomini
Glenfield
Hattersley
Kitz
Showa
Toyo
Victaulic
Yoshitake or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/86
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Apco
Broady
Giacomini
Oventrop Showa
Spirax Sarco
Equivalent
Glenfield
O C Keckley
Petersmith or Approved
Equivalent
ABB
Endress + Hauser
Isomag
Krohne
Sparling or Approved
Equivalent
Flexmetallic
13. Stainless Steel Pipe
John Cardwell
Flexible Connector Mason
Metraflex
Thermosel Tozen
Equivalent
AFA
John Cardwell
Mason
Proco
Tozen or Approved
Equivalent
John Cardwell
15. Expansion Joint
ORK
Mason
Tozen or Approved
Equivalent
EQ-AC/87
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
C. DUCTWORKS AND FITTINGS

AAF
1. Air Filter
Cambridge farr
Camfill
FCR
Trox
Unisorb or Approved
Equivalent
AAF
2. Bag Filter
Cambridge farr
Camfill FCR
Trox or
Approved Equivalent
AeroTech
3. Grille, Diffuser, Register &
Golden Horse
Washable Panel Type Pre- Filter Janford
Johnson Controls
Laser
Pepsway
Wing Shing
Wysermann Colman
Sun Rise or
Approved Equivalent
AeroTech
4. Jet Nozzle
Barber Colman
Golden Horse
Johnson Controls
Laser
Titus
Trox
Waterloo
Wysermann or
Approved Equivalent
ACE
5. Silencer
Cemac
IAC
NAP
Vibro Acoustic
Vibron
Sound Attenuation or
Approved Equivalent
Duro Dyne
Insulco
Phenotherm Asia
Ventglass
PAL
Sargent or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/88
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
DEC
7. Flexible Duct
Supaflex or
Approved Equivalent

Action Air
Fire Damper/Smoke and Advanced Air
Ruskin
Prefco
Trox or
Approved Equivalent
9. Stainless Steel and G.I. Kawasaki

Sheet Metal Duct Moonstar
Nippon or
Approved Equivalent
D. INSULATION

ACI
Afico
ASK
Cape
Keumkang
Owens Corning Tarec or
Approved Equivalent
Cape
2. Phenolic Foam
Kemflex
Kooltherm
Phenotherm
Tarec or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/89
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Armaflex
Insultube
Kemflex
K-Flex
Thermalflex or
Approved Equivalent
E. CONTROL & MISCELLANEOUS

Honeywell
1. Control
Johnson Controls
Satchwell/
Invensys
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
Apollo
Honeywell
Johnson Controls
Nitton
System-Sensor or
Approved Equivalent
Codela
Crowcon
Macurco
Oldham
QEL
Sick
SiemensSontay or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/90
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Ashcroft
Bell & Gossett
KK
Nisshin
Refco
Toko
Yamamoto or
Approved Equivalent
Kinetics
Mason
VCS
Vibration Mountings
VMC or
Approved Equivalent
JEC or
Approved Equivalent
F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES

1. Motor
ABB
Brook Hansen
Mitsubishi
Parkinson
Siemens
VEM or
Approved Equivalent

ABB
Allen Bradley
Danfoss Meiden
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/91
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
3. Motor Control Centre/

ABB-Honor
Local Control Centre Dragon Palace
Federal
Metrix
Ready
Rickson
Vikings & Ellision or
Approved Equivalent

ABB
Bill
Ellison
Federal
GEC
Holec
LK
MEM
Metrix-Plasma
Nilsen
Simplex
Socomec or
Approved Equivalent
5. Cable
Aberdare
AEI
Alcatel
BICC
Draka
Irish
Mitsubishi
Pirelli or
Approved Equivalent
Longmore Maruichi
Nippon
Setsuyo
ZS or
Approved Equivalent

Appleby
HN
Taily or
Approved Equivalent

Clipsal
Ega
Gilffex-key
Kinglion
Marshell Tufflex
Univolt
EQ-AC/92
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Vinidex
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent
Adaptaflex
Burntubes
Flexicon or
Approved Equivalent

Breter
Crompton
Fuji
Izumi
Mibuka Denki
Salzer
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent

Klockner Moeller
Omron
Schneider
Stromberg or
Approved Equivalent
12. Micro-switch
Fuji
Izumi
Omron
Schneider
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent

Crompton ECT
QA
Saci or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/93
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION

Breter
Crompton
Fuji
Izumi
Mibuka Denki
Salzer
Siemens or
Approved Equivalent
15. MCCB/MCB
ABB
Federal
MG
Mitsubishi
Square D
Terasaki
Unelec or
Approved Equivalent
Celsa
Crompton
GEC
Izumi
Mitsubishi or
Approved Equivalent
17. Hot dip galvanized

BEC
cable tray Boson
Lik Hung
Shun Cheong Tak Cheong
Unistruct
WEW
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent

BEC
Boson
Lik Hung
Shun Cheong
Tak Cheong
WEW
Wai Ming or
Approved Equivalent
EQ-AC/94
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE:
PIPEWORK MATERIALS
a) Chilled Water System Black steel seamless pipe to BS 1387/BS EN 10255:2004 :

heavy-duty grade C for chilled water pipe.
Black carbon steel pipe ERW 320 grade steel to BS 3601 /
BS EN 10216-1:2002 / BS EN 10217-1 : 2002 with wall
thickness not less than 6.0mm, for pipes above 150mm dia.
Fittings to BS 143 and 1256, BS 1740 / BS EN 10241:2000
for BS 1965 / BS EN 10253:2007 as appropriate.
Primer paint shall be applied on all chilled water pipe prior
insulation work.
Thermal insulation “Type A”, (complying with FSD
requirement) shall be completed for all sizes of chilled water
pipes running inside false ceiling.
Thermal insulation shall be polystyrene insulation with min.
50mm thick cement plastering and painting for all chilled
water pipes running exposed to sight or weather.
b) Condensate Drain Galvanized steel pipe to BS 1387 / BS EN 10255 : 2004,
medium.
Thermal insulation, “Type A” shall be completed for all
pipework running inside false ceiling and duct shaft.
Thermal insulation “Type A” shall be completed with
aluminum cladding for all pipework running exposed to sight
or weather.
EQ-AC/95
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
c) Finishes Insulated and non-insulated pipework exposed to sight or

weather shall be painted as appropriate to Design
Consultant’s Approval.
d) Refrigerant System Hard drawn copper tube to ASTM B-88, Type K, fitting and
valves to matching ASTM standards.
e) Insulation for Indoor or Thermal insulation “Type B”, (complying with FSD
enclosed in services duct requirement) shall be completed for all sizes of refrigerant
refrigerant piping pipes running inside services duct or false ceiling.
Insulation for Outdoor or Thermal insulation “Type B”, (complying with FSD
exposed refrigerant piping requirement) shall be completed with weather proof slim duct
for all sizes of refrigerant pipes running at outdoor area.
EQ-AC/96
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
DUCTWORK MATERIALS
a) Air Ducts Galvanized steel rectangular ducts for all supply air,
return air, pretreated fresh air, transfer air and exhaust air
ducts in general.

barrier for supply air, return air pretreated fresh air,
transfer air ducts in air conditioned areas.

barrier and aluminium cladding for supply air, return air,
pretreated fresh air ductwork exposed to sight.
Thermal insulation “Type D” with aluminium cladding for

supply air, return air, pretreated fresh air ductwork
exposed to weather.
Insulation thickness shall be complied with EMSD’s COP
for Energy Efficiency of Building Services Installation
2018(or latest) requirement.
b) Kitchen Exhaust Ducts 1.2mm Stainless steel 304 rectangular ducts comply with
DW143, DW144 and DW172.
c) Acoustic Lagging on Air “Type D” external insulation with aluminium cladding.

Ducts
d) Finishes Print shall be provided for the insulated and non-insulated

ducts exposed to sight or weather excepted ductwork with
aluminium cladding. Colour shall be subjected to Design
Consultant’s approval.
TYPE OF THERMAL INSULATION MATERIALS
“Type A”
(i) Temperature Range – For pipe material – sub zero to 120oC
For board material – sub zero to 80oC
(ii) Density: For pipe material – 35 kg/m3
For board material – 40 kg/m3
For pipe support – 80kg/m3 or 120 kg/m3 as per manufacturers recommendations
Except at pipe, ducting and other support points where a higher density load bearing
quality insulation shall be used in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
EQ-AC/97
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
(iii) Compressive strength (BS 4370 : Part 1, method 3) :

For pipe material – 100 kN/m2
For board material – 140 kN/m2
(iv) Thermal conductivity 0.024 W/moC at 10oC mean temperature (BS 4370 : Part 2, method
7).
(v) Closed cell content – 90% minimum (BS 4370 : Part 2, method 10).
(vi) Vapour transmission 10μ gm/Nh at 38oC 88% RH (BS 4370: Part 2, method 8).
(vii) Fire rating – shall have class “O” fire rating and test certificate from independent laboratory.
(viii) Smoke emission – shall be low and comply with BS5111 Part 1.
Above properties to be tested independent of facings which shall be factory applied Class “O”
double sided reinforced foil vapour barrier for both condensation control and mechanical
protection. The external side shall be white antiglare coating and the internal side shall be
aluminium foil fully adhered to the Phenolic foam. Facing with all service jacket on the outside is
also acceptable. The surface emittance of the all service jacket shall be 0.7 or greater when
tested with ASTM E-408. In addition, the performance of both vapour barriers and all service
jacket have to comply with the requirement stipulated at e) Vapour Barrier.
The manufacturer must provide evidence that the material supplied has no aging effect such that
the thermal conductivity remains constant through out the working life.
For wall thickness of 30mm or above, the phenolic foam joint shall be of unique Z-shape slip
along the longitudinal joint for thermal lock purpose.
Rigid cut sections shall be used with factory applied Class ‘O’ facing for pipework. ‘Butt-joint’ of
slabs shall be sealed with minimum 75mm wide matching Class ‘O’ self adhesive tape as
recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Overlap of factory applied Class ‘O’ facing for cut
pipe sections shall be sealed with manufacturers recommended adhesive tape.
Neatly cut, mitre the insulation to fit around fittings and great care must be taken to ensure that
all mitred joints are a close fit and that the finish coat of aluminium foil adhesive tape is neatly
applied.
Flanges and other protrusions shall be insulated by fabricating oversize performed sections
ordered to suit the diameter of the flange or adjacent pipe insulation whichever is the greatest.
The oversized section shall overlap on to the adjacent pipe insulation by a minimum of 75mm on
each side.
Reference shall be made to the insulation manufacturer recommended support details to ensure
correct lad bearing and dimensions of high density foam inserts and associated metal plate
supports are correct to spread the point loads involved.
“Type B”
Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation shall be CFC free, in continuous lengths, with factory
applied talc coating on inner surface. Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation shall comply
with the following requirements:
EQ-AC/98
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
(i) Thermal conductivity : ≤ 0.04 W/moC

(at 20C mean temperature)
(ii) Density : 65 kg/m3 ± 5%
(iii) Water vapour permeability : 0.28 μgm/Nh

(without additional vapour barrier foil)
(iv) Max. operating temperature : 80oC
(v) No putrefaction and mildew should form on the insulation material. The water absorption
properties of the insulation shall be of not more than 1.5% after 28 days.
(vi) The material, including adhesives and all accessories shall have fire properties to Class “O”
comply with the requirements of the latest edition of Building regulation in UK. The
insulation material shall be “built-in” vapour barrier and achieve condensation control
without any additional vapour barrier foil.
(vii) The flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation sheet shall be supplied in rolls in dimensions
recommended by the manufacturer for application in air duct so that the top and bottom
pieces overlap the sides. Adhesives shall be applied evenly to the entire contact surfaces
if the elastomeric insulation sheet is not a self adhesive sheet.
(viii) When shifting large bore flexible closed cell elastomeric tube which has become elliptical
during storage, the slit shall be made in the flattened surface.
If the Flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation is exposed to weather, or view, UV paint shall
be applied.
Minimum thickness
For conditioned space

25mm(min) – for pipes up to and including 100mm nominal bore.
For un-conditioned space

32mm (min) – for pipes up to and including 15mm nominal bore.
40mm (min) – for pipes 15mm to 54mm nominal bore.
50mm (min) – for pipes 54mm nominal bore and above.
Polystyrene Insulation
“Type C”
Only where specified or approve preformed or slab polystyrene may be used.
Polystyrene insulation must be of the required thickness to meet the thermal insulation values
stated in Tables “A” and “B” or as stated in the particular specification.
The material must be of the type which is defined as “non-self combustible”. Unless otherwise
expressly instructed by the Design Consultant, polystyrene insulation shall be covered in wire
meeting of 25mm mesh, 1mm dia. coat with 15mm cement plaster smoothed and painted on
completion.
EQ-AC/99
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
“Type D”
This form of insulation shall not be used on pipework.
Insulation used for ductworks shall be semi rigid having a density of not less than 64kg/m3 and
thickness not less than 52mm. The fiber diameter of the fiberglass shall be 4 to 10 micron and
fibre length shall be 3 to 6cm.
The thermal conductivity (k value) of the fiberglass shall not be more than 0.035W/moC at mean
temperature of 24oC. The thermal resistance (R value) should more than 1.08m2oC W.
All fiberglass insulation should be completely sealed by effective vapour barrier and self adhesive
foil tape.
All fiberglass insulation should be completely sealed at all joints. All holes, tears, punctures, etc.
made in the vapour barrier should be completely sealed with the same specified foil tape.
When pins are required to used to support the fiberglass blanket, all the pins must be sealed by
same specified foil tape after installation.
The material shall be adheared to the ducts with moisture and fire resistant adhesive of an
approved type. Where performed fiberglass slabs are to be adhered to flat surfaces such as
ductwork the method of fixing shall be approved by the Design Consultant before commencing
work.
The Contractor shall bear the cost and provide relevant certificates from an approved testing
laboratory in order to prove the physical properties of the fiberglass are being conform to
specification when requested by the Design Consultant.
Vapour Barrier
(i) Where thermal insulation is applied to the outside of piped and ducted services, equipment
and plant used to convey, store or generate fluids or gases at temperatures lower than the
design ambient dew point temperature indicated, a water vapour barrier shall be provided.
The vapour barrier where employed shall be applied such that it is continuous and gives
protection to the whole surface of the insulation which it protects.
It shall not be pierced or otherwise damaged by supports or by the application of external

cladding.
The insulation on continuous pipe and duct shall be sectionalized by vapour barriers to
applied at, say, 5m intervals to isolate condensation problems caused by perforation of
external barrier to the affected section.
(ii) Aluminium foil vapour barriers used for insulation of all pipes and ducts shall conform to the
following requirements:
• Machine Direction Tensile Strength (ASTM D828) ≥12kN/m.

• Cross Direction Tensible Strength (ASTM D828) ≥ 9kN/m.
• Bursting Force (AS2001.2.19:1988) ≥ 120N or Bursting Strength ≥ 6kg/cm 2 in
accordance with ASTM D 774.
• Water vapour permeance (ASTM E96) ≤ 1.0ηg/Ns
EQ-AC/100
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
• Surface emittance of external surface (ASTM E408) ≥ 0.7
Vapour Barrier
(iii) All joints should be either factory or on job site fabricated. All joints must allow for 50mm
overlap of vapour barrier and the joints must be completely sealed using foil tape with a
minimum width 75mm conforming to the following specifications:
• Tape thickness minimum 0.04mm without release paper.

• Machine and Cross Direction Tensile Strength (ASTM D882) ≥ 2.0 kN/m.
• Bursting Strength ≥ 10kg/cm2 in accordance with ASTM D3662.
• Peel Adhesion to steel (ASTM D3330:1986) ≥ 10N/25mm.
• Shear adhesion (BS7116) : 311.
• Surface Emittance (ASTM E408) ≥ 0.7.
Any and all punctures, holes, tears, etc. that can be seen or occur on the job site should be
completely sealed with the same tape as specified above.
(iv) The material chosen for the vapour barrier and its method of application shall be
compatible with thermal insulation which it is to protect. The following may be used:-
• Wet-applied vapour barriers of the cut-back bitumen type, bitumen emulsions with or
without elastomer latex, vinyl emulsions and solvent based polymers.
• Elastomer sheets with all joints adequately overlapped and continuously sealed.
• Polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, polyisobutylene or other plastics tapes or sheets.
• Epoxide and polyester resins.
• Sheet metal with all joints adequately overlapped and continuously sealed to a vapour-
tight condition.
(v) Metal foil and alone or laminated to building paper, building sheet or plastics film with all
joints adequately lapped and continuously vapour sealed.
Facing materials used on insulation materials to provide vapour barrier shall be not more
than 0.8mm thick. All metal foil vapour barrier and foil tape used shall be class “O” to UK
Building Regulation 1991.
The Contractor shall ensure the selection of thermal insulation and thickness can comply with the
above requirement and BEC 2018.
EQ-AC/101
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-01
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Function
Evaporator Section


Speed
EQ-AC/102
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-01
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/103
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-02
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Function
Evaporator Section
Evaporator Design Air volume to 12


Speed
EQ-AC/104
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-02
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/105
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-03
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Function
Evaporator Section


Speed
EQ-AC/106
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-03
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/107
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-04
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
Type Wall Mounted Type
Function
Evaporator Section


Speed
EQ-AC/108
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VIU-04
Evaporator Cooling
Evaporator Heating
Pre-filter Required

(63/125/250/500/1k/2k/4k/8kHz)

units
Notes

EQ-AC/109
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-01
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/110
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-01
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/111
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-02
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/112
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-02
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/113
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-03
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Air flow rate (m³/min.) 210
Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/114
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-03
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/115
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-04
Quantity

McQuay/ Equivalent
Model Note 1
C.O.P. Min. 3.6

Filter clogged Nil
EQ-AC/116
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
VRV AC Unit: VOU-04
Running Meter Nil
Speed (rpm) Note 1

Type

(H x W x D)mm
E-stop Required
Notes

EQ-AC/117
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: EAF-B2F-01
Fan No. EAF-B2F-01
Location B2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/118
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/119
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-B2F-02
Location B2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/120
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/121
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-B1F-01
Location B1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/122
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/123
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-B1F-02
Location B1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/124
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/125
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-B1F-03
Location B1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Type Axial / In-line Centrifugal
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/126
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/127
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-01
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/128
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/129
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-02
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 3
EQ-AC/130
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/131
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-03
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1


(Explosion Proof)
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/132
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter Carbon Filter
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/133
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-04
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1


(Explosion Proof)
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/134
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/135
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-GF-05
Location G/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/136
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/137
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-01
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/138
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/139
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-02
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/140
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/141
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-03
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/142
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/143
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-04
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/144
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/145
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-05
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/146
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/147
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-1F-06
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/148
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/149
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-2F-01
Location 2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/150
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/151
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-2F-02
Location 2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/152
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/153
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-XXF-01

Location 3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-20/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/154
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/155
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-XXF-02

Location 3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-20/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/156
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/157
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-01
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/158
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/159
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-02
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/160
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/161
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-03
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/162
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/163
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-04
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/164
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/165
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-05
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/166
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/167
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-06
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Type Axial / In-line Centrifugal

(Explosion Proof)
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/168
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/169
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. EAF-RF-07
Location R/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/170
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/171
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-01
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/172
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/173
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-02
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/174
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/175
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Exhaust Air Fans: FAF-1F-03
Fan No. FAF-1F-03
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/176
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/177
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-04
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/178
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/179
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-05
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
Motor Rating (kW) 4
EQ-AC/180
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/181
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-06
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/182
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/183
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-1F-07
Location 1/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/184
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/185
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-2F-01
Location 2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/186
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/187
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-2F-02
Location 2/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/188
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/189
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-XXF-01

Location 3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-20/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/190
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/191
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. FAF-XXF-02

Location 3/F, 5/F-13/F, 15/F-20/F
Make Note 1
Model Note 1

Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin Note 1
EQ-AC/192
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

EQ-AC/193
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
Fan No. ACF-01
Location B/F, G/F Carpark
Make Note 1
Model Note 1
Manufacturer Mitsubishi/ Sewon/ ECTA/

Equivalent
Type Axial/ Propeller
Air Quantity 580
Fan Diameter(mm) Note 1
Bearing Type Ball
Motor Make Note 1
Motor Type Note 1
Motor Origin
EQ-AC/194
GTWW BUILDING 3
MVAC INSTALLATION
- 3m free field

(mm)
Filter NIL
Type of Starter DOL

Power level (dB)
Notes

2. Tenderer / trade contractors shall submit carpark computational fluid dynamic (CFD) simulation regarding
air flow distribution and velocity pattern of the space,
EQ-AC/195
MVAC INSTALLATION
SECTION C – DELIVERABLE SCHDULE
Schedule shall not preclude the tenderer from providing additional technical information
with his tender.
J:\2019\19-0312_TW DC\B1+B3 Tender Document\MVAC\MVAC_Section C - DEL.doc DEL-AC/1

MVAC INSTALLATION
Item EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL WEEK TO ARRIVE SITE

AFTER AWARD OF SUB-CONTRACT
1. Centrifugal Fan
2. Cabinet Fans and In-line

Centrifugal Fans
3. Axial Fans
4. Propeller Fans
5. Air Curtain
8. Galvanised Steel Pipe Fittings
12. Gate/Globe Valve
19. Stainless Steel Pipe Flexible Connector
21. Expansion Joint
22. Air Filter
23. Bag Filter
24. Grille, Diffuser, Register & Washable Panel

Type Pre- Filter

MVAC INSTALLATION
25. Jet Nozzle
26. Silencer
28. Flexible Duct

Fire Damper/Smoke and
30. Stainless Steel and G.I.

Sheet Metal Duct
32. Phenolic Foam
34. Control
40. Motor
42. Motor Control Centre/ Local Control Centre
44. Cable

MVAC INSTALLATION
51. Micro-switch
54. MCCB/MCB
56. Hot dip galvanized cable tray
58. Chilled Water System
59. Condensate Drain
60. Finishes
61. Refrigerant System
62. Insulation for Indoor or enclosed in

services duct refrigerant piping
63. Insulation for Outdoor or exposed

refrigerant piping

Section A - Technical Specification (Mvac Installation)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Section A - Technical Specification (Mvac Installation)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Section A - Technical Specification (Mvac Installation)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AT

NO.16-24, SHA TSUI ROAD TSUEN WAN, N.T

SECTION A - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

SECTION 1 SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION

SECTION 2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

SECTION 4 DUCTWORK AND AIR DISTRIBUTION

SECTION 6 VALVES AND FITTINGS

SECTION 7 AIR FILTERS AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT

SECTION 8 ACOUSTIC TREATMENT

SECTION 9 VIBRATION CONTROL

SECTION 10 SPLIT-TYPE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

SECTION 11 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT VOLUME (VRV)

SECTION 13 MISCELLANEOUS MVAC EQUIPMENT

SECTION 14 PAINTING AND LABELLING

SECTION 16 (NOT USE)

SECTION 17 LOCAL MOTOR CONTROL PANELS (LMCPS)

SECTION 19 ELECTRICAL WIRING IN CONDUITS AND TRUNKINGS

SECTION 20 EARTHING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

SECTION 21 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF MVAC INSTALLATION

SECTION 22 PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS ON TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

SECTION 23 FREE MAINTENANCE & SPARES PARTS

SECTION 1 - SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION

1.1 NOTES OF SPECIFICATION

g) This Specification covers the design, manufacture, supply, installation,

1.2 PROVISION OF EVERYTHING NECESSARY

1.3 SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF VARIATIONS

1.4 DRAWINGS & CONTRACTOR'S SUBMISSIONS

1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS

1.6 CLIMATIC AND OTHER CONDITIONS

1.7 MAKES AND TYPES OF EQUIPMENT

b) In selecting makes and types of equipment the Contractor is deemed to have

1.8 PATENT RIGHTS

1.9 SILENCE OF OPERATION

a) The Contractor in quoting for a specific piece of equipment or machinery, whether

1.12 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

1.14 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTRACTOR

1.15 SETTING OUT THE WORKS

1.16 BUILDING PROVISION

cannot be avoided, he shall immediately submit full information concerning such

d) It is The Domestic Sub-Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all builder’s works,

1.17 COORDINATION & COOPERATION WITH OTHER PARTIES

1.18 COORDINATION WORKS & RELATED WORK BY OTHERS

a) Works by Main Contractor

vii) Building-in of this Domestic Sub-Contractor's sleeves, conduits, puddle flanges,

ix) Provision of all external weatherproof louvers except where specifically

xx) Site temporary works as stated in the Contract Preliminaries.

xxii) Coordination with all Domestic Sub-Contractors for preparation of Combined

b) Interface with Fire Services Domestic Sub-Contractor

i) FS Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide a volt-free contact in G/F FS control

ii) FS Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide necessary 24V electrical contacts

iv) Sprinkler head shall be provided by the FS Domestic Sub-Contractor below

c) Interface with Plumbing and Drainage (P&D) Domestic Sub-Contractor

i) The Plumbing and Drainage Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide water

d) Interface with Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor

i) For major MVAC equipment, Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor shall provide

x) This Domestic Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the

xi) Beyond the electrical terminations by Electrical Domestic Sub-Contractor as